CA2346962A1 - Fk506-based regulation of biological events - Google Patents
Fk506-based regulation of biological events Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2346962A1 CA2346962A1 CA002346962A CA2346962A CA2346962A1 CA 2346962 A1 CA2346962 A1 CA 2346962A1 CA 002346962 A CA002346962 A CA 002346962A CA 2346962 A CA2346962 A CA 2346962A CA 2346962 A1 CA2346962 A1 CA 2346962A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- domain
- cells
- nucleic acid
- cab
- fkbp
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 title description 6
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 396
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 225
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 225
- 102000018679 Tacrolimus Binding Proteins Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 199
- 108010027179 Tacrolimus Binding Proteins Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 188
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 176
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 160
- 108010042955 Calcineurin Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 126
- 102000004631 Calcineurin Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 122
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 90
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 388
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 claims description 137
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 claims description 125
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 claims description 109
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 claims description 109
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 90
- QJJXYPPXXYFBGM-LFZNUXCKSA-N Tacrolimus Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC)C[C@@H]1\C=C(/C)[C@@H]1[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)CC(=O)[C@H](CC=C)/C=C(C)/C[C@H](C)C[C@H](OC)[C@H]([C@H](C[C@H]2C)OC)O[C@@]2(O)C(=O)C(=O)N2CCCC[C@H]2C(=O)O1 QJJXYPPXXYFBGM-LFZNUXCKSA-N 0.000 claims description 84
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 claims description 82
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims description 80
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims description 80
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 claims description 76
- QJJXYPPXXYFBGM-SHYZHZOCSA-N tacrolimus Natural products CO[C@H]1C[C@H](CC[C@@H]1O)C=C(C)[C@H]2OC(=O)[C@H]3CCCCN3C(=O)C(=O)[C@@]4(O)O[C@@H]([C@H](C[C@H]4C)OC)[C@@H](C[C@H](C)CC(=C[C@@H](CC=C)C(=O)C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C)C)OC QJJXYPPXXYFBGM-SHYZHZOCSA-N 0.000 claims description 71
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 claims description 63
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 claims description 57
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 55
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 claims description 49
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 47
- 230000004568 DNA-binding Effects 0.000 claims description 46
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 42
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 26
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 claims description 22
- 102100039556 Galectin-4 Human genes 0.000 claims description 21
- 108010068250 Herpes Simplex Virus Protein Vmw65 Proteins 0.000 claims description 17
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 101000608765 Homo sapiens Galectin-4 Proteins 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000024245 cell differentiation Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000000560 biocompatible material Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 101000607636 Homo sapiens Ubiquilin-3 Proteins 0.000 claims 1
- 241000713666 Lentivirus Species 0.000 claims 1
- 102100039935 Ubiquilin-3 Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 abstract description 88
- 108010068682 Cyclophilins Proteins 0.000 abstract description 33
- 102000001493 Cyclophilins Human genes 0.000 abstract description 33
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 abstract description 30
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 abstract description 26
- PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N Cyclosporin A Chemical compound CC[C@@H]1NC(=O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@H](C)C\C=C\C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C1=O PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N 0.000 abstract description 18
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 abstract description 17
- 229930105110 Cyclosporin A Natural products 0.000 abstract description 14
- 108010036949 Cyclosporine Proteins 0.000 abstract description 14
- 229960001265 ciclosporin Drugs 0.000 abstract description 14
- 108020001580 protein domains Proteins 0.000 abstract description 14
- 229930182912 cyclosporin Natural products 0.000 abstract description 13
- 241000027294 Fusi Species 0.000 abstract 1
- 230000001295 genetical effect Effects 0.000 abstract 1
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 164
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 127
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 82
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 54
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 53
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 53
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 47
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 41
- 238000006471 dimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 34
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 30
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 29
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 29
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 29
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 29
- 108700019146 Transgenes Proteins 0.000 description 28
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 26
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 26
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 25
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 25
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 24
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 23
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 23
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 22
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 22
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 21
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 21
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 20
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 20
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 20
- 108700008625 Reporter Genes Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 229920006217 cellulose acetate butyrate Polymers 0.000 description 19
- 102000055209 human FKBP1A Human genes 0.000 description 19
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 19
- XNPKNHHFCKSMRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(cyclohexylamino)butane-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CCCCNC1CCCCC1 XNPKNHHFCKSMRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 101100446641 Homo sapiens FKBP1A gene Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 18
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 18
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 18
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 18
- 102100036431 Calcineurin subunit B type 1 Human genes 0.000 description 17
- 101000714321 Homo sapiens Calcineurin subunit B type 1 Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 102100035348 Serine/threonine-protein phosphatase 2B catalytic subunit alpha isoform Human genes 0.000 description 17
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 17
- 101710127489 Chlorophyll a-b binding protein of LHCII type 1 Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 101710184917 Chlorophyll a-b binding protein of LHCII type I, chloroplastic Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 101710204615 Eukaryotic translation initiation factor 6 Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 16
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 16
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 241000702421 Dependoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 15
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 15
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 15
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 14
- -1 FK506 or an analog Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 14
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 14
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 14
- 108020001756 ligand binding domains Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 13
- ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N rapamycin Natural products COCC(O)C(=C/C(C)C(=O)CC(OC(=O)C1CCCCN1C(=O)C(=O)C2(O)OC(CC(OC)C(=CC=CC=CC(C)CC(C)C(=O)C)C)CCC2C)C(C)CC3CCC(O)C(C3)OC)C ZAHRKKWIAAJSAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 229920002477 rna polymer Polymers 0.000 description 13
- QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N sirolimus Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC)C[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C(=O)[C@](O)(O2)[C@H](C)CC[C@H]2C[C@H](OC)/C(C)=C/C=C/C=C/[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](OC)[C@H](O)/C(C)=C/[C@@H](C)C(=O)C1 QFJCIRLUMZQUOT-HPLJOQBZSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 229960002930 sirolimus Drugs 0.000 description 13
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 13
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 12
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 108091011114 FK506 binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 208000002267 Anti-neutrophil cytoplasmic antibody-associated vasculitis Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 10
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 108010067390 Viral Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 108010001515 Galectin 4 Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 101000740205 Homo sapiens Sal-like protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 8
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 102100037204 Sal-like protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 8
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229940072056 alginate Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000002376 fluorescence recovery after photobleaching Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 8
- FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-{[2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(phosphanyloxy)oxan-3-yl]oxy}-4,5-dihydroxy-3-phosphanyloxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O1C(C(O)=O)C(P)C(O)C(O)C1OC1C(C(O)=O)OC(OP)C(O)C1O FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000013607 AAV vector Substances 0.000 description 7
- 101000583086 Bunodosoma granuliferum Delta-actitoxin-Bgr2b Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000052510 DNA-Binding Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 101710096438 DNA-binding protein Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 7
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 7
- 102000004160 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108090000608 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 7
- 102100023085 Serine/threonine-protein kinase mTOR Human genes 0.000 description 7
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 7
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 230000000447 dimerizing effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 7
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 7
- 108010043671 prostatic acid phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 150000003839 salts Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000011830 transgenic mouse model Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000002845 virion Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102000000521 Immunophilins Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108010016648 Immunophilins Proteins 0.000 description 6
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108010077850 Nuclear Localization Signals Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102100027913 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP1A Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 102100023846 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP3 Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108010006877 Tacrolimus Binding Protein 1A Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 6
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000022532 regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 6
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 5
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 5
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 238000002679 ablation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000030570 cellular localization Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001447 compensatory effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 238000004992 fast atom bombardment mass spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229930195712 glutamate Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000002443 helper t lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 5
- PGHMRUGBZOYCAA-ADZNBVRBSA-N ionomycin Chemical compound O1[C@H](C[C@H](O)[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)/C=C/C[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C(/O)=C/C(=O)[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)CC[C@@]1(C)[C@@H]1O[C@](C)([C@@H](C)O)CC1 PGHMRUGBZOYCAA-ADZNBVRBSA-N 0.000 description 5
- PGHMRUGBZOYCAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N ionomycin Natural products O1C(CC(O)C(C)C(O)C(C)C=CCC(C)CC(C)C(O)=CC(=O)C(C)CC(C)CC(CCC(O)=O)C)CCC1(C)C1OC(C)(C(C)O)CC1 PGHMRUGBZOYCAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 5
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 238000006384 oligomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 5
- PHEDXBVPIONUQT-RGYGYFBISA-N phorbol 13-acetate 12-myristate Chemical compound C([C@]1(O)C(=O)C(C)=C[C@H]1[C@@]1(O)[C@H](C)[C@H]2OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCC)C(CO)=C[C@H]1[C@H]1[C@]2(OC(C)=O)C1(C)C PHEDXBVPIONUQT-RGYGYFBISA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 5
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108090000565 Capsid Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102100023321 Ceruloplasmin Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010079245 Cystic Fibrosis Transmembrane Conductance Regulator Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000004543 DNA replication Effects 0.000 description 4
- 241001135569 Human adenovirus 5 Species 0.000 description 4
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 4
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- MUPFEKGTMRGPLJ-RMMQSMQOSA-N Raffinose Natural products O(C[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@]2(CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O1)[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 MUPFEKGTMRGPLJ-RMMQSMQOSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108091008874 T cell receptors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000016266 T-Cell Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 4
- MUPFEKGTMRGPLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N UNPD196149 Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1(CO)OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(COC2C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O2)O)O1 MUPFEKGTMRGPLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008512 biological response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000005090 green fluorescent protein Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000003958 hematopoietic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001506 immunosuppresive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 108010083127 phage repressor proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 4
- MUPFEKGTMRGPLJ-ZQSKZDJDSA-N raffinose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)O1 MUPFEKGTMRGPLJ-ZQSKZDJDSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 150000003440 styrenes Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 description 4
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 4
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 3
- 108010035563 Chloramphenicol O-acetyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101100044298 Drosophila melanogaster fand gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108090000394 Erythropoietin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000003951 Erythropoietin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000701959 Escherichia virus Lambda Species 0.000 description 3
- 108091029865 Exogenous DNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101150064015 FAS gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710103508 FK506-binding protein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710104425 FK506-binding protein 2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710104423 FK506-binding protein 3 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710104333 FK506-binding protein 4 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710104342 FK506-binding protein 5 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710149710 FKBP-type 16 kDa peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710121306 FKBP-type 22 kDa peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710180800 FKBP-type peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FkpA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010020195 FLAG peptide Proteins 0.000 description 3
- XZWYTXMRWQJBGX-VXBMVYAYSA-N FLAG peptide Chemical compound NCCCC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XZWYTXMRWQJBGX-VXBMVYAYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- 101000827313 Homo sapiens Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP3 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000598171 Human adenovirus sp. Species 0.000 description 3
- 102100034353 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000000588 Interleukin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101710104030 Long-type peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710114693 Outer membrane protein MIP Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710116692 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710111764 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP10 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710111749 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP11 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710111747 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP12 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710111757 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP14 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710111682 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP1A Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710111689 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP1B Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710147154 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710147149 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP3 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710147152 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP4 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710147150 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP5 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710147138 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP7 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710147137 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP8 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710147136 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP9 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710174853 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase Mip Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710200991 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase, rhodopsin-specific isozyme Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710092145 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase-like 1 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710092146 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase-like 2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710092148 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase-like 3 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710092149 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase-like 4 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- BELBBZDIHDAJOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenolsulfonephthalein Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C1(C=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C2=CC=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)O1 BELBBZDIHDAJOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101100335198 Pneumocystis carinii fol1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710113444 Probable parvulin-type peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710090737 Probable peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710133309 Putative peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108091027981 Response element Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000006146 Roswell Park Memorial Institute medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 101710124237 Short-type peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 108010020764 Transposases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000008579 Transposases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102100040247 Tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108020005202 Viral DNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108010005774 beta-Galactosidase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000005936 beta-Galactosidase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108010044481 calcineurin phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 238000000423 cell based assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000013611 chromosomal DNA Substances 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000009137 competitive binding Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009918 complex formation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 108010078428 env Gene Products Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229940105423 erythropoietin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 108010052621 fas Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000018823 fas Receptor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108700004026 gag Genes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000833 heterodimer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002744 homologous recombination Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006801 homologous recombination Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000031146 intracellular signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 102000008371 intracellularly ATP-gated chloride channel activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000001360 methionine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)* 0.000 description 3
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000000663 muscle cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 231100000219 mutagenic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000003505 mutagenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000003098 myoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000007498 myristoylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N olefin Natural products CCCCCCCC=C JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002688 persistence Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960003531 phenolsulfonphthalein Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- 230000023603 positive regulation of transcription initiation, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000029279 positive regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 3
- OXCMYAYHXIHQOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium;[2-butyl-5-chloro-3-[[4-[2-(1,2,4-triaza-3-azanidacyclopenta-1,4-dien-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]imidazol-4-yl]methanol Chemical compound [K+].CCCCC1=NC(Cl)=C(CO)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=N[N-]N=N2)C=C1 OXCMYAYHXIHQOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229960004063 propylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000007115 recruitment Effects 0.000 description 3
- 101150066583 rep gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000002390 rotary evaporation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000004400 serine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000010473 stable expression Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010399 three-hybrid screening Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000005026 transcription initiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003146 transient transfection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 3
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 3
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 3
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IZHVBANLECCAGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-3-(octadecanoyloxy)propyl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC IZHVBANLECCAGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 108020005544 Antisense RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101100107610 Arabidopsis thaliana ABCF4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010039209 Blood Coagulation Factors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000015081 Blood Coagulation Factors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101100268670 Caenorhabditis elegans acc-3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010077544 Chromatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- IVOMOUWHDPKRLL-KQYNXXCUSA-N Cyclic adenosine monophosphate Chemical compound C([C@H]1O2)OP(O)(=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H]2N1C(N=CN=C2N)=C2N=C1 IVOMOUWHDPKRLL-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010072220 Cyclophilin A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000206602 Eukaryota Species 0.000 description 2
- 108700024394 Exon Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700028146 Genetic Enhancer Elements Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010017213 Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100039620 Granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000009465 Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010009202 Growth Factor Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000008949 Histocompatibility Antigens Class I Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101000959746 Homo sapiens Eukaryotic translation initiation factor 6 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000914514 Homo sapiens T-cell-specific surface glycoprotein CD28 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010063738 Interleukins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000015696 Interleukins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010092694 L-Selectin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100033467 L-selectin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101150028321 Lck gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229930193140 Neomycin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 108010066154 Nuclear Export Signals Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091007494 Nucleic acid- binding domains Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100034539 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase A Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101100068078 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) GCN4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102100027213 T-cell-specific surface glycoprotein CD28 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000003978 Tissue Plasminogen Activator Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000373 Tissue Plasminogen Activator Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- IVOMOUWHDPKRLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N UNPD107823 Natural products O1C2COP(O)(=O)OC2C(O)C1N1C(N=CN=C2N)=C2N=C1 IVOMOUWHDPKRLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108700005077 Viral Genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N alprazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NN=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000723 ampicillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N ampicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=CC=C1 AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- PNPBGYBHLCEVMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzylidene(dichloro)ruthenium;tricyclohexylphosphanium Chemical compound Cl[Ru](Cl)=CC1=CC=CC=C1.C1CCCCC1[PH+](C1CCCCC1)C1CCCCC1.C1CCCCC1[PH+](C1CCCCC1)C1CCCCC1 PNPBGYBHLCEVMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000031018 biological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003114 blood coagulation factor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000234 capsid Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004715 cellular signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003483 chromatin Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003184 complementary RNA Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000008504 concentrate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006184 cosolvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940095074 cyclic amp Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 102000003675 cytokine receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010057085 cytokine receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241001493065 dsRNA viruses Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108700004025 env Genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 210000000981 epithelium Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000028023 exocytosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 150000002191 fatty alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108091006047 fluorescent proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000034287 fluorescent proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 125000001207 fluorophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000001476 gene delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003209 gene knockout Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012239 gene modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102000034356 gene-regulatory proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091006104 gene-regulatory proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000005017 genetic modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012248 genetic selection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000013617 genetically modified food Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011984 grubbs catalyst Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003394 haemopoietic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002440 hepatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012133 immunoprecipitate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000415 inactivating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940047122 interleukins Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000009878 intermolecular interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004068 intracellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000006303 iodophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000002510 keratinocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001638 lipofection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003094 microcapsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000001788 mono and diglycerides of fatty acids Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229930014626 natural product Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 229960004927 neomycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000030648 nucleus localization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002823 phage display Methods 0.000 description 2
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N phenylalanine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)O COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001817 pituitary effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108700004029 pol Genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002953 preparative HPLC Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004777 protein coat Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000000425 proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004064 recycling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010839 reverse transcription Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102200015453 rs121912293 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008174 sterile solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960000187 tissue plasminogen activator Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005945 translocation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000005253 yeast cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCHIXGBGRHLSBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-methyl-2-oxochromen-7-yl) dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound C1=C(OP(O)(O)=O)C=CC2=C1OC(=O)C=C2C BCHIXGBGRHLSBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AXTGDCSMTYGJND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-dodecylazepan-2-one Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCN1CCCCCC1=O AXTGDCSMTYGJND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZJSKEGAHBAHFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenyl-3-fluorobenzene Chemical compound FC1=CC=CC(C=C)=C1 ZJSKEGAHBAHFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UULPGUKSBAXNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenyl-4-phenoxybenzene Chemical compound C1=CC(C=C)=CC=C1OC1=CC=CC=C1 UULPGUKSBAXNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOJUJUVQIVIZAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-4,6-dichloropyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde Chemical group NC1=NC(Cl)=C(C=O)C(Cl)=N1 GOJUJUVQIVIZAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020005065 3' Flanking Region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-1-piperidin-4-ylpyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CC(O)CN1C1CCNCC1 HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100031585 ADP-ribosyl cyclase/cyclic ADP-ribose hydrolase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010085238 Actins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000580270 Adeno-associated virus - 4 Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100524321 Adeno-associated virus 2 (isolate Srivastava/1982) Rep68 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100524324 Adeno-associated virus 2 (isolate Srivastava/1982) Rep78 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010001258 Adenoviral infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010067484 Adverse reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000710929 Alphavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000935 Antithrombin III Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100022977 Antithrombin-III Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000007592 Apolipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010071619 Apolipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000003911 Arachis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000105624 Arachis hypogaea Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712891 Arenavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010002913 Asialoglycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102220529366 Aurora kinase C_F99A_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091008875 B cell receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100024222 B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100023995 Beta-nerve growth factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010007726 Bone Morphogenetic Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007350 Bone Morphogenetic Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050005493 CD3 protein, epsilon/gamma/delta subunit Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010029697 CD40 Ligand Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150013553 CD40 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100032937 CD40 ligand Human genes 0.000 description 1
- DCERHCFNWRGHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[Si](C)C Chemical compound C[Si](C)C DCERHCFNWRGHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100219382 Caenorhabditis elegans cah-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000584 Calmodulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010041952 Calmodulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710132601 Capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000011727 Caspases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010076667 Caspases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091006146 Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000034573 Channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241001454694 Clupeiformes Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100022641 Coagulation factor IX Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010053567 Coagulopathies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010053138 Congenital aplastic anaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101800000414 Corticotropin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000055 Corticotropin-Releasing Hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000557626 Corvus corax Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010051219 Cre recombinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010072210 Cyclophilin C Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100023419 Cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100039498 Cytotoxic T-lymphocyte protein 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000012410 DNA Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010061982 DNA Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000450599 DNA viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004163 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000626 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004375 Dextrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001353 Dextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000016607 Diphtheria Toxin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010053187 Diphtheria Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700022174 Drosophila Son of Sevenless Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100342473 Drosophila melanogaster Raf gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000725618 Duck hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010065372 Dynorphins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010024212 E-Selectin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100023471 E-selectin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101150029662 E1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010049140 Endorphins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009025 Endorphins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000991587 Enterovirus C Species 0.000 description 1
- YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epihygromycin Natural products OC1C(O)C(C(=O)C)OC1OC(C(=C1)O)=CC=C1C=C(C)C(=O)NC1C(O)C(O)C2OCOC2C1O YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010075944 Erythropoietin Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100036509 Erythropoietin receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150021185 FGF gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010076282 Factor IX Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010054218 Factor VIII Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001690 Factor VIII Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 201000004939 Fanconi anemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282324 Felis Species 0.000 description 1
- 102400000321 Glucagon Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060003199 Glucagon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010017080 Granulocyte Colony-Stimulating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004269 Granulocyte Colony-Stimulating Factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010043121 Green Fluorescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004144 Green Fluorescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010051696 Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HVLSXIKZNLPZJJ-TXZCQADKSA-N HA peptide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 HVLSXIKZNLPZJJ-TXZCQADKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000025850 HLA-A2 Antigen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010074032 HLA-A2 Antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710154606 Hemagglutinin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700721 Hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010093488 His-His-His-His-His-His Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010088652 Histocompatibility Antigens Class I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000777636 Homo sapiens ADP-ribosyl cyclase/cyclic ADP-ribose hydrolase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000980825 Homo sapiens B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000889276 Homo sapiens Cytotoxic T-lymphocyte protein 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001078143 Homo sapiens Integrin alpha-IIb Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000934338 Homo sapiens Myeloid cell surface antigen CD33 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000622137 Homo sapiens P-selectin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000687115 Homo sapiens Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase C Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001060744 Homo sapiens Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase FKBP1A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000611183 Homo sapiens Tumor necrosis factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150003028 Hprt1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002265 Human Growth Hormone Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010000521 Human Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000854 Human Growth Hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000003839 Human Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000144 Human Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701044 Human gammaherpesvirus 4 Species 0.000 description 1
- XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N IDUR Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(I)=C1 XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010062016 Immunosuppression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000723 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004218 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100025306 Integrin alpha-IIb Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010025815 Kanamycin Kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010054278 Lac Repressors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710128836 Large T antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091026898 Leader sequence (mRNA) Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091054437 MHC class I family Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007651 Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010046938 Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700018351 Major Histocompatibility Complex Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108010007013 Melanocyte-Stimulating Hormones Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl methacrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)=C VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000009795 Microphthalmos Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010085220 Multiprotein Complexes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007474 Multiprotein Complexes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100268066 Mus musculus Zap70 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006386 Myelin Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010083674 Myelin Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710107068 Myelin basic protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100025243 Myeloid cell surface antigen CD33 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000003505 Myosin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060008487 Myosin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010057466 NF-kappa B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003945 NF-kappa B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091008604 NGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000772415 Neovison vison Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000003729 Neprilysin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000028 Neprilysin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010025020 Nerve Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001028048 Nicola Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000019040 Nuclear Antigens Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010051791 Nuclear Antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XDMCWZFLLGVIID-SXPRBRBTSA-N O-(3-O-D-galactosyl-N-acetyl-beta-D-galactosaminyl)-L-serine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](OC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1OC1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 XDMCWZFLLGVIID-SXPRBRBTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000008589 Obesity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710093908 Outer capsid protein VP4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710135467 Outer capsid protein sigma-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100023472 P-selectin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000016387 Pancreatic elastase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067372 Pancreatic elastase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701945 Parvoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100024968 Peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase C Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000045595 Phosphoprotein Phosphatases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700019535 Phosphoprotein Phosphatases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010021757 Polynucleotide 5'-Hydroxyl-Kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008422 Polynucleotide 5'-hydroxyl-kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100024622 Proenkephalin-B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101710176177 Protein A56 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101800004937 Protein C Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000017975 Protein C Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000001253 Protein Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940096437 Protein S Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010066124 Protein S Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000029301 Protein S Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710150114 Protein rep Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100523543 Rattus norvegicus Raf1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003743 Relaxin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000103 Relaxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001068295 Replication defective viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710152114 Replication protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010034634 Repressor Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009661 Repressor Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000712907 Retroviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010039491 Ricin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101800001700 Saposin-D Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012300 Sequence Analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100038803 Somatotropin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091081024 Start codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108010085012 Steroid Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007451 Steroid Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- PJANXHGTPQOBST-VAWYXSNFSA-N Stilbene Natural products C=1C=CC=CC=1/C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 PJANXHGTPQOBST-VAWYXSNFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010042566 Superinfection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000019197 Superoxide Dismutase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010012715 Superoxide dismutase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700026226 TATA Box Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000012308 Tagetes Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000736851 Tagetes Species 0.000 description 1
- HYLXOQURIOCKIH-VQVTYTSYSA-N Thr-Arg Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCNC(N)=N HYLXOQURIOCKIH-VQVTYTSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000036693 Thrombopoietin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010041111 Thrombopoietin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006601 Thymidine Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004440 Thymidine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102220470387 Thymosin beta-10_Y26A_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060008683 Tumor Necrosis Factor Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100033725 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 16 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710187743 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 1A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100033732 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 1A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100040245 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 5 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000016540 Tyrosine aminotransferases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010042606 Tyrosine transaminase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100523549 Xenopus laevis raf1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010046882 ZAP-70 Protein-Tyrosine Kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007624 ZAP-70 Protein-Tyrosine Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101150037250 Zhx2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CIUQDSCDWFSTQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N [C]1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [C]1=CC=CC=C1 CIUQDSCDWFSTQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108020002494 acetyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005421 acetyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001789 adipocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000577 adipose tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006838 adverse reaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003314 affinity selection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011543 agarose gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001552 airway epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000005057 airway smooth muscle cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012867 alanine scanning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005865 alkene metathesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000735 allogeneic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000665 anti-chemotactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005875 antibody response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005348 antithrombin iii Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003782 apoptosis assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009118 appropriate response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012062 aqueous buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012131 assay buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001042 autoregulative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003637 basic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091008324 binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012742 biochemical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000074 biopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CNZGMXDLDHBNCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2-hydroxyethyl)azanium;hydrogen carbonate Chemical compound OC(O)=O.OCCNCCO CNZGMXDLDHBNCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002798 bone marrow cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940112869 bone morphogenetic protein Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013276 bronchoscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007975 buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004900 c-terminal fragment Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- AIYUHDOJVYHVIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M caesium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cs+] AIYUHDOJVYHVIT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium sulfate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004413 cardiac myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012219 cassette mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101150055766 cat gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000022131 cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006285 cell suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002421 cell wall Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036755 cellular response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005754 cellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001793 charged compounds Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010382 chemical cross-linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005482 chemotactic factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005091 chloramphenicol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WIIZWVCIJKGZOK-RKDXNWHRSA-N chloramphenicol Chemical compound ClC(Cl)C(=O)N[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 WIIZWVCIJKGZOK-RKDXNWHRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003737 chromaffin cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011097 chromatography purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013599 cloning vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035602 clotting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012761 co-transfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003240 coconut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019864 coconut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000024203 complement activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000536 complexating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010668 complexation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011970 concomitant therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037011 constitutive activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009133 cooperative interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- IDLFZVILOHSSID-OVLDLUHVSA-N corticotropin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CO)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IDLFZVILOHSSID-OVLDLUHVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000258 corticotropin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005686 cross metathesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091007930 cytoplasmic receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 210000001151 cytotoxic T lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002716 delivery method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000779 depleting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007933 dermal patch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019425 dextrin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZJULYDCRWUEPTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloromethyl Chemical compound Cl[CH]Cl ZJULYDCRWUEPTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 230000002500 effect on skin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002472 endoplasmic reticulum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003511 endothelial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010502 episomal replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000925 erythroid effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000020774 essential nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013213 extrapolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004222 factor ix Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000301 factor viii Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004992 fission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002875 fluorescence polarization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101150098622 gag gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 231100000025 genetic toxicology Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001738 genotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000734 genotoxic potential Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002518 glial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004666 glucagon Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MASNOZXLGMXCHN-ZLPAWPGGSA-N glucagon Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O)C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1NC=NC=1)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)O)C1=CC=CC=C1 MASNOZXLGMXCHN-ZLPAWPGGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940049906 glutamate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005150 glycerol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940074045 glyceryl distearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940075507 glyceryl monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002333 glycines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003630 glycyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 210000002288 golgi apparatus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000122 growth hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008282 halocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001385 heavy metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000185 hemagglutinin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010073071 hepatocellular carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005734 heterodimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000710 homodimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003054 hormonal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005745 host immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003906 humectant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008105 immune reaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000002480 immunoprotective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010874 in vitro model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005462 in vivo assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001524 infective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004941 influx Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013383 initial experiment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940102223 injectable solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940102213 injectable suspension Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011081 inoculation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940079322 interferon Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000002467 interleukin receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010093036 interleukin receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108040006849 interleukin-2 receptor activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108040006852 interleukin-4 receptor activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000004347 intestinal mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007917 intracranial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007928 intraperitoneal injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003456 ion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003303 ion-exchange polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Chemical group CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000741 isoleucyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(C(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H])C(=O)O* 0.000 description 1
- 230000006122 isoprenylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- XUGNVMKQXJXZCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropyl palmitate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(C)C XUGNVMKQXJXZCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003292 kidney cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000005229 liver cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003589 local anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008176 lyophilized powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002101 lytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032575 lytic viral release Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003120 macrolide antibiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940041033 macrolides Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000003159 mammalian two-hybrid assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002901 mesenchymal stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000037353 metabolic pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000006109 methionine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000000520 microinjection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000010478 microphthalmia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000035118 modified proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005573 modified proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000003032 molecular docking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009456 molecular mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000302 molecular modelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000877 morphologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002200 mouth mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004400 mucous membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000869 mutational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005012 myelin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004898 n-terminal fragment Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004897 n-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940053128 nerve growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003061 neural cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108010090677 neurofilament protein L Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000957 no side effect Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000016709 nutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000020824 obesity Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 231100000590 oncogenic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002246 oncogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006179 pH buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000496 pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001814 pectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010987 pectin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001277 pectin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002960 penicillins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 231100000435 percutaneous penetration Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008024 pharmaceutical diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004633 phorbol derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002644 phorbol ester Substances 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940068886 polyethylene glycol 300 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920005597 polymer membrane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940068968 polysorbate 80 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920006316 polyvinylpyrrolidine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000011176 pooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004481 post-translational protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001323 posttranslational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001566 pro-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004224 protection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000856 protein c Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108060006633 protein kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000001243 protein synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004850 protein–protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001938 protoplast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000160 recombinant therapeutic protein Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000037425 regulation of transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003488 releasing hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003252 repetitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003571 reporter gene assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000023504 respiratory system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003307 reticuloendothelial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102200051510 rs121913152 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102220056641 rs730880953 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- YBCAZPLXEGKKFM-UHFFFAOYSA-K ruthenium(iii) chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Cl-].[Ru+3] YBCAZPLXEGKKFM-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920006298 saran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000004116 schwann cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005872 self-metathesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003355 serines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 108091006024 signal transducing proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000034285 signal transducing proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000003584 silencer Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037432 silent mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001542 size-exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000000329 smooth muscle myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008227 sterile water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N stilbene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021286 stilbenes Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002330 subarachnoid space Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004960 subcellular localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108020001568 subdomains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001384 succinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000020382 suppression by virus of host antigen processing and presentation of peptide antigen via MHC class I Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001258 synovial membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009897 systematic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001967 tacrolimus Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003104 tissue culture media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003437 trachea Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005030 transcription termination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011820 transgenic animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010474 transient expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- HYWCXWRMUZYRPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethyl(prop-2-enyl)silane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)CC=C HYWCXWRMUZYRPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000010415 tropism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002753 trypsin inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000003298 tumor necrosis factor receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000010396 two-hybrid screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000701447 unidentified baculovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000002255 vaccination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000014393 valine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002987 valine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])(C(*)=O)C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012795 verification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003501 vero cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006648 viral gene expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007484 viral process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001835 viscera Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003158 yeast two-hybrid assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- SFVVQRJOGUKCEG-OPQSFPLASA-N β-MSH Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](O)[C@H]2C(COC(=O)[C@@](O)([C@@H](C)O)C(C)C)=CCN21 SFVVQRJOGUKCEG-OPQSFPLASA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D498/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D498/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
- C07D498/18—Bridged systems
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
- A01K—ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; AVICULTURE; APICULTURE; PISCICULTURE; FISHING; REARING OR BREEDING ANIMALS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NEW BREEDS OF ANIMALS
- A01K67/00—Rearing or breeding animals, not otherwise provided for; New or modified breeds of animals
- A01K67/027—New or modified breeds of vertebrates
- A01K67/0271—Chimeric vertebrates, e.g. comprising exogenous cells
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K48/00—Medicinal preparations containing genetic material which is inserted into cells of the living body to treat genetic diseases; Gene therapy
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/005—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from viruses
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
- C12N15/62—DNA sequences coding for fusion proteins
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N9/00—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
- C12N9/14—Hydrolases (3)
- C12N9/16—Hydrolases (3) acting on ester bonds (3.1)
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N9/00—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
- C12N9/90—Isomerases (5.)
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
- C07K2319/01—Fusion polypeptide containing a localisation/targetting motif
- C07K2319/09—Fusion polypeptide containing a localisation/targetting motif containing a nuclear localisation signal
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
- C07K2319/40—Fusion polypeptide containing a tag for immunodetection, or an epitope for immunisation
- C07K2319/43—Fusion polypeptide containing a tag for immunodetection, or an epitope for immunisation containing a FLAG-tag
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
- C07K2319/70—Fusion polypeptide containing domain for protein-protein interaction
- C07K2319/71—Fusion polypeptide containing domain for protein-protein interaction containing domain for transcriptional activaation, e.g. VP16
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
- C07K2319/70—Fusion polypeptide containing domain for protein-protein interaction
- C07K2319/71—Fusion polypeptide containing domain for protein-protein interaction containing domain for transcriptional activaation, e.g. VP16
- C07K2319/715—Fusion polypeptide containing domain for protein-protein interaction containing domain for transcriptional activaation, e.g. VP16 containing a domain for ligand dependent transcriptional activation, e.g. containing a steroid receptor domain
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2710/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA dsDNA viruses
- C12N2710/00011—Details
- C12N2710/16011—Herpesviridae
- C12N2710/16611—Simplexvirus, e.g. human herpesvirus 1, 2
- C12N2710/16622—New viral proteins or individual genes, new structural or functional aspects of known viral proteins or genes
Landscapes
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Environmental Sciences (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Plant Pathology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Animal Husbandry (AREA)
- Biodiversity & Conservation Biology (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
- Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
Abstract
This invention provides methods and materials for making and using genetical ly engineered cells which are responsive to the presence of an FKBP/CAB ligand or a cyclophilin/CAB ligand. The invention relies upon the introduction into cells of recombinant DNAs encoding fusion proteins which are capable of forming a complex with each other in the presence of ligand. One of the fusi on proteins contains a calcineurin A/calcineurin B domain (CAB) and at least on e heterologous protein domain. The second fusion protein contains a domain derived from an FKBP protein which is capable of binding to an FKBP/CAB liga nd and forming a complex with a CAB-containing protein. The second fusion prote in may alternatively contain a cyclophilin domain which is capable of binding cyclosporin or other cyclophilin/CAB ligand and forming a complex with a CAB - containing protein. The second fusion protein also contains at least one heterologous domain.
Description
FK506-Based Regulation Of Biological Events This work was supported in part by grant number GM-52067 from the National Institute of General Medical Sciences. Accordingly, the US government has certain rights in this invention.
Background of the Invention FK506 is a natural product which binds to an FK506-binding protein, FKBP, with high affinity to form an FK506:FKBP complex. Reported Kd values for that interaction are as low as 400 pM. The FK506:FKBP complex binds with high affinity to the protein phosphatase calcineurin to form a tripartite, [ BP:FK506]:[calcineurin], complex. Calcineurin is a heterodimer of a catalytic subunit (calcineurin A) and a regulatory subunit (calcineurin B.) In this tripartite complex FK506 acts as a dimerizer or adapter to join FKBP to calcineurin.
Numerous naturally occurring FK506 binding proteins (FKBPs) are known. See e.g. Kay, 1996, Biochem. J. 314:361-385 (review). FKBP proteins have been used for their ligand-binding properties in biological switches based on ligand-mediated multimerization of immunophilin-based recombinant proteins as disclosed e.g.
in Spencer et al, 1993, Science 262:1019-1024 and in WO 94/ 18317.
Cyclosporin A is another macrocyclic natural product of interest. It binds to the protein cyclophilin to form a complex which also binds to calcineurin to form an immunosuppressive complex. Cyclosporin thus also acts as a dimerizer. While the potent immunosuppressive activity of FK506 and cyclosporin would limit their utility as a dimerizer, especially in animals, this invention harnesses their dimerizing potential (and that of related compounds) while avoiding their profound, inherent limitations.
Summary of the Invention This invention concerns new configurations for biological switches and provides new methods and materials for regulating biological events, particularly in animal cells. Those biological events include, for example, gene transcription, activation of an intracellular signal transduction pathway (leading, for example, to gene expression, cell proliferation or apoptotic cell death), gene knock-out, blockade of expression of a gene, and inhibition of the function of a gene product. The invention relies upon two types of fusion proteins which when complexed through mutual SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) binding to a common ligand, are capable of actuating, directly or indirectly, the desired event.
This invention encompasses recombinant DNA constructs encoding those fusion proteins; DNA vectors containing one or more of those constructs; the fusion proteins encoded by the foregoing constructs; cells, especially animal cells, transduced with (i.e., containing and capable of expressing) one or more of the DNA
constructs described herein; small molecules (bivalent or multivalent multimerizing agents) which bind to and are capable of inducing multimerization of the fusion protein molecules;
and methods for preparing and using the foregoing.
More specifically, this invention provides methods and materials for making and using genetically engineered cells which are responsive to the presence of an FKBP/CAB ligand or a cyclophilin/CAB ligand. The invention relies upon the introduction into cells of recombinant DNAs encoding a set of fusion proteins which are capable of forming a complex with each other in the presence of ligand.
Contacting such genetically engineered cells with a ligand results in complex formation between the fusion proteins and initiation of a biological response. One of the fusion proteins contains one or more copies of a calcineurin A/calcineurin B domain (CAB) and at least one heterologous protein domain. The second fusion protein contains one or more copies of a domain derived from an FKBP protein which is capable of binding to an FKBP/CAB ligand and forming a complex with a CAB-containing protein. The second fusion protein may alternatively contain one or more copies of a cyclophilin domain which is capable of binding cyclosporin or other cyclophilin/CAB ligand and forming a complex with a CAB-containing protein. The second fusion protein also contains at least one heterologous domain which may be the same or different from a heterologous domain of the first fusion protein. CAB and FKBP domains for use in fusion proteins of this invention may be selected from naturally occurring proteins and may be variously modified, as is discussed in detail below. While CAB, FKBP and heterologous domains derived from various species may be used, human peptide sequences or variants thereof are preferred for human gene therapy applications.
Operationally, the CAB and FKBP domains serve as receptor (or "ligand-binding') domains and direct the complex formation between the fusion proteins under the mediation of ligand molecules. The nature of the biological response triggered by ligand-mediated complexes is determined by the heterologous domains of the fusion proteins. The heterologous domains are therefore also referred to as "action"
domains.
Various heterologous protein domains may be used in these fusion proteins, including, among others, DNA binding domains, transcription regulatory domains and cellular signaling domains. In one aspect of the invention, the two fusion proteins (one of which contains at least one CAB domain, the other contains at least one FKBP or cyclophilin domain) each contain at least one different heterologous domain, i.e., a heterologous domain not contained in the other fusion protein. For example, in certain embodiments, one of the fusion proteins contains at least one DNA binding domain and the other fusion protein contains at least one transcription activation domain.
Ligand-mediated association of the fusion proteins represents the formation of a transcription factor complex and leads to initiation of transcription of a target gene linked to a DNA sequence recognized by (i.e., capable of binding with) a DNA-binding domain on one of the fusion proteins. In other embodiments, one of the fusion proteins contains at least one domain capable of directing the fusion protein to a particular cellular location such as the cell membrane, nucleus, etc.
Localization domains which target the cell membrane include domains such as a myristoylation site or a transmembrane region of a receptor protein or other membrane-spanning protein.
The other fusion protein contains a signalling domain capable, upon membrane localization and/or clustering, of activating a cellular signal transduction pathway.
Examples of signalling domains include an intracellular domain of a growth factor or cytokine receptor, an apoptosis triggering domain such as the intracellular domain of FAS or TNF-Rl, and domains derived from other intracellular signalling proteins such as SOS, Raf, lck, ZAP-70, caspases, etc. A number of illustrative signalling proteins are disclosed in WO 94/18317 (see e.g. pages 23 - 26). In still other embodiments, each of the fusion proteins contains at least one CAB domain and at least one FKBP
domain and/or a cyclophilin domain, as well as one or more heterologous domains.
Such fusion proteins are capable of homodimerization in the presence of ligand. In general, domains containing peptide sequence endogenous to the host cell are preferred. Thus, for human gene therapy applications, domains of human origin are of particular interest.
Recombinant DNA molecules encoding the fusion proteins are also provided, as are vectors capable of directing their expression, particularly in eukaryotic cells, of which yeast and animal cells are of particular interest. In view of the constituent components of the fusion proteins, the recombinant DNA molecules which encode them are capable of selectively hybridizing (a) to a DNA molecule encoding a given fusion protein's ligand-binding domain (CAB domain, FKBP domain or cyclophilin domain) or a protein containing such a domain and (b) to a DNA molecule encoding the heterologous domain or a protein from which the heterologous protein domain was derived. DNAs are also encompassed which would be capable of so hybridizing but for the degeneracy of the genetic code.
Using DNA sequences encoding the fusion proteins of this invention and vectors capable of directing their expression in eukaryotic cells, one may genetically engineer cells for a number of important uses. To do so, one first provides an expression vector or DNA construct for directing the expression in a eukaryotic (preferably animal) cell of the desired fusion protein and then introduces the recombinant DNA into the cells in a manner permitting DNA uptake and expression of the introduced DNA in at least a portion of the cells. One may use any of the various methods and materials for introducing DNA into cells for heterologous gene expression, a variety of which are well known and/or commercially available.
One object of this invention is thus to provide an animal cell containing recombinant DNAs encoding two fusion proteins as described herein. One of the fusion proteins is capable of binding to ligand and contains at least one FKBP
or cyclophilin domain and at least one domain that is heterologous thereto. The second fusion protein contains at least one CAB domain and at least one domain heterologous thereto and is capable of forming a tripartite complex with the first fusion protein and one or more molecules of ligand. In some embodiments one or more of the heterologous domains present on one of the fusion proteins are also present on the other fusion protein, i.e., the two fusion proteins have one or more common heterologous domains. In other embodiments, each fusion protein contains one or more different heterologous domains.
A specific object of this invention is to provide animal cells engineered such that contacting the cells with ligand leads to transcription of a target gene.
Such cells contain, in addition to recombinant DNAs encoding the two fusion proteins, a target gene construct which comprises a target gene operably linked to a DNA sequence which is responsive to the presence of a complex of the fusion proteins with the ligand. In certain embodiments the cells are responsive to contact with a ligand which binds to the FKBP fusion protein and CAB fusion protein with a detectable preference over binding to endogenous FKBP or CAB-containing proteins of the host cell.
Similarly, ligands which bind cyclophilin-containing fusion proteins with greater affinity than their binding to endogenous cyclophilin may be desirable.
Another specific object of this invention is to provide animal cells engineered such that contacting the cells with the ligand stimulates cell growth, differentiation or proliferation. In such cells, at least one of the heterologous domains on at least one of the fusion proteins is a domain such as the intracellular domain of a receptor for a hormone which mediates cell growth, differentiation or proliferation. Cell growth, differentiation and/or proliferation follow clustering of the receptor intracellular signalling domains. Such clustering occurs in nature following hormone binding, and in engineered cells of this invention following contact with ligand.
Cells of human origin are preferred for human gene therapy applications, although cell types of various origins (human or other species) may be used, and may, if desired, be encapsulated within a biocompatible material for use in human subjects.
Another object of the invention is to provide materials and methods for producing the foregoing engineered cells. This object is met by providing recombinant DNAs encoding the fusion proteins, together with any ancillary recombinant DNAs such as a target gene construct, and introducing the recombinant DNAs into the host cells under conditions permitting DNA uptake by cells. Such transduction may be effected ex vivo, using host cells maintained in culture. Cells that are engineered in culture may subsequently be introduced into a host organism, e.g. in ex vivo gene I5 therapy applications. Doing so thus constitutes a method for providing a host organism, preferably a human or non-human mammal, which is responsive (as described herein) to the presence of ligand. Alternatively transduction may be effected in vivo, using host cells present in a human or non-human host organism. In such cases, the DNA molecules are introduced directly into the host organism under conditions permitting uptake of the DNA by one or more of the host organism's cells.
This approach thus constitutes an alternative method for providing a host organism, preferably a human or non-human mammal, which is responsive (as described herein) to the presence of ligand. Various materials and methods for the introduction of DNA
into cells in culture or in whole organisms are known in the art and may be adapted for use in practicing this invention.
Other objects are achieved using the engineered cells described herein. For instance, a method is provided for multimerizing the fusion proteins of this invention by contacting cells engineered as described herein with an effective amount of ligand, permitting the ligand to form a complex with the fusion proteins. In embodiments in which multimerization of the fusion proteins triggers transcription of a target gene, this constitutes a method for activating the expression of the target gene. In embodiments in which the fusion proteins contain one or more signalling domains, this constitutes a method for activating a cellular signal transduction pathway. These methods may be carned out in cell culture or in whole organisms, including human patients. In the former case, the ligand is added to the culture medium. In the latter case, the ligand (which may be in the form of a pharmaceutical or veterinary composition) is administered to the whole organism, e.g., orally, parenterally, etc.
Preferably, the dose or ligand administered to an animal is below the dosage level that would cause undue immunosuppression in the recipient.
A further object of this invention is to provide kits for use in the genetic engineering of cells or human or non-human animals as described herein. One such kit contains recombinant DNA constructs encoding a pair of fusion proteins of this invention. The recombinant DNA constructs will generally be in the form of eukaryotic expression vectors suitable for introduction into animal cells and capable of directing the expression of the fusion proteins therein. The kit may also contain a sample of ligand capable of forming a complex with the encoded fusion proteins. The kit may further contain a multimerization antagonist such as rapamycin or some other compound capable of binding to one of the fusion proteins but incapable of forming a complex with both. In certain embodiments, the recombinant DNA constructs encoding the fusion proteins will contain a cloning site in place of DNA
encoding one or more of the heterologous domains, thus permitting the practitioner to introduce DNA encoding a heterologous domain of choice. In some embodiments the kit may also contain a target gene construct containing a target gene or cloning site linked to a DNA sequence responsive to the presence of the complexed fusion proteins, as described in more detail elsewhere.
Brief Description of the Figures Figure 1: Constructs used in the CAB dimerization system.
Figure 2: Reaction scheme for synthesis of E/Z C40-phenyl-FK506.
Figure 3: Styrene analogs to be used in cross-metathesis reaction with FK506.
Figure 4: Effect of varying the number of CAB domains on secreted alkaline phosphatase activity.
Figure 5: Secreted alkaline phosphatase activity induced by full length CABs and mini CABs.
Figure 6: Schematic depictions of three-construct systems involving the CAB
dimerization domain. A Recruitment of a CAB fusion protein to either FKBP in the context of a nuclear localization signal (NLS) or cyclophilin A (CypA) in the context of a nuclear export signal (NES). B. Recruitment of kinases fused to either the CAB
domain or the FRB domain to FKBP localized to the plasma membrane by virtue of a CaaX isoprenylation signal.
Figure 7: Effect of C40 derivatization on calcineurin-dependent reporter gene activity.
Results represent the average of at least three independent experiments per derivative. Abbreviations: Nap, naphthyl; Ph, phenyl; PhOPh, phenoylphenyl;
TMS, trimethylsilyl; FPh, fluorophenyl; Iph, iodophenyl.
Figure 8: Effect of high-level fCAB expression on NEAT-SEAP reporter gene activity.
SEAP assays were earned out as described above except that aliquots of transfected cells were grown up separately for analysis by Western blotting. A. Western blot using antibodies (3F10, Gibco) directed against the HA epitope tag., and showing the expression of fCAB protein as a function of the concentration of transfected DNA. B.
SEAP assay results showing the high constitutive reporter activity in the presence of overexpressed fCAB. Data shown is for 4000ng of transfected fCAB DNA.
Figure 9: Tuning of phosphatase assay as a function of fCAB construct DNA
concentration. SEAP assays were carried out as described above using the indicated amount of fCAB construct DNA. Data represent the average of two independent experiments.
Figure 10: Development of FK506-mediated transcription assay using CAB-p65 fusion proteins. SEAP assays were carried out as described using the optimized concentrations of each DNA species and the indicated dose of FK506 or FK506 derivative. A. SEAP assay results showing the activation of transcription by and two derivatives. Data represent the average of three independent experiments.
B. SEAP assay results showing the behavior of the dose response with many closely-spaced doses over a narrow concentration range. Data represent the results of three independent experiments.
Background of the Invention FK506 is a natural product which binds to an FK506-binding protein, FKBP, with high affinity to form an FK506:FKBP complex. Reported Kd values for that interaction are as low as 400 pM. The FK506:FKBP complex binds with high affinity to the protein phosphatase calcineurin to form a tripartite, [ BP:FK506]:[calcineurin], complex. Calcineurin is a heterodimer of a catalytic subunit (calcineurin A) and a regulatory subunit (calcineurin B.) In this tripartite complex FK506 acts as a dimerizer or adapter to join FKBP to calcineurin.
Numerous naturally occurring FK506 binding proteins (FKBPs) are known. See e.g. Kay, 1996, Biochem. J. 314:361-385 (review). FKBP proteins have been used for their ligand-binding properties in biological switches based on ligand-mediated multimerization of immunophilin-based recombinant proteins as disclosed e.g.
in Spencer et al, 1993, Science 262:1019-1024 and in WO 94/ 18317.
Cyclosporin A is another macrocyclic natural product of interest. It binds to the protein cyclophilin to form a complex which also binds to calcineurin to form an immunosuppressive complex. Cyclosporin thus also acts as a dimerizer. While the potent immunosuppressive activity of FK506 and cyclosporin would limit their utility as a dimerizer, especially in animals, this invention harnesses their dimerizing potential (and that of related compounds) while avoiding their profound, inherent limitations.
Summary of the Invention This invention concerns new configurations for biological switches and provides new methods and materials for regulating biological events, particularly in animal cells. Those biological events include, for example, gene transcription, activation of an intracellular signal transduction pathway (leading, for example, to gene expression, cell proliferation or apoptotic cell death), gene knock-out, blockade of expression of a gene, and inhibition of the function of a gene product. The invention relies upon two types of fusion proteins which when complexed through mutual SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) binding to a common ligand, are capable of actuating, directly or indirectly, the desired event.
This invention encompasses recombinant DNA constructs encoding those fusion proteins; DNA vectors containing one or more of those constructs; the fusion proteins encoded by the foregoing constructs; cells, especially animal cells, transduced with (i.e., containing and capable of expressing) one or more of the DNA
constructs described herein; small molecules (bivalent or multivalent multimerizing agents) which bind to and are capable of inducing multimerization of the fusion protein molecules;
and methods for preparing and using the foregoing.
More specifically, this invention provides methods and materials for making and using genetically engineered cells which are responsive to the presence of an FKBP/CAB ligand or a cyclophilin/CAB ligand. The invention relies upon the introduction into cells of recombinant DNAs encoding a set of fusion proteins which are capable of forming a complex with each other in the presence of ligand.
Contacting such genetically engineered cells with a ligand results in complex formation between the fusion proteins and initiation of a biological response. One of the fusion proteins contains one or more copies of a calcineurin A/calcineurin B domain (CAB) and at least one heterologous protein domain. The second fusion protein contains one or more copies of a domain derived from an FKBP protein which is capable of binding to an FKBP/CAB ligand and forming a complex with a CAB-containing protein. The second fusion protein may alternatively contain one or more copies of a cyclophilin domain which is capable of binding cyclosporin or other cyclophilin/CAB ligand and forming a complex with a CAB-containing protein. The second fusion protein also contains at least one heterologous domain which may be the same or different from a heterologous domain of the first fusion protein. CAB and FKBP domains for use in fusion proteins of this invention may be selected from naturally occurring proteins and may be variously modified, as is discussed in detail below. While CAB, FKBP and heterologous domains derived from various species may be used, human peptide sequences or variants thereof are preferred for human gene therapy applications.
Operationally, the CAB and FKBP domains serve as receptor (or "ligand-binding') domains and direct the complex formation between the fusion proteins under the mediation of ligand molecules. The nature of the biological response triggered by ligand-mediated complexes is determined by the heterologous domains of the fusion proteins. The heterologous domains are therefore also referred to as "action"
domains.
Various heterologous protein domains may be used in these fusion proteins, including, among others, DNA binding domains, transcription regulatory domains and cellular signaling domains. In one aspect of the invention, the two fusion proteins (one of which contains at least one CAB domain, the other contains at least one FKBP or cyclophilin domain) each contain at least one different heterologous domain, i.e., a heterologous domain not contained in the other fusion protein. For example, in certain embodiments, one of the fusion proteins contains at least one DNA binding domain and the other fusion protein contains at least one transcription activation domain.
Ligand-mediated association of the fusion proteins represents the formation of a transcription factor complex and leads to initiation of transcription of a target gene linked to a DNA sequence recognized by (i.e., capable of binding with) a DNA-binding domain on one of the fusion proteins. In other embodiments, one of the fusion proteins contains at least one domain capable of directing the fusion protein to a particular cellular location such as the cell membrane, nucleus, etc.
Localization domains which target the cell membrane include domains such as a myristoylation site or a transmembrane region of a receptor protein or other membrane-spanning protein.
The other fusion protein contains a signalling domain capable, upon membrane localization and/or clustering, of activating a cellular signal transduction pathway.
Examples of signalling domains include an intracellular domain of a growth factor or cytokine receptor, an apoptosis triggering domain such as the intracellular domain of FAS or TNF-Rl, and domains derived from other intracellular signalling proteins such as SOS, Raf, lck, ZAP-70, caspases, etc. A number of illustrative signalling proteins are disclosed in WO 94/18317 (see e.g. pages 23 - 26). In still other embodiments, each of the fusion proteins contains at least one CAB domain and at least one FKBP
domain and/or a cyclophilin domain, as well as one or more heterologous domains.
Such fusion proteins are capable of homodimerization in the presence of ligand. In general, domains containing peptide sequence endogenous to the host cell are preferred. Thus, for human gene therapy applications, domains of human origin are of particular interest.
Recombinant DNA molecules encoding the fusion proteins are also provided, as are vectors capable of directing their expression, particularly in eukaryotic cells, of which yeast and animal cells are of particular interest. In view of the constituent components of the fusion proteins, the recombinant DNA molecules which encode them are capable of selectively hybridizing (a) to a DNA molecule encoding a given fusion protein's ligand-binding domain (CAB domain, FKBP domain or cyclophilin domain) or a protein containing such a domain and (b) to a DNA molecule encoding the heterologous domain or a protein from which the heterologous protein domain was derived. DNAs are also encompassed which would be capable of so hybridizing but for the degeneracy of the genetic code.
Using DNA sequences encoding the fusion proteins of this invention and vectors capable of directing their expression in eukaryotic cells, one may genetically engineer cells for a number of important uses. To do so, one first provides an expression vector or DNA construct for directing the expression in a eukaryotic (preferably animal) cell of the desired fusion protein and then introduces the recombinant DNA into the cells in a manner permitting DNA uptake and expression of the introduced DNA in at least a portion of the cells. One may use any of the various methods and materials for introducing DNA into cells for heterologous gene expression, a variety of which are well known and/or commercially available.
One object of this invention is thus to provide an animal cell containing recombinant DNAs encoding two fusion proteins as described herein. One of the fusion proteins is capable of binding to ligand and contains at least one FKBP
or cyclophilin domain and at least one domain that is heterologous thereto. The second fusion protein contains at least one CAB domain and at least one domain heterologous thereto and is capable of forming a tripartite complex with the first fusion protein and one or more molecules of ligand. In some embodiments one or more of the heterologous domains present on one of the fusion proteins are also present on the other fusion protein, i.e., the two fusion proteins have one or more common heterologous domains. In other embodiments, each fusion protein contains one or more different heterologous domains.
A specific object of this invention is to provide animal cells engineered such that contacting the cells with ligand leads to transcription of a target gene.
Such cells contain, in addition to recombinant DNAs encoding the two fusion proteins, a target gene construct which comprises a target gene operably linked to a DNA sequence which is responsive to the presence of a complex of the fusion proteins with the ligand. In certain embodiments the cells are responsive to contact with a ligand which binds to the FKBP fusion protein and CAB fusion protein with a detectable preference over binding to endogenous FKBP or CAB-containing proteins of the host cell.
Similarly, ligands which bind cyclophilin-containing fusion proteins with greater affinity than their binding to endogenous cyclophilin may be desirable.
Another specific object of this invention is to provide animal cells engineered such that contacting the cells with the ligand stimulates cell growth, differentiation or proliferation. In such cells, at least one of the heterologous domains on at least one of the fusion proteins is a domain such as the intracellular domain of a receptor for a hormone which mediates cell growth, differentiation or proliferation. Cell growth, differentiation and/or proliferation follow clustering of the receptor intracellular signalling domains. Such clustering occurs in nature following hormone binding, and in engineered cells of this invention following contact with ligand.
Cells of human origin are preferred for human gene therapy applications, although cell types of various origins (human or other species) may be used, and may, if desired, be encapsulated within a biocompatible material for use in human subjects.
Another object of the invention is to provide materials and methods for producing the foregoing engineered cells. This object is met by providing recombinant DNAs encoding the fusion proteins, together with any ancillary recombinant DNAs such as a target gene construct, and introducing the recombinant DNAs into the host cells under conditions permitting DNA uptake by cells. Such transduction may be effected ex vivo, using host cells maintained in culture. Cells that are engineered in culture may subsequently be introduced into a host organism, e.g. in ex vivo gene I5 therapy applications. Doing so thus constitutes a method for providing a host organism, preferably a human or non-human mammal, which is responsive (as described herein) to the presence of ligand. Alternatively transduction may be effected in vivo, using host cells present in a human or non-human host organism. In such cases, the DNA molecules are introduced directly into the host organism under conditions permitting uptake of the DNA by one or more of the host organism's cells.
This approach thus constitutes an alternative method for providing a host organism, preferably a human or non-human mammal, which is responsive (as described herein) to the presence of ligand. Various materials and methods for the introduction of DNA
into cells in culture or in whole organisms are known in the art and may be adapted for use in practicing this invention.
Other objects are achieved using the engineered cells described herein. For instance, a method is provided for multimerizing the fusion proteins of this invention by contacting cells engineered as described herein with an effective amount of ligand, permitting the ligand to form a complex with the fusion proteins. In embodiments in which multimerization of the fusion proteins triggers transcription of a target gene, this constitutes a method for activating the expression of the target gene. In embodiments in which the fusion proteins contain one or more signalling domains, this constitutes a method for activating a cellular signal transduction pathway. These methods may be carned out in cell culture or in whole organisms, including human patients. In the former case, the ligand is added to the culture medium. In the latter case, the ligand (which may be in the form of a pharmaceutical or veterinary composition) is administered to the whole organism, e.g., orally, parenterally, etc.
Preferably, the dose or ligand administered to an animal is below the dosage level that would cause undue immunosuppression in the recipient.
A further object of this invention is to provide kits for use in the genetic engineering of cells or human or non-human animals as described herein. One such kit contains recombinant DNA constructs encoding a pair of fusion proteins of this invention. The recombinant DNA constructs will generally be in the form of eukaryotic expression vectors suitable for introduction into animal cells and capable of directing the expression of the fusion proteins therein. The kit may also contain a sample of ligand capable of forming a complex with the encoded fusion proteins. The kit may further contain a multimerization antagonist such as rapamycin or some other compound capable of binding to one of the fusion proteins but incapable of forming a complex with both. In certain embodiments, the recombinant DNA constructs encoding the fusion proteins will contain a cloning site in place of DNA
encoding one or more of the heterologous domains, thus permitting the practitioner to introduce DNA encoding a heterologous domain of choice. In some embodiments the kit may also contain a target gene construct containing a target gene or cloning site linked to a DNA sequence responsive to the presence of the complexed fusion proteins, as described in more detail elsewhere.
Brief Description of the Figures Figure 1: Constructs used in the CAB dimerization system.
Figure 2: Reaction scheme for synthesis of E/Z C40-phenyl-FK506.
Figure 3: Styrene analogs to be used in cross-metathesis reaction with FK506.
Figure 4: Effect of varying the number of CAB domains on secreted alkaline phosphatase activity.
Figure 5: Secreted alkaline phosphatase activity induced by full length CABs and mini CABs.
Figure 6: Schematic depictions of three-construct systems involving the CAB
dimerization domain. A Recruitment of a CAB fusion protein to either FKBP in the context of a nuclear localization signal (NLS) or cyclophilin A (CypA) in the context of a nuclear export signal (NES). B. Recruitment of kinases fused to either the CAB
domain or the FRB domain to FKBP localized to the plasma membrane by virtue of a CaaX isoprenylation signal.
Figure 7: Effect of C40 derivatization on calcineurin-dependent reporter gene activity.
Results represent the average of at least three independent experiments per derivative. Abbreviations: Nap, naphthyl; Ph, phenyl; PhOPh, phenoylphenyl;
TMS, trimethylsilyl; FPh, fluorophenyl; Iph, iodophenyl.
Figure 8: Effect of high-level fCAB expression on NEAT-SEAP reporter gene activity.
SEAP assays were earned out as described above except that aliquots of transfected cells were grown up separately for analysis by Western blotting. A. Western blot using antibodies (3F10, Gibco) directed against the HA epitope tag., and showing the expression of fCAB protein as a function of the concentration of transfected DNA. B.
SEAP assay results showing the high constitutive reporter activity in the presence of overexpressed fCAB. Data shown is for 4000ng of transfected fCAB DNA.
Figure 9: Tuning of phosphatase assay as a function of fCAB construct DNA
concentration. SEAP assays were carried out as described above using the indicated amount of fCAB construct DNA. Data represent the average of two independent experiments.
Figure 10: Development of FK506-mediated transcription assay using CAB-p65 fusion proteins. SEAP assays were carried out as described using the optimized concentrations of each DNA species and the indicated dose of FK506 or FK506 derivative. A. SEAP assay results showing the activation of transcription by and two derivatives. Data represent the average of three independent experiments.
B. SEAP assay results showing the behavior of the dose response with many closely-spaced doses over a narrow concentration range. Data represent the results of three independent experiments.
WO 00/2$011 PCT/US99/25766 Detailed Description of the Invention Definitions The definitions of terms as they are used herein will be helpful for a full understanding of the present disclosure.
"Activate" as applied to the expression or transcription of a gene denotes a directly or indirectly observable increase in the production of a gene product, e.g., an RNA or polypeptide encoded by the gene.
"Capable of selectively hybridizing" as that phrase is used herein means that two DNA molecules are susceptible to hybridization with one another, despite the presence of other DNA molecules, under hybridization conditions which can be chosen or readily determined empirically by the practitioner of ordinary skill in this art. Such treatments include conditions of high stringency such as washing extensively with buffers containing 0.2 to 6 x SSC, and/or containing 0.1% to 1% SDS, at temperatures ranging from room temperature to 65-75°C. See for example F.M. Ausubel et al., Eds, Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, Units 6.3 and 6.4 (John Wiley and Sons, New York, 3d Edition, 1995).
"Cells", "host cells" or "recombinant host cells" refer not only to the particular subject cell but to the progeny or potential progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term as used herein.
"Cell line" refers to a population of cells capable of continuous or prolonged growth and division in vitro. Often, cell lines are clonal populations derived from a single progenitor cell. It is further known in the art that spontaneous or induced changes can occur in karyotype during storage or transfer of such clonal populations.
Therefore, cells derived from the cell line referred to may not be precisely identical to the ancestral cells or cultures, and the cell line referred to includes such variants.
A "cloning site", also sometimes referred to as a "multiple cloning site"or a "polylinker" is a region within a vector which contains multiple sites for restriction enzyme cleavage, thus rendering the vector suitable for cloning of exogenous genes.
A "coding sequence" or a sequence which "encodes" a particular polypeptide or RNA, is a nucleic acid sequence which is transcribed (in the case of DNA) and translated (in the case of mRNA) into a polypeptide in vitro or in vivo when placed under the control of an appropriate expression control sequence. The boundaries of the coding sequence are determined by a start codon at the 5' (amino) terminus and a translation stop codon at the 3' (carboxy) terminus. A coding sequence can include, but is not limited to, cDNA from procaryotic or eukaryotic mRNA, genomic DNA
sequences from procaryotic or eukaryotic DNA, and even synthetic DNA
sequences.
A transcription termination sequence will usually be located 3' to the coding sequence.
"Composite", "fusion", and "recombinant" denote a material such as a nucleic acid, nucleic acid sequence or polypeptide which contains at least two constituent portions which are mutually heterologous in the sense that they are not otherwise found directly (covalently) linked in nature, e.g. are not found in the same continuous polypeptide or gene in nature, at least not in the same order or orientation l0 or with the same spacing present in the composite, fusion or recombinant product.
Such materials contain components derived from at least two different proteins or genes or from at least two non-adjacent portions of the same protein or gene.
In general, "composite" refers to portions of different proteins or nucleic acids which are joined together to form a single functional unit, while "fusion" generally refers to two or more functional units which are linked together. "Recombinant" is generally used in the context of nucleic acids or nucleic acid sequences.
The term "conjoint", with respect to administration of two or more viruses, refers to the simultaneous, sequential or separate dosing of the individual virus provided that some overlap occurs in the simultaneous presence of the viruses in one or more cells of the animal.
A "construct", e.g., a "nucleic acid construct" or "DNA construct" refers to a nucleic acid or nucleic acid sequence.
"Derived from" denotes a peptide or nucleotide sequence selected from within a given sequence. A peptide or nucleotide sequence derived from a named sequence may further contain a small number of modifications relative to the parent sequence, in most cases representing deletion, replacement or insertion of less than about 15%, preferably less than about 10%, and in many cases less than about 5%, of amino acid residues or bases present in the parent sequence. In the case of DNAs, one DNA
molecule is also considered to be derived from another if the two are capable of selectively hybridizing to one another. Polypeptides or polypeptide sequences are also considered to be derived from a reference polypeptide or polypeptide sequence if any DNAs encoding the two polypeptides or sequences are capable of selectively hybridizing to one another. Typically, a derived peptide sequence will differ from a parent sequence by the replacement of up to 5 amino acids, in many cases up to amino acids, and very often by 0 or 1 amino acids. A derived nucleic acid sequence will differ from a parent sequence by the replacement of up to 15 bases, in many cases up to 9 bases, and very often by 0 - 3 bases. In some cases the amino acids) or bases) is/are added or deleted rather than replaced.
"Dimerization", "oligomerization" and "multimerization" are used interchangeably herein and refer to the association or clustering of two or more protein molecules, mediated by the binding of a drug to at least one of the proteins.
In preferred embodiments, the multimerization is mediated by the binding of two or more such protein molecules to a common divalent or multivalent drug. The formation of a complex comprising two or more protein molecules, each of which containing one or more FKBP domains, together with one or more molecules of an FKBP ligand which is at least divalent (e.g. FK1012 or AP1510) is an example of such association or clustering. In cases where at least one of the proteins contains more than one drug binding domain, e.g., where at least one of the proteins contains three FKBP
domains, the presence of a divalent drug leads to the clustering of more than two protein molecules. Embodiments in which the drug is more than divalent (e.g.
trivalent) in its ability to bind to proteins bearing drug binding domains also can result in clustering of more than two protein molecules. The formation of a tripartite complex comprising a protein containing at least one CAB domain, a protein containing at least one FKBP
domain and a ligand molecule is another example of such protein clustering. In certain embodiments of this invention, fusion proteins contain multiple CAB and/or FKBP
domains. Complexes of such proteins may contain more than one molecule of ligand or other dimerizing agent and more than one copy of one or more of the constituent proteins. Again, such multimeric complexes are still referred to herein as tripartite complexes to indicate the presence of the three types of constituent molecules, even if one or more are represented by multiple copies. The formation of complexes containing at least one divalent drug and at least two protein molecules, each of which contains at least one drug binding domain, may be referred to as "oligomerization" or "multimerization", or simply as "dimerization", "clustering" or association".
"Dimerizer" denotes a compound which brings together two or more proteins in a multimeric complex.
"Divalent", as that term is applied to ligands in this document, denotes a ligand which is capable of complexing with at least two protein molecules which contain ligand binding domains, to form a three (or greater number)-component complex.
"Domain" refers to a portion of a protein or polypeptide. In the art, the term "domain" may refer to a portion of a protein having a discrete secondary structure.
However, as will be apparent from the context used herein, the term "domain' as used in this document does not necessariy connote a given secondary structure.
Rather, a peptide sequence is referred to herein as a "domain' simply to denote a polypeptide sequence from a defined source, or having or conferring an intended or observed activity. Domains can be derived from naturally occurring proteins or may comprise non-naturally-occurring sequence.
"DNA recognition sequence" means a DNA sequence which is capable of binding to one or more DNA-binding domains, e.g., of a transcription factor or an engineered polypeptide.
"Endogenous" refers to molecules which are naturally occurring in a cell, i.e.
prior to the genetic engineering or infection of the cell.
"Exogenous" refers to molecules which are not naturally present in the cell, and which have been, e.g., introduced by transfection or transduction of the cell (or the parent cell thereof).
FKBPs (FK506 binding proteins) are the cytosolic receptors for macrolides such as FK506, FK520 arid rapamycin and are highly conserved across species lines.
For the purpose of this disclosure, FKBPs are proteins or protein domains which are capable of binding to an FKBP/CAB ligand and further forming a tripartite complex with calcineurin or a CAB-containing protein. An FKBP domain may also be referred to as a "FK506 binding domain". Information concerning the nucleotide sequences, cloning, and other aspects of various FKBP species is already known in the art, permitting the synthesis or cloning of DNA encoding the desired FKBP peptide sequence, e.g., using well known methods and PCR primers based on published sequences. See e.g. Staendart et al, 1990, Nature 346, 671-674 (human FKBP12);
Kay, 1996, Biochem. J. 314, 361-385 (review). Homologous FKBP proteins in other mammalian species, in yeast, and in other organsims are also known in the art and may be used in the fusion proteins disclosed herein. See e.g. Kay, 1996, Biochem. J.
314, 361-385 (review). The size of FKBP domains for use in this invention are usually 90-100 amino acids, although this varies, depending on which FKBP protein is employed. An FKBP domain of a fusion protein of this invention will be capable of binding to an FKBP/CAB ligand and participating in a tripartite complex with calcineurin or a CAB-containing protein (as may be determined by any means, direct or indirect, for detecting such binding). The peptide sequence of an FKBP
domain of an FKBP fusion protein of this invention comprises (a) a naturally occurring FKBP
peptide sequence, preferably derived from the human FKBP12 protein (exemplified below) or. a peptide sequence derived from another human FKBP, from a marine or other mammalian FKBP, or from some other animal, yeast or fungal FKBP; (b) a variant of a naturally occurring FKBP sequence in which up to about ten (preferably 1-5, more preferably 1-3, and in some embodiments just one) amino acids of the naturally-occurring peptide sequence have been deleted, inserted, or replaced with substitute amino acids; or (c) a peptide sequence encoded by a DNA sequence capable of selectively hybridizing to a DNA molecule encoding a naturally occurring FKBP or by a DNA sequence which would be capable, but for the degeneracy of the genetic code, of selectively hybridizing to a DNA molecule encoding a naturally occurring FKBP.
An "FKBP/CAB ligand" is a compound, e.g. FK506 or an analog, homolog, derivative or mimetic of any of the foregoing, which binds to an FKBP protein to form a complex which binds to calcineurin or a CAB protein. Similarly, a "cyclophilin/CAB
ligand" is a compound, e.g. cyclosporin or an analog, homolog, derivative or mimetic of any of the foregoing, which binds to a cyclophilin protein to form a complex which binds to calcineurin or a CAB protein.
"Gene" refers to a nucleic acid molecule or sequence comprising an open reading frame and including at least one exon and (optionally) an intron sequence. The term "intron" refers to a DNA sequence present in a given gene which is not translated into protein and is generally found between exons.
"Genetically engineered cells" denotes cells which have been modified by the 2o introduction of recombinant or heterologous nucleic acids (e.g. one or more DNA
constructs or their IZNA counterparts) and further includes the progeny of such cells which retain part or all of such genetic modification.
"Heterologous" as it relates to nucleic acid sequences such as coding sequences and control sequences, denotes sequences that are not normally joined together, and/or are not normally associated with a particular cell. Thus, a "heterologous"
region of a nucleic acid construct is a segment of nucleic acid withixt or attached to another nucleic acid molecule that is not found in association with the other molecule in nature. For example, a heterologous region of a construct could include a coding sequence flanked by sequences not found in association with the coding sequence in nature. Another example of a heterologous coding sequence is a construct where the coding sequence itself is not found in nature (e.g., synthetic sequences having codons different from the native gene). Similarly, in the case of a cell transduced with a nucleic acid construct which is not normally present in the cell, the cell and the construct would be considered mutually heterologous for purposes of this invention.
Allelic variation or naturally occurring mutational events do not give rise to heterologous DNA, as used herein.
"interact" as used herein is meant to include detectable interactions between molecules, such as can be detected using, for example, a yeast or mammalian two hybrid assay or by immunoprecipitation. The term interact is also meant to include "binding" interactions between molecules. Interactions may be, for example, protein-protein, protein-nucleic acid, protein-small molecule or small molecule-nucleic acid in nature.
"Ligand" refers to any molecule which is capable of interacting with a corresponding protein or protein domain. A ligand can be naturally occurring, or the ligand can be partially or wholly synthetic. The term "modified ligand" refers to a ligand which has been modified such that it does not significantly interact with the naturally occurring receptor of the ligand in its non modified form. As used herein, ligand refers to an FKBP/CAB ligand.
"Minimal promoter" refers to the minimal expression control sequence that is necessary for initiating transcription of a selected DNA sequence to which it is operably linked.
The terms "promoter" and "expression control sequence" further encompass "tissue specific" promoters and expression control sequences, i.e., promoters and expression control sequences which effect expression of the selected DNA
sequence preferentially in specific cells (e.g., cells of a specific tissue). Gene expression occurs preferentially in a specific cell if expression in this cell type is significantly higher than expression in other cell types. The terms "promoter" and " expression control sequence" also encompass so-called "leaky" promoters and " expression control sequences", which regulate expression of a selected DNA primarily in one tissue, but cause expression in other tissues as well. These terms also encompass non-tissue specific promoters and expression control sequences which are active in most cell types. Furthermore, a promoter or expression control sequence can be constitutive i.e. one which is active basally or inducible, i.e., a promoter or expression control sequence which is active primarily in response to a stimulus. A stimulus can be, e.g., a molecule, such as a hormone, a cytokine, a heavy metal, phorbol esters, cyclic AMP
(CAMP), or retinoic and.
"Nucleic acid" refers to polynucleotides such as deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), and, where appropriate, ribonucleic acid (RNA). The term should also be understood to include, as equivalents, derivatives, variants and analogs of either RNA or DNA
made from nucleotide analogs, and, as applicable to the embodiment being described, single (sense or antisense) and double-stranded polynucleotides. For simplicity, the term DNA is often used herein to refer to any nucleic acid.
A "nucleic acid binding domain" refers to a polypeptide which interacts, or binds, with a higher affinity to a nucleic acid having a specific nucleotide sequence relative to a nucleic acid having a nucleotide sequence which is essentially unrelated to the specific nucleotide sequence. In a preferred embodiment, a nucleic acid binding domain is a "DNA binding domain".
"Operably linked" refers to an arrangement of elements wherein the components so described are configured so as to perform their usual function.
Thus, an expression control sequence operably linked to a coding sequence permits expression of the coding sequence. The control sequence need not be contiguous with the coding sequence, so long as it functions to direct the expression thereof.
Thus, for example, intervening untranslated yet transcribed sequences can be present between a promoter sequence and the coding sequence and the promoter sequence can still be considered "operably linked" to the coding sequence.
"Protein", "polypeptide" and "peptide" are used interchangeably herein when referring to a gene product, e.g., as may be encoded by a coding sequence.
A "recombinant virus" is a complete virus particle in which the packaged nucleic acid contains a heterologous portion.
"Subunit", when referring to the subunit of an activation domain, refers to a portion of the transcription activation domain.
A "target gene" is a nucleic acid of interest, the expression of which is modulated according to the methods of the invention. The target gene can be endogenous or exogenous and can integrate into a cell's genome, or remain episomal.
The target gene can encode a protein or be a non coding nucleic acid, e.g, a nucleic acid which is transcribed into an antisense RNA or a ribozyme.
A "therapeutically effective dose" of ligand denotes a treatment- or prophylaxis-effective dose, e.g., a dose which yields detectable target gene transcription or cell growth, proliferation, differentiation, death, etc. in the genetically engineered cell, or a dose which is predicted to be treatment- or prophylaxis-effective by extrapolation from data obtained in animal or cell culture models. A
therapeutically effective dose is ususally preferred for the treatment of a human or non-human mammal.
"Transcription control element" denotes a regulatory DNA sequence, such as initiation signals, enhancers, and promoters, which induce or control transcription of protein coding sequences with which they are operably linked. The term "enhancer" is intended to include regulatory elements capable of increasing, stimulating, or enhancing transcription from a promoter. Such transcription regulatory components can be present upstream of a coding region, or in certain cases (e.g.
enhancers), in other locations as well, such as in introns, exons, coding regions, and 3' flanking sequences.
"Transcription factor" refers to any protein or modified form thereof that is involved in the initiation of transcription but which is not itself a part of the polymerase. Transcription factors are proteins or modified forms thereof, which interact preferentially with specific nucleic acid sequences, i.e., regulatory elements.
Some transcription factors are active when they are in the form of a monomer.
Alternatively, other transcription factors are active in the form of oligomers consisting of two or more identical proteins or different proteins (heterodimer). The factors have different actions during the transcription initiation: they may interact with other factors, with the RNA polymerase, with the entire complex, with activators, or with DNA. Transcription factors usually contain one or more transcription regulatory domains.
"Transcription regulatory domain" refers to any domain which regulates transcription, and includes both activation and repression domains. The term "
transcription activation domain" denotes a domain in a transcription factor which positively regulates (increases) the rate of gene transcription. The term "
transcription repression domain" denotes a domain in a transcription factor which negatively regulates (inhibits or decreases) the rate of gene transcription.
"Transfection" means the introduction of a naked nucleic acid molecule into a recipient cell. "Infection" refers to the process wherein a virus enters the cell in a manner whereby the genetic material of the virus can be expressed in the cell.
A
"productive infection" refers to the process wherein a virus enters the cell, is replicated, and then released from the cell (sometimes referred to as a "lytfc"
infection).
"Transduction" encompasses the introduction of nucleic acid into cells by any means.
"Transgene" refers to a nucleic acid sequence which has been introduced into a cell. Daughter cells deriving from a cell in which a transgene has been introduced are also said to contain the transgene (unless it has been deleted). A transgene can encode, e.g., a polypeptide, partly or entirely heterologous to the animal or cell into which it is introduced, or comprises or is derived from an endogenous gene of the animal or cell into which it is introduced, but which is designed to be inserted, or is inserted, into the recipient's genome in such a way as to alter that genome.
(e.g., it is inserted at a location which differs from that of the natural gene).
Alternatively, a transgene can also be present in an episome. A transgene can include one or more expression control sequences and any other nucleic acid, (e.g. intron), that may be necessary or desirable for optimal expression of a selected coding sequence.
"Transient transfection" refers to cases where exogenous DNA does not integrate into the genome of a transfected cell, e.g., where episomal DNA is transcribed into mRNA and translated into protein. A cell has been "stably transfected" with a nucleic acid construct when the nucleic acid construct has been integrated into the genome of that cell.
By "virus" is meant a complete virus, such as a wild-type (wt) virus particle comprising a nucleic acid genome associated with a capsid protein coat, or a recombinant virus particle as described above. For example, an adenovirus is a complete virus particle, comprising an Ad nucleic acid genome associated with an Ad capsid protein coat.
"Wild-type" means naturally occurring in a normal cell.
s s This invention involves methods and materials for multimerizing fusion proteins in genetically engineered cells using a novel dimerization-based biological switch. The design and implementation of various dimerization-based biological switches has been reported, inter alia, in Spencer et al and in various international patent applications cited herein. Other accounts of successful application of this general approach have also been reported. Fusion proteins containing a domain from human FRAP fused to an effector domain have been disclosed in Rivera et a1,1996, Nature Medicine 2, 1028-1032 and in WO 96/41865 (Clackson et al) and WO
95/33052 (Berlin et aI). As noted previously, the fusion proteins are designed such that association of the effector domains, through ligand-mediated "dimerization" or "multimerization" of the fusion proteins which contain them, triggers a desired biological event such as transcription of a desired gene, cell death, cell proliferation, etc. For example, clustering of fusion proteins containing an action domain derived from the intracellular portion of the T cell receptor CD3 zeta domain triggers transcription of a gene under the transcription control of the IL-2 promoter or promoter elements derived therefrom. In other embodiments, the action domain comprises a domain derived from the intracellular portion of a protein such as FAS or the TNF-alpha receptor (TNFalpha-R1), which are capable, upon oligomerization, of triggering apoptosis of the cell. In still other embodiments, the action domains comprise a DNA-binding domain such as GAL4 or ZFHDl and a transcription activation domain such as VP16 or p65, paired such that oligomerization of the fusion proteins represents assembly of a transcription factor complex which triggers transcription of a gene linked to a DNA sequence recognized by (capable of specific binding interaction with) the DNA binding domain.
Fusion proteins containing one or more ligand-binding domains and one or more action domains, e.g. for activation of transcription of a target gene, triggering cell death or other signal transduction pathway, cellular localization, cell proliferation etc., are disclosed in WO 94/18317, PCT/US94/08008, Spencer et al, supra and Blau et al. (PNAS 1997 94:3076). The design and use of such fusion proteins for ligand-mediated gene-knock out and for ligand-mediated blockade of gene expression or inhibition of gene product function are disclosed in PCT/US95/10591. Novel DNA
binding domains and DNA sequences to which they bind which are useful in embodiments involving regulated transcription of a target gene are disclosed, e.g., in Pomeranz et al, 1995, Science 267:93-96. Those references provide substantial information, guidance and examples relating to the design, construction and use of DNA constructs encoding analogous fusion proteins, target gene constructs, and other aspects which may also be useful to the practitioner of the subject invention.
By appropriate choice of fusion proteins, this invention permits one to activate the transcription of a desired gene; actuate cell growth, proliferation, differentiation or apoptosis, or trigger other biological events in engineered cells in an FK506-dependent manner analogous to the systems described in the patent documents and other references cited above. The engineered cells, preferably animal cells, may be growing or maintained in culture or may be present within whole organisms, as in the case of human gene therapy, transgenic animals, and other such applications. An FKBP/CAB
ligand is administered to the cell culture or to the organism containing the engineered cells, as the case may be, in an amount effective to multimerize the FKBP
fusion proteins and CAB fusion proteins (as may be observed indirectly by monitoring target gene transcription, apoptosis or other biological process so triggered). In the case of administration to whole organisms, the ligand may be administered in a composition containing the ligand and one or more acceptable veterinary or pharmaceutical diluents and/or excipients.
A compound which binds to one of the fusion proteins but does not form tripartite complexes with both fusion proteins may be used as a multimerization antagonist. As such it may be administered to the engineered cells, or to organisms containing them (preferably in a composition as described above in the case of administration to whole animals), in an amount effective for blocking or reversing the effect of the ligand, i.e. for preventing, inhibiting or disrupting multimerization of the fusion proteins. For instance, rapamycin, a rapalog, or any of the many synthetic FKBP ligands which do not form tripartite complexes with FKBP and CAB may be used as an antagonist.
One important aspect of this invention provides materials and methods for ligand-dependent, direct activation of transcription of a desired gene. In one such embodiment, a set of two or more different fusion proteins, and corresponding DNA
constructs capable of directing their expression, is provided. One such fusion protein contains as its action domains) one or more transcription activation domains.
The other fusion protein contains as its action domains) one or more DNA-binding domains. The selected ligand is capable of binding to both fusion proteins to form a dimeric or multimeric complex thus containing at least one DNA binding domain and at least one transcription activation domain. Formation of such complexes leads to activation of transcription of a target gene linked to, and under the transcription control of, a DNA sequence to which the DNA-binding domain is capable of binding, as can be observed by monitoring directly or indirectly the presence or concentration of the target gene product.
Preferably the DNA binding domain, and a fusion protein containing it, binds to its recognized DNA sequence with sufficient selectivity so that binding to the selected DNA sequence can be observed (directly or indirectly) despite the presence of other, often numerous other, DNA sequences. Preferably, binding of the fusion protein comprising the DNA-binding domain to the selected DNA sequence is at least two, more preferably three and even more preferably more than four orders of magnitude greater than binding to any one alternative DNA sequence, as measured by in vitro binding studies or by measuring relative rates or levels of transcription of genes associated with the selected DNA sequence as compared with any alternative DNA
sequences.
Cells which have been genetically engineered to contain such a set of constructs, together with any desired accessory constructs, may be used in applications involving ligand-mediated, regulated actuation of the desired biological event, be it regulated transcription of a desired gene, regulated triggering of a signal transduction pathway such as the triggering of apoptosis, or another event.
Cells engineered for regulatable expression of a target gene, for instance, can be used for regulated production of a desired protein (or other gene product) encoded by the target gene. Such cells may be grown in culture by conventional means.
Addition of ligand to the culture medium containing the cells leads to expression of the target gene by the cells and production of the protein encoded by that gene. Expression of the gene and production of the protein can be turned off by withholding further ligand from the medium, by removing residual ligand from the medium, or by adding to the medium a multimerization antagonist reagent.
Engineered cells of this invention can also be produced and/or used in vivo, to modify whole organisms, preferably animals, especially humans, e.g. such that the cells produce a desired protein or other result within the animal containing them. Such uses include gene therapy applications.
Embodiments involving regulatable actuation of apoptosis provide engineered cells susceptible to FK506-inducible cell death. Such engineered cells can be eliminated from a cell culture or host organism after they have served their intended purposed (e.g. production of a desired protein or other product), if they have or develop unwanted properties, or if they are no longer useful, safe or desired.
Elimination is effected by adding iigand to the medium or administering it to the host organism. In such cases, the action domains of the fusion proteins are protein domains such as the intracellular domains of FAS or TNF-R1, downstream components of their signaling pathways or other protein domains which upon oligornerization trigger apoptosis.
Said differently, this invention provides a method for achieving any of those objectives, e.g. activation of transcription of a target gene (typically a heterologous gene for a therapeutic protein), cell growth or proliferation, cell death or some other selected biological event, in an animal, preferably a human patient, in need thereof and containing engineered cells of this invention. That method involves administering to the animal a pharmaceutical composition containing the ligand by a route of administration and in an amount effective to cause rnultirnerization of the fusion proteins in at least a portion of the engineered cells. Multirnerization may be detected indirectly by detecting the occurrence of target gene expression, cell growth, proliferation or death, or other objective for which the fusion proteins were designed and the cells genetically engineered.
This invention further encompasses a pharmaceutical composition comprising a multirnerization antagonist of this invention in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and optionally with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients for inhibiting or otherwise reducing, in whole or part, the extent of multimerization of fusion proteins in engineered cells of this invention in a subject, and thus for de-activating the transcription of a target gene, for example, or turning off another biological result of this invention. Thus, the use of the multimerizing ligands and of the multimerization antagonist reagents to prepare pharmaceutical compositions and achieve their pharmacologic results is encompassed by this invention.
Also disclosed is a method for providing a host organism, preferably an animal, typically a non-human mammal or a human subject, responsive to a ligand of this invention. The method involves introducing into the organism cells which have been engineered in accordance with this invention, i.e. containing one or more nucleic acid constructs encoding the fusion proteins, and so forth. The engineered cells may be encapsulated using any of a variety of materials and methods before being introduced into the host organism. Alternatively, one can introduce the nucleic acid constructs of this invention into a host organism, e.g. a mammal, under conditions permitting incorporation thereof into one or more cells of the host mammal, e.g. using viral vectors, introduction of DNA by injection or via catheter, etc.
Also provided are kits for producing cells responsive to a Iigand of this invention. One such kit contains one or more nucleic acid constructs encoding and capable of directing the expression of fusion proteins which, upon ligand-mediated oligomerization, trigger the desired biological response. The kit may contain a quantity of a ligand capable of multimerizing the fusion protein molecules encoded by the constructs) of the kit, and may contain in addition a quantity of a multimerization antagonist. The kit may further contain a nucleic acid construct encoding a target gene (or cloning site) linked to a cognate DNA sequence which is recognized by the dimerized fusion proteins permitting transcription of a gene linked to that cognate DNA sequence in the presence of multimerized fusion protein molecules. The constructs may be associated with one or more selection markers for convenient selection of transfectants, as well as other conventional vector elements useful for replication in prokaryotes, for expression in eukaryotes, and the like. The selection markers may be the same or different for each different construct, permitting the selection of cells which contain each such construct(s).
The accessory construct for introducing into cells a target gene in association with a cognate DNA sequence may contain a cloning site in place of a target gene. A
kit containing such a construct permits the engineering of cells for regulatable expression of a gene to be provided by the practitioner.
Other kits of this invention may contain one or two (or more) nucleic acid constructs for fusion proteins in which one or more contain a cloning site in place of the transcription activator or DNA binding protein, permitting the user to insert whichever such domain s/he wishes. Such a kit may optionally include other elements as described above, e.g. a nucleic acid construct for a target gene with or without a cognate DNA sequence for a pre-selected DNA binding domain.
Any of the kits may also contain positive control cells which were stably transformed with constructs of this invention such that they express a reporter gene (for CAT, beta-galactosidase or any conveniently detectable gene product} in response to exposure of the cells to the ligand. Reagents for detecting and/or quantifying the expression of the reporter gene may also be provided.
For further information and guidance on the design, construction and use of such systems or components thereof which may be adapted for use in practising the subject invention, reference to the following publications is suggested:
Spencer et al, 1993, supra; Rivera et al, 1996, supra; Spencer et al, 1996, Current Biology 6, 839-847;
Luo et al, 1996, Nature, 383, 181-185; Ho et al, 1996, Nature 382, 822-826;
Belshaw et al, 1996, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93, 4604-4607; Spencer, 1996, TIG
12(5), 181-187; Spencer et al, 1995, Proc., Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92, 9805-9809;
Holsinger et al, 1995, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92, 9810-9814; Pruschy et al, 1994, Chemistry & Biology 1{3),163-172; and published international patent applications WO
94/18317, WO 95/02684, WO 95/33052, WO 96/20951 and WO 96/41865.
FKBP domains and fusion proteins The FKBP fusion protein comprises at least one FKBP domain containing all or part of the peptide sequence of an FKBP domain and at least one heterologous action domain. This fusion protein must be capable of binding to ligand, preferably with a Kd value below about 100 nM, more preferably below about 10 nM and even more preferably below about 1 nM, as measured by direct binding measurement (e.g.
fluorescence quenching), competition binding measurement (e.g. versus FK506), inhibition of FKBP enzyme activity (rotamase), or other assay methodology.
Typically the fusion protein will contain one or more protein domains comprising peptide sequence selected from that of a naturally occurring FKBP protein such as human FKBP12, e.g. as described in International Patent Application PCT/US94/01617.
That peptide sequence may be modified to adjust the binding specificity, usually with replacement, insertion or deletion of 10 or fewer, preferably 5 or fewer, in some cases 1-3, and often 1, amino acid residue. Such modifications are elected in certain embodiments to yield one or both of the following binding profiles: (a) binding of a ligand to the modified FKBP domain, or fusion protein containing it, preferably at least one, and more preferably at least two, and even more preferably three or four or more, orders of magnitude better (by any measure) than to FKBP12 or the FKBP
endogenous to the host cells to be engineered; and {b) binding of the FKBP:ligand complex to the CAB fusion protein, preferably at least one, and more preferably at least two, and even more preferably at least three, orders of magnitude better (by any measure) than to the calcineurin endogenous to the host cell to be engineered.
The FKBP fusion protein also contains at least one heterologous action domain, i.e., a protein domain containing non-FKBP peptide sequence. The action domain may be a DNA-binding domain, transcription activation domain, transcription repression domain, cellular localization domain, intracellular signal transduction domain, etc., e.g. as described elsewhere herein or in PCT/US94/01617 or the other cited references. Generally speaking, the action domain is capable of directing the fusion protein to a selected cellular location or of initiating a biological effect upon association or aggregation with another action domain, for instance, upon multimerization of proteins containing the same or different action domains.
A recombinant nucleic acid encoding such a fusion protein will be capable of selectively hybridizing to a DNA encoding the parent FKBP protein, e.g. human FKBP12, or would be capable of such hybridization but for the degeneracy of the genetic code. Since these fusion proteins contain an action domain derived from another protein, e.g. Gal4, ZFHDl, p65, VP16, FAS, CD3 zeta chain, etc., the recombinant DNA encoding the fusion protein will also be capable of selectively hybridizing to a DNA encoding that other protein, or would be capable of such hybridization but for the degeneracy of the genetic code.
FKBP fusion proteins of this invention, as well as CAB fusion proteins discussed in further detail below, may contain one or more copies of one or more different ligand binding domains and one or more copies of one or more action domains. The ligand binding domains) (i.e., FKBP and CAB domains) may be N-terminal, C-terminal, or interspersed with respect to the action domain(s).
Embodiments involving multiple copies of a ligand binding domain usually have 2 , 3 or 4 such copies. For example, an FKBP fusion protein may contain 2, 3 or 4 FKBP
domains. The various domains of the FKBP fusion proteins (and of the CAB
fusion proteins discussed below) are optionally separated by linking peptide regions which may be derived from one of the adjacent domains or may be heterologous.
Illustrative examples of FKBP fusion proteins useful in the practice of this invention include the FKBP fusion proteins disclosed in PCT/US94/01617 (Stanford & Harvard), PCT/US94/08008 (Stanford & Harvard), Spencer et al (supra), PCT/US95/10591 (ARIAD), PCT/US95/06722 (Mitotix, Inc.) and other references cited herein; the FKBP fusion proteins disclosed in the examples which follow;
variants of any of the foregoing FKBP fusion proteins which contain up to 10 (preferably 1-5) amino acid insertions, deletions or substitutions in one or more of the FKBP domains and which are still capable of binding to a ligand; variants of any of the foregoing FKBP fusion proteins which contain one or more copies of an FKBP
domain which is encoded by a DNA sequence capable of selectively hybridizing to a DNA sequence encoding a naturally occurring FKBP domain and which are still capable of binding to a ligand; variants of any of the foregoing in which one or more heterologous action domains are deleted, replaced or supplemented with a different heterologous action domain; variants of any of the foregoing FKBP fusion proteins which are capable of binding to an FKBP/CAB ligand and which contain an FKBP
domain derived from a non human source; and variants of any of the foregoing FKBP
fusion proteins which contain one or more amino acid residues corresponding to Tyr26, Phe36, Asp37, Arg42, Phe46, Phe48, G1u54, Va155, or Phe99 of human FKBP12 in which one or more of those amino acid residues is replaced by a different amino acid, the variant being capable of binding to a ligand.
For instance, in a number of cases the FKBP fusion proteins comprise multiple copies of an FKBP domain containing amino acids 1-107 of human FKBP12, separated by the 2-amino acid linker Thr-Arg encoded by ACTAGA, the ligation product of DNAs digested respectively with the restriction endonucleases SpeI
and XbaI. The following table provides illustrative subsets of mutant FKBP domains based on the foregoing FKBP12 sequence:
Illustrative Mutant FKBPs Y26A F46L V55A ~ F36M/F99G
WO 00/28011 PC'T/US99/25766 note: Entries identify the native amino acid by single letter code and sequence position, followed by the replacement amino acid in the mutant. Thus, F36V
designates a human FKBP12 sequence in which phenylalarune at position 36 is replaced by valine. F36V/F99A indicates a double mutation in which phenylalanine at positions 36 and 99 are replaced by valine and alanine, respectively.
Cyclophilin domains and fusion proteins Cyclophilin fusion proteins may contain all or part of marine cyclophilin C
(e.g. residues 36-212; Freidman et al., Cell 664(1991)799-806) or human cyclophilin C (Genbank Accession number 571018; Schneider et al., Biochemistry 33 (27), 8218-8224 (1994)). These fusion proteins contain a heterologous action domain and form complexes with a cyclophilin/CAB ligand, such as cyclosporin, as described above for FKBP fusion proteins. Cyclophilin domains may also be modified to adjust the binding specificity, usually with replacement, insertion yr deletion of 10 or fewer, preferably 5 or fewer, in some cases 1-3, and often 1, amino acid residue, again as described in detail above for FKBP domains. In general, any description of FKBP domains and fusion proteins and their use in this invention is applicable to cyclophilin domains as well. Cyclophilin domains and their use in chimeric proteins are described in US 5,830,462, in particular example 4c, the full contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
CAB domains and fusion proteins The structure of FKBP-FK506 complexed to calcineurin phosphatase (Griffith et al., Cell, 82:507-522, 1995) has been reported. Calcineurin A (residues 12-394) was shown to be effective as a dimerization domain using a three hybrid system in yeast using three FKBPs fused to Gal4 and residues 12-394 of marine calcineurin A
fused C-terminally to the Gal4 activation domain (Ho, 1996 Nature. 382:822-826).
Addition of FK506 activated transcription of a reporter gene in these cells. This system is not optimal, however, because it requires a complex to form between endogenous calcineurin B and the calcineurin A fusion protein. In addition, the calcineurin fusion protein might interfere with the calcineurin signaling pathway.
The present invention provides a "minimal" calcineurin domain, termed a CAB, which is a smaller, more marupulatable domain that can be used in a general way to control dimerization of proteins for the purposes of regulating biological processes. A CAB domain of this invention must be able to form a complex with FKBP in the presence of an FKBP/CAB ligand. In other embodiments, the CAB
domain can form a tripartite complex with a cyclophilin domain and cyclosporin.
Thus, one of the most compelling potential features of the CAB as a dimerization domain is its ability to dock with two different partners under the control of two different ligands. With this system, a single dimerization domain (i.e. the CAB) can interact with two other protein partners simultaneously or competitively, depending on the particular drug added. The same is also true for FKBP which is now capable of being recruited to either FRAP in the presence of rapamycin or a rapalog or to CAB in the presence of an FKBP/CAB ligand.
Since the CAB should bind both the FK506:FKBP complex and the cyclosporin:cyclophilin complex, one can engineer cells or animals in which a fusion of the CAB to a heterologous action domain is present in the same cell as two other fusion proteins, one containing FKBP and one containing cyclophilin. Addition of FK506 to these cells results in the formation of an FKBP/FK506/CAB complex, while addition of cyclosporin to the same cell would result in a cyclophilin/cyclosporin/CAB complex. An example of this situation is illustrated in Figure 6A.
Furthermore, since FKBP is required to mediate the interactions between both FK506 or rapamycin and their cellular targets, one can engineer cells or animals in which a fusion of the CAB to a heteroiogous action domain is present in the same cell as a fLlSion protein containing an FRB domain. FRB domains are described in detail in WO 95/33052 and in WO 96/41865. In this embodiment, addition of FK506 to the cell induces the formation of an FKBP/FK506/CAB complex, while addition of rapamycin should result in the formation of an FKBP/rapamycin/FRB complex.
This allows for complex order of addition experiments in cell culture or for more complex control over signal transduction processes that require localization or protein association for function. An example of this situation is illustrated in Figure 6B.
CAB domains of this invention are composite ligand binding domains, comprising a portion of calcineurin A and a portion of calcineurin B, such that the resulting composite ligand binding domain contains the surface of calcineurin phosphatase that contacts the FKBP-FK506 complex. The region of calcineurin that has been truncated contains the autoregulatory and calmodulin domains, which are not involved in FKBP binding. The portion of calcineurin A used in the examples includes residues 12 to 394 or residues 12 to 370 of human calcineurin A in the full length CABS, however, equivalent regions of the calcineurin gene from other species could also be used. For example, one may desire to use the sequence of the mouse or rat genes for the construction of transgenic animals. The N or C terminus of the calcineurin A portion could also be shortened or extended, if desired. The 12-CABs contain an active phosphatase domain, while the 12-370 CABs have an H151A
mutation in calcineurin A that abolishes the phosphatase activity.
The calcineurin B portion of the CABs described in the examples contains residues 2 or 3 to 170 of human calcineurin B. The N-terminal methionine (residue 1) or methionine and glycine (residue 1 and residue 2) can be removed to prevent processing or myristoylation of calcineurin B at its N-terminus and to remove an alternative start site for translation. The calcineurin B portion of the composite domain may also be shortened, if desired. Literature references and Genbank accession numbers for various calcineurin genes are given in the table below:
Calcineurin Calcineurin A B
Species Genbank # Reference Genbank # Reference Human M29550 Guerini M30773 Guerini et and al., IQee, PNAS DNA 8(9), USA 86, 675-682 9187 (1989). (1989).
Rat D90035 Ito et al.,D14568 Chang et al., BBRC 163(3), BBA 1217(2), (1989). (1994).
Bovine U33868 Griffith X71666 Nargang et et al., al., Cell, 82:507- DNA seq 4(5), 522, (1995) 313-318 {1994).
Mouse M81483 Guerini S43864 Ueki et aL, and IQee, PNAS BBRC 187(1), USA 86, 537-543 (1992) 9187 (1989).
The distance between residue 370 of calcineurin A and the N-terminus of calcineurin B is 17.5 Angstroms, as determined from the crystal structure.
Thus, when the CAB domain is constructed in such a way that the calcineurin A portion is N
terminal to the calcineurin B portion, only a small linker region is necessary to connect the two. In fact, since the structure indicates that calcineurin A maintains a rigid structure only as far as residue 370, the C-terminus of calcineurin A can be linked directly to the N-terminus of calcineurin B, thereby using residues 370-394 of calcineurin A as the linker region. Hence, a preferred embodiment of the invention comprises a CAB domain composed of residues 12-394 of calcineurin A fused N-terminally to residues 3-170 of calcineurin B.
The CAB fusion protein comprises at least one CAB domain and at least one heterologous action domain, i.e., a protein domain containing non-CAB peptide sequence. The action domain may be a DNA-binding domain, transcription activation domain, transcription repression domain, cellular localization domain, intracellular signal transduction domain, etc., e.g. as described elsewhere herein or in PCT/US94/01617 or the other cited references. Generally speaking, the action domain is capable of directing the fusion protein to a selected cellular location or of initiating a biological effect upon association or aggregation with another action domain, for instance, upon multimerization of proteins containing the same or different action domains. As described in the examples, both CAB-VP16 fusion proteins and CAB-GAL4 fusion proteins are functional in SEAP reporter assays. As in the case of FKBP
fusion proteins, the CAB domains should be able to hybridize with either calcineurin A or calcineurin B or portions thereof, or would be able to but for the degenexacy of the genetic code.
A shorter version of the CAB domain, termed the mini CAB, comprises residues 340-394 of calcineurin A fused N-terminally to residues 3-170 of calcineurin B. This construct eliminates the phosphatase domain of calcineurin and provides a less bulky protein for use in the dimerization system. Example 8 shows that the mini CAB can work as well as the full length CABs in reporter assays. As described above for FKBPs, CAB fusion proteins of this invention may contain one or more copies of the ligand binding domain and one or more copies of one or more action domains. The CAB domain may be N-terminal, C-terminal, or interspersed with respect to the action domain(s). Embodiments involving multiple copies of a ligand binding domain usually have 2 , 3 or 4 such copies. For example, a CAB fusion protein may contain 2, 3, or 4 CAB domains, although currently, the preferred embodiment for regulated transcription contains 2 CAB domains.
Mixed fusion proteins A third type of fusion protein comprises one or more FKBP domains, one or more heterologous action domains, and one or more CAB domains as described for the CAB fusion proteins.
Mixed fusion protein molecules are capable of forming homodimeric or homomultimeric protein complexes in the presence of an FKBP/CAB ligand to which they bind. Embodiments involving mixed fusion proteins have the advantage of requiring the introduction into cells of a single recombinant nucleic acid construct in place of two recombinant nucleic acid constructs otherwise required to direct the expression of both an FKBP fusion protein and a CAB fusion protein.
A recombinant DNA encoding a mixed fusion protein will be capable of selectively hybridizing to a DNA encoding an FKBP protein, a DNA encoding calcineurin A or B, and a heteralogous DNA sequence encoding the protein from which one or more effector domains is derived (e.g. Gal4, VP16, Fas, CD3 zeta chain, etc.), or would be capable of such hybridization but for the degeneracy of the genetic code.
Heterologous domains As mentioned above, the heterologous action domains of the fusion proteins are protein domains which, upon mutual association of the fusion proteins bearing them, are capable of triggering (or inhibiting) events such as DNA-binding and/or transcription of a target gene; actuating cell growth, differentiation, proliferation or apoptosis; directing proteins to a particular celllular location; or actuating other biological events.
Embodiments involving regulatable gene transcription involve the use of target gene constructs which comprise a target gene (which encodes a polypeptide, antisense RNA, ribozyme, etc. of interest) under the transcription control of a DNA
element responsive to the association or multimerization of the heterologous domains of the 1st and 2d fusion proteins.
In embodiments of the invention involving direct activation of transcription, the heterologous domains of the 1st and 2nd fusion proteins comprise a DNA binding domain such as Gal4 or a fusion DNA binding domain such as ZFHDl, and a transcription activation domain such as those derived from VP16 or p65, respectively.
The multimerization of a fusion protein containing such a transcription activation domain to a fusion protein containing a DNA binding domain targets the transcription factor to the expression control sequence to which the DNA binding domain binds, and thus activates the transcription of a target gene linked to that expression control sequence. Foregoing the transcription activation domain or substituting a repressor domain (see PCT/US94/01617) in place of a transcription activation domain provides an analogous fusion protein useful for inhibiting transcription of a target gene. Composite DNA binding domains and DNA sequences to which they bind are disclosed in Pomerantz et a1,1995, supra, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Such composite DNA binding domains may be used as DNA
binding domains in the practice of this invention, together with a target gene construct containing the cognate DNA sequences to which the composite DBD binds.
In embodiments involving indirect activation of transcription, the heterologous domains of the fusion proteins are action domains of signaling proteins which upon aggregation or multimerization trigger the activation of transcription under the control of a responsive promoter. For example, the signaling domain may be the intracellular domain of the zeta subunit of the T cell receptor, which, upon aggregation, triggers transcription of a gene linked to the IL-2 promoter or a derivative thereof (e.g. iterated NF-AT binding sites). Alternatively, the signaling domain may be a cell surface receptor such as the erythropoietin receptor, which can initiate cell proliferation upon multimerization.
In another aspect of the invention, the heterologous domains are protein domains which upon mutual association are capable of triggering cell death.
Examples of such domains are the intracellular domains of the Fas antigen or of the TNF Rl. Fusion proteins containing a Fas domain can be designed and prepared by analogy to the disclosure of PCT/US94/01617.
Engineered receptor domains As noted previously, the FKBP and CAB domains may contain peptide sequence selected from the peptide sequences of naturally occurring FKBP and CAB
domains. Naturally occurring sequences include those of human FKBP12 and portions of human calcineurin A or calcineurin B. Alternatively, the peptide sequences may be derived from such naturally occurring peptide sequences but contain generally up to 10, and preferably 1-5, mutations in one or both such peptide sequences. As disclosed in greater detail elswhere herein, such mutations can confer a number of important features. For instance, an FKBP domain may be modified such that it is capable of binding an improved ligand preferentially, i.e. at least one, preferably two, and even more preferably three or four or more orders of magnitude more effectively, with respect to ligand binding by the unmodified FKBP domain. A CAB domain may be modified such that it is capable of binding a (modified or unmodified) FKBP:ligand complex preferentially, i.e. at least one, preferably two, and even more preferably three orders of magnitude more effectively, with respect to the unmodified CAB
domain. FKBP and CAB domains may be modified such that they are capable of forming a tripartite complex with an improved ligand, preferentially, i.e. at least one, preferably two, and even more preferably three orders of magnitude more effectively, with respect to unmodified FKBP and CAB domains.
Methods for identifying FKBP mutations that confer enhanced ability to bind derivatives of FK506 containing various substituents ("bumps") were disclosed in US
5,830,462. In this approach, molecular modelling is used to identify candidate amino acid substitutions in the FKBP domain that would accommodate the ligand substituent(s), and site-directed mutagenesis may then be used to engineer the protein mutations so identified. The mutants are expressed by standard methods and their binding affinity for the ligands measured, for example by inhibition of rotamase activity, or by competition for binding with a molecule such as FK506, if the mutant retains appropriate activity/affinity.
A similar strategy can be used to identify bump-hole pairs for the CAB
domain. An exemplary FKBP/CAB ligand is C40-phenyl-FK506. This compound appears to be at least 30-fold less immunosuppressive than FK506 as measured by its dose-dependent suppression of PMA/ionomycin-induced activation of an NFAT-SEAP reporter in transient transfection experiments.
Without being bound by a particular theory, the inability of C40-phenyl-FK506 to inhibit NFAT-SEAP activity can be understood as a failure of the FKBP12/C40-phenyl-FK506 complex to bind endogenous calcineurin. The inhibition of NEAT-SEAP
activity by FK506 is known to require binding of the FKBP12/FK506 complex to calcineurin, which results in a loss of calcineurin phosphatase activity (J.
Liu, et al.
Cel1,1991; 66: 807-815. J. Liu et al., Biochemistry, 1992; 31: 3896-3901).
Indeed, the crystal structure of FKBP12/FK506 with the calcineurin heterodimer reveals that the terminal C39-C40 olefin of FK506 protrudes into the protein-protein interface between calcineurin A and calcineurin B (J.P. Griffith, et al Cell, 1995; 82(3): 507-522.) Grafting a model of the phenyl group of C40-phenyl-FK506 onto this structure allows the identification of several residues of calcineurin (W352, S353, and F356 from calcineurin A; L116, M119, and V120 from calcineurin B) whose side chains might be responsible for the steric interference which abrogates binding. Each of the residues in question is part of the CAB minimal binding domain structure. Thus, these residues may be mutated randomly or rationally to obtain a "holed" CAB which accommodates bumped FK506. These mutations may be inserted randomly or in a directed fashion, as described above for FKBP.
An alternative to iterative engineering and testing of single or multiple mutants is to co-randomize structurally-identified residues that are or would be in contact with or near one or more ligand or FK506 substituents. A collection of polypeptides containing FKBP or CAB domains randomized at the identified positions (such as are noted in the foregoing paragraph) is prepared e.g. using conventional synthetic or genetic methods. Such a collection represents a set of receptor domains containing replacement amino acids at one or more of such positions. The collection is screened and variants axe selected which possess the desired ligand binding properties.
In general, randomizing several residues simultaneously is expected to yield compensating mutants of higher affinity and specificity for a given bumped ligand as it maximizes the likelihood of beneficial cooperative interactions between sidechains.
Techniques for preparing libraries randomized at discrete positions are known and include primer-directed mutagenesis using degenerate oligonucleotides, PCR
with degenerate oligonucleotides, and cassette mutagenesis with degenerate oligonucleotides (see for example Lowman, H.B, and Wells, J.A. Methods: Comp.
Methods Enzymol. 1991. 3, 205-216; Dennis, M.S. and Lazarus, R.A. 1994. J.
Biol.
Chem. 269, 22129-22136; and references therein).
We further contemplate that in many cases, randomization of only the few residues in or near direct contact with a given position in FK506 may not completely explore all the possible variations in FKBP or CAB conformation that could optimally accommodate a ligand subsHtuent (bump). Thus the construction is also envisaged of unbiased libraries containing random substitutions that are not based on structural considerations, to identify subtle mutations or combinations thereof that confer preferential binding to bumped ligands. Several suitable mutagenesis schemes have been descnbed, including alanine-scanning mutagenesis (Cunningham and Wells (1989) Science 244, 1081-1085), PCR misincorporation mutagenesis (see eg.
Cadwell and Joyce,1992, PCR Meth. Applic. 2, 28-33), and 'DNA shuffling' (Stemmer, 1994, Nature 370, 389-391 and Crameri et al, 1996, Nature Medicine 2, 100-103).
These techniques produce libraries of random mutants, or sets of single mutants, that are then searched by screening or selection approaches.
In many cases, an effective strategy to identify the best mutants for preferential binding of a given bump is a combination of structure-based and unbiased approaches. See Clackson and Wells, 1994, Trends Biotechnology 12, 173-184 (review). For example we contemplate the construction of libraries in which key contact residues are randomized by PCR with degenerate oligonucleotides, but with amplification performed using error-promoting conditions to introduce further mutations at random sites. A further example is the combination of component DNA
fragments from structure-based and unbiased random libraries using DNA
shuffling.
Screening of libraries for desirable mutations may be performed by use of a yeast 2-hybrid system (Fields and Song (1989) Nature 340, 245-246). For example, a CAB-VP16 fusion may be introduced into one vector, and a library of randomized FKBP sequences cloned into a separate GAL4 fusion vector. Yeast co-transformants are treated with ligand, and those harboring complementary FKBP mutants are identified by for example beta-galactosidase or luciferase production (a screen), or survival on plates lacking an essential nutrient (a selection), as appropriate for the vectors used. The requirement for bumped FK506 to bridge the FKBP-CAB
interaction is a useful screen to eliminate false positives.
A further strategy for isolating modified ligand-binding domains from libraries of FKBP (or cyclophilin or CAB) mutants utilizes a genetic selection for functional dimer formation described by Hu et. al. (Hu, J.C., et al. 1990. Science.
250:1400-1403;
for review see Hu, J.C. 1995. Structure. 3:431-433). This strategy utilizes the fact that the bacteriophage lambda repressor cI binds to DNA as a homodimer and that binding of such homodimers to operator DNA prevents transcription of phage genes involved in the lytic pathway of the phage life cycle. Thus, bacterial cells expressing functional lambda repressor are immune to lysis by superinfecting phage lambda.
Repressor protein comprises an amino terminal DNA binding domain (amino acids 92), joined by a 40 amino acid flexible linker to a carboxy terminal dimerization domain. The isolated N-terminal domain binds to DNA with low affinity due to inefficient dimer formation. High affinity DNA binding can be restored with heterologous dimerization domains such as the GCN4 "leucine zipper". Hu et al have described a system in which phage immunity is used as a genetic selection to isolate GCN4 leucine zipper mutants capable of mediating lambda repressor dimer formation from a large population of sequences (Hu et. aL, 1990).
For example, to use the lambda repressor system to identify FRAP mutants complementary to bumped ligands, lambda repressor-FRAP libraries bearing mutant FRAP sequences are transformed into E. coli cells expressing wildtype lambda repressor-FKBP protein. Plasmids expressing FRAP mutants are isolated from those colonies that survive lysis on bacterial plates containing high titres of lambda phage and "bumped" FK506 compounds. Alternatively, to isolate FKBP mutants, the above strategy is repeated with lambda repressor-FKBP libraries bearing mutant FKBP
sequences transformed into E. coli cells expressing wildtype lambda repressor-FRAP
protein.
A further alternative is to clone the randomized FKBP sequences into a vector for phage display, allowing in vitro selection of the variants that bind best to the ligand. Affinity selection in vitro may be performed in a number of ways. For example, ligand is mixed with the library phage pool in solution in the presence of CAB
tagged with an affinity handle (for example a hexa-histidine tag, or GST), and the resultant complexes are captured on the appropriate affinity matrix to enrich for phage displaying FKBP harboring complementary mutations. Techniques for phage display have been described, and other in vitro selection selection systems can also be contemplated (for example display on lambda phage, display on plasmids, display on baculovirus). Furthermore, selection and screening strategies can also be used to improve other properties of benefit in the application of this invention, such as enhanced stability in vivo. For a review see Clackson, T. & Wells, J.A. 1994.
Trends Biotechnol. 12, 173-184.
Additionally, in optimizing the receptor domains of this invention, it should be appreciated that immunogerucity of a polypeptide sequence is thought to require the binding of peptides by MHC proteins and the recognition of the presented peptides as foreign by endogenous T-cell receptors. It may be preferable, at least in human gene therapy applications, to tailor a given foreign peptide sequence, including junction peptide sequences, to minimize the probability of its being ixnmunologically presented in humans. For example, peptide binding to human MHC class I molecules has strict requirements for certain residues at key 'anchoi positions in the bound peptide: eg.
HLA-A2 requires leucine, methionine or isoleucine at position 2 and leucine or valine at the C-terminus (for review see Stern and Wiley (1994) Structure 2, 145-251). Thus in engineering proteins in the practice of this invention, this periodicity of these residues is preferably avoided, especially in human gene therapy applications.
The foregoing applies to all protein engineering aspects of the invention, including without limitation the engineering of point mutations into receptor domains, and to the choice or design of boundaries between the various protein domains.
Ligands Modified FKBP ligands for use with engineered FKBP domains have been extensively described in the scientific literature and in published patent applications, including WO 94/18317 and US 5,830,462. A number of modified FKBP/CAB
ligands have been identified and synthesized, including C40-phenyl-FK506, C40-p-phenoxyphenyl-FK506, C40-p-biphenyl-FK506, C40-beta-naphthyl-FK506, C40-m-fluorophenyl-FK506, C40-p-iodophenyl-FK506, and "C41"-trimethylsilyl-FK506.
The synthesis of FKBP/CAB ligands is described in Example 9.
Each of these compounds is made using the appropriate styrene derivative, except for "C41"-trimethylsilyl-FK506 which uses allyltrimethylsilane, coupled to FK506's terminal olefin using the Grubbs catalyst to facilitate the olefin metathesis chemistry. As shown in figure 3, any styrene derivative may be added at the position of FK506 using the methods described in Example 9. By such means one may prepare a wide variety of aryl- and heteroaryl-substituted C40 FK506 derivatives which can be used in the practice of this invention.
Modified cyclosporin A derivatives have also been prepared and are described in detail in US 5,830,462, especially example 22, and in WO 98/08956, example 1, the full contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Other components, design features and applications The fusion proteins may contain as a heterologous domain a cellular localization domain such as a membrane retention domain. See e.g.
PCT/US94/016I7, especially pages 26-27. Briefly, a membrane retention domain can be isolated from any convenient membrane-bound protein, whether endogenous to the host cell or not. The membrane retention domain may be a transmembrane retention domain, i.e., an amino acid sequence which extends across the membrane as in the case of cell surface proteins, incluing many receptors. The transmembrane peptide sequence may be extended to span part or all of an extracellular and/or intracellular domain as well. Alternatively, the membrane retention domain may be a lipid membrane retention domain such as a myristoylation or palinitoylation site which permits association with the lipids of the cell surface membrane. Lipid membrane retention domains will usually be added at the 5' end of the coding sequence for N-terminal binding to the membrane and, proximal to the 3' end for C-terminal binding.
Peptide sequences involving post-translational processing to provide for lipid membrane binding are described by Carr, et al., PNAS USA (1988) 79, 6128;
Aitken, et al., FEBS Lett. (1982) 150, 314; Henderson, et al., PNAS USA (1983) 80, 319;
Schulz, et al., Virology (1984), 123, 2131; Dellman, et al., Nature (1985) 314, 374; and reviewed in Ann. Rev. of Biochem. (1988) 57, 69. An amino acid sequence of interest includes the sequence M-G-S-S-K-S-K-P-K-D-P-S-Q-R. Various DNA sequences can be used to encode such sequences in the various fusion proteins of this invention.
Other localization domains include organelle-targeting domains and sequences such as -K-D-E-L and -H-D-E-L which target proteins bearing them to the endoplasmic reticulum, as well as nuclear localization sequences which are particularly useful for fusion proteins designed for (direct) transcription regulation. Various cellular localization sequences and signals are well known in the art.
Other fusion proteins may contain a bundling domain as a heterologous domain. These domains, such as the lac repressor tetramerization domain constitutively oligomerize proteins containing such domains. Bundling domains may be used to deliver additional copies of activation domains or DNA binding domains to a given promoter.
Further details which may be used in the practice of the subject invention relating to the design, assembly and use of constructs encoding fusion proteins containing various action domains including cytoplasmic signal initiation domains such as the CD3 zeta chain, nuclear transcription factor domains including among others VP16 and GAL4, domains capable of triggering apoptosis including the Fas cytoplasmic domain and others are disclosed in PCT/US94/01617 and PCT/US95/10591. The latter international application further discloses additional features particularly applicable to the creation of genetically engineered animals which may be used as disease models in biopharmaceutical research. Those features include the use of tissue specific regulatory elements in the constructs for expression of the fusion proteins and the application of regulated transcription to the expression of Cre recombinase as the target gene leading to the elimination of a gene of interest flanked by loxP sequences. Alternatively, flp and its cognate recognition sequences may be used instead of Cre and lox. Those features may be adapted to the subject invention.
In various cases, especially in embodiments involving whole animals containing cells engineered in accordance with this invention, it will often be preferred, and in some cases required, that the various domains of the fusion proteins be derived from proteins of the same species as the host cell. Thus, for genetic engineering of human cells, it is often preferred that the heterologous domains (as well as the FKBP and CAB domains) be of human origin, rather than of bacterial, yeast or other non-human source.
We also note that epitope tags may also be incorporated into fusion proteins of this invention to permit convenient detection.
Tissue-specific or cell-type specific expression It will be preferred in certain embodiments, that the fusion proteins be expressed in a cell-specific or tissue-specific manner. Such specificity of expression may be achieved by operably linking one ore more of the DNA sequences encoding the fusion proteins) to a cell-type specific transcription regulatory sequence (e.g.
promoter/enhancer). Numerous cell-type specific transcription regulatory sequences are known. Others may be obtained from genes which are expressed in a cell-specific manner. See e.g. PCT/US95/10591, especially pp. 36-37.
For example, constructs for expressing the fusion proteins may contain regulatory sequences derived from known genes for specific expression in selected tissues.
Representative examples are tabulated below:
Tissue Gene Reference lens g2-crystallinBreitman, M.L., Clapoff, S., Rossant, J., Tsui, L.C., Golde, L.M., Maxwell, LH., Benlstin, A. (1987) Genetic Ablation: targeted expression of a toxin gene causes microphthalmia in transgenic mice. Science 238:1563-aA-crystallinLandel, C.P., Zhao, J., Bok, D., Evans, G.A. (1988) Lens-specific expression of a recombinant ricin induces developmental defects in the eyes of transgenic mice.
Genes Dev. 2: 1168-1178 ICaur, S., key, B., Stock, J., McNeish, J.D., Akeson, R., Potter, S.S. (1989) Targeted ablation of alpha-crystallin-synthesizing cells produces lens-deficient eyes in transgenic mice. Development 105: 613-619 pituitary Growth hormoneBehringer, R.R., Mathews, L.S., Palmiter, R.D., Brinster, - somatrophic R.L. (1988) Dwarf mice produced by genetic ablation of cells growth hormone-expressing cells.
Genes Dev. 2: 453-461 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) pancreas Insulin- Ornitz, D.M., Palmiter, R.D., Hammer, R.E., Brinster, Elastase RL., Swift, G.H., MacDonald, - acinar R.j. (1985) Specific cell specificexpression of an elastase-human growth fusion in pancreatic acinar cells of transgeneic mice. Nature 131:
Palmiter, R.D., Behringer, R.R., Quaife, C.J., Maxwell, F., Maxwell, LH., Brinster, R.L.
(1987) Cell lineage ablation in transgeneic mice by cell-specific expression of a toxin gene. Cell 50:435-443 T cells lck promoterChaffin, K.E., Beak, C.R., Wilkie, T.M., Forbush, K.A., Simon, M.L, Perlinutter, R.M.
(1990) EMBO Journal 9:
B cells ImmunoglobulinBorelli, E., Heyman, R., Hsi, M., Evans, R.M. (1988) kappa lightTargeting of an inducible toxic chain phenotype in animal cells.
Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:
Heyman, R.A., Borrelli, E., Lesley, J., Anderson, D., Richmond, D.D., Baird, S.M., Hyman, R., Evans, R.M.
(1989) Thymidine kinase obliteration:
aeation of transgenic mice with controlled immunodeficiencies.
Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:
Schwann Po promoterMessing, A., Behringer, R.R, cells Hammang, J.P. Palmiter, RD, Brinster, RL, Lemke, G. ,PO promoter directs espression of reporter and toxin genes to Schwann cells of transgenic mice. Neuron 8: 507-520 1992 Myelin basicMiskimins, R. Knapp, L., Dewey,MJ, Zhang, X. Cell and protein tissue-specific expression of a heterologous gene under control of the myelin basic protein gene promoter in trangenic mice. Brain Res Dev Brain Res 1992 Vol 65:
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 00/28011 PCT/US99/257bb spermatidsprotamine Breitman, M.L., Rombola, H., Maxwell, LH., Klintworth, G.K., Bernstein, A. (1990) Genetic ablation in transgenic mice with attenuated diphtheria toxin A gene. Mol. Cell.
Biol. 10: 474-479 hmg Lung surfacantOmitz, D.M., Palmiter, R.D., Haanmer, RE., Brinster, gee R.L., Swift, G.H., MacDonald, R.j. (1985) Specific expression of an elastase-human growth fusion in pancreatic acinar cells of transgeneic mice. Nature 131:
adipocyte Ross, S.R, Braves, RA, Spiegeltnan, P2 BM Targeted expression of a toxin gene to adipose Tissue: transgenic mice resistant to obesity Genes and Dev 7: 1318-24 muscle myosin lightLee, KJ, Ross, RS, Rocku~an, chain HA, Harris, AN, O'Brien, TX, van-Bilsen, M., Shubeita, HE, Kandolf, R., Brem, G., Prices et alJ. BIoI. Chem. 1992 Aug 5, 267: 15875-85 Alpha actinMuscat, GE., Perry, S. , Prentice, H. Kedes, L. The human skeletal alpha-actin gene is regulated by a muscle-specific enhancer that binds three nuclear factors. Gene Expression 2, 111-26, 1992 neurons neurofilamentReeben, M. Halmekyto, M. Alhonen, L. Sinervirta, R.
proteins Saarma, M. Janne,J. Tissue-specific expression of rat light neurofilament promoter-driven reporter gene in transgenic mice. BBRC 1993: 192: 465-70 liver tyrosine aminotransferase, albumin, apolipoproteins SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Target genes As used herein, the term "target gene" refers to a gene, whose transcription is stimulated according to the method of the invention. In one preferred embodiment, the gene is integrated in the chromosomal DNA of a cell. Alternatively, the gene is episomal. A cell comprising a target gene is referred to herein as a "target cell".
In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the target gene is an endogenous gene. As used herein, the term "endogenous gene" refers to a gene which is naturally present in a cell, in its natural environment, i.e., not a gene which has been introduced into the cell by genetic engineering. The endogenous gene can be any gene having a promoter that is recognized by at least one transcription factor. In a preferred embodiment, the promoter or any regulatory element thereof, of the endogenous gene ("endogenous promoter" and "endogenous regulatory element", respectively), is recognized by a known, preferably cloned, DNA binding protein, whether it is a transcription activator or repressor. Alternatively, if no DNA binding protein is known to interact with a target promoter, it is possible to clone such a factor using techniques well known in the art without undue experimentation, such as screening of expression libraries with at least a portion of the target promoter.
Furthermore, the affinity of binding of a DNA binding domain to a target sequence can be improved according to methods known in the art. Such methods comprise, e.g., introducing mutations into the DNA binding domain and screening for mutants having increased DNA binding affinity.
In another embodiment of the invention, the target gene is an endogenous gene, which contains an exogenous target sequence. The exogenous target sequence can be inserted into the endogenous promoter or substitute at least a portion of the endogenous promoter.1n preferred embodiments, the exogenous promoter or regulatory element introduced into the endogenous target promoter is recognized by a DNA binding protein, capable of binding with high affinity and specificity to a target sequence. In a preferred embodiment, the DNA binding protein is human.
However, the DNA binding protein can be from any other species. For example, the DNA
binding protein can be from the yeast GAL4 protein.
In yet another embodiment, the target gene is an exogenous gene. In a preferred embodiment, the exogenous gene is integrated into the chromosomal DNA of a cell.
The exogenous gene can be inserted into the chromosomal DNA, or the exogenous gene can substitute for at least a portion of an endogenous gene. The target gene can be present in a single copy or in multiple copies. In view of the experimental results described herein, it is not necessary that the target gene be present in more than one copy. However, if even higher levels of protein encoded by the target gene is desired, multiple copies of the gene can be used.
In one embodiment, the taget gene construct enables transcription of a target gene to be regulated by a transcription factor in accordance with this invention comprises a DNA molecule which includes a synthetic transcription unit typically consisting of: (1) one copy or multiple copies of a DNA sequence recognized with high-affinity by the DNA binding domain of a fusion protein which includes a transcription activator, or of a protein which recruits the transcription activator; (2) a promoter sequence consisting minimally of a TATA box and initiator sequence but l0 optionally including other transcription factor binding sites; (3) a coding sequence for a desired gene product, including sequences that promote the initiation and termination of translation, if appropriate; (4) an optional sequence consisting of a splice donor, splice acceptor, and intervening intron DNA; and (5) a sequence directing cleavage and polyadenylation of the resulting RNA transcript.
A wide variety of genes can be employed as the target gene, including genes that encode a therapeutic protein, antisense sequence or ribozyme of interest.
The target gene can be any sequence of interest which provides a desired phenotype. It can encode a surface membrane protein, a secreted protein, a cytoplasmic protein, or there can be a plurality of target genes encoding different products. The target gene may be an antisense sequence which can modulate a particular pathway by inhibiting a transcription regulation protein or turn on a particular pathway by inhibiting the translation of an inhibitor of the pathway. The target gene can encode a ribozyme which may modulate a particular pathway by interfering, at the RNA level, with the expression of a relevant transcription regulator or with the expression of an inhibitor of a particular pathway. The proteins which are expressed, singly or in combination, can involve homing, cytotoxicity, proliferation, immune response, inflammatory response, clotting or dissolving of clots, hormonal regulation, etc. The proteins expressed may be naturally-occurring proteins, mutants of naturally-occurring proteins, unique sequences, or combinations thereof.
Various secreted products include hormones, such as insulin, human growth hormone, glucagon, pituitary releasing factor, ACTH, melanotropin, relaxin, etc.;
growth factors, such as EGF, IGF-1, TGF-a or - j3, PDGF, G-CSF, M-CSF, GM-CSF, FGF, erythropoietin, thrombopoietin, megakaryocytic stimulating and growth factors, etc.; interleukins, such as IL-1 to -13; TNF-a and - (3, etc.; and enzymes and other factors, such as tissue plasminogen activator, members of the complement cascade, performs, superoxide dismutase, coagulation factors, antithrombin-III, Factor VIIIc, Factor VIIIvW, Factor IX, a-antitrypsin, protein C, protein S, endorphins, dynorphin, bone morphogenetic protein, etc.
The gene can encode a naturally-occurring surface membrane protein or a protein made so by introduction of an appropriate signal peptide and transmembrane sequence. Various such proteins include homing receptors, e.g. L-selectin (Mel-14), blood-related proteins, particularly having a kringle structure, e.g. Factor VIIIc, Factor VIIIvW, hematopoietic cell markers, e.g. CD3, CD4, CDB, B-cell receptor, TCR
subunits a, (3, ~y, b, CD10, CD19, CD28, CD33, CD38, CD41, etc., receptors, such as the interleukin receptors IL-2R, IL-4R, etc., channel proteins for influx or efflux of ions, e.g. Ca+2, K+, Na+, Cl- and the like; CFTR, tyrosine activation motif, zap-70, etc.
Proteins may be modified for transport to a vesicle for exocytosis. By adding the sequence from a protein which is directed to vesicles, where the sequence is modified proximal to one or the other terminus, or situated in an analogous position to the protein source, the modified protein will be directed to the Golgi apparatus for packaging in a vesicle. This process in conjunction with the presence of the fusion proteins for exocytosis allows for rapid transfer of the proteins to the extracellular medium and a relatively high localized concentration.
Also, intracellular proteins can be of interest, such as proteins in metabolic pathways, regulatory proteins, steroid receptors, transcription factors, etc., depending upon the nature of the host cell. Some of the proteins indicated above can also serve as intracellular proteins.
By way of further illustration, in T-cells, one may wish to introduce genes encoding one or both chains of a T-cell receptor. For B-cells, one could provide the heavy and light chains for an immunoglobulin for secretion. For cutaneous cells, e.g.
keratinocytes, particularly stem cell keratinocytes, one could provide for protection against infection, by secreting -, or -interferon, antichemotactic factors, proteases specific for bacterial cell wall proteins, etc.
1n addition to providing for expression of a gene having therapeutic value, there will be many situations where one may wish to direct a cell to a particular site.
The site can include anatomical sites, such as lymph nodes, mucosal tissue, skin, synovium, lung or other internal organs or functional sites, such as clots, injured sites, sites of surgical manipulation, inflammation, infection, etc. By providing for expression of surface membrane proteins which will direct the host cell to the particular site by providing for binding at the host target site to a naturally-occurring epitope, localized concentrations of a secreted product can be achieved.
Proteins of interest include homing receptors, e.g. L-selectin, GMP140, CLAM-1, etc., or addressins, e.g. ELAM-1, PNAd, LNAd, etc., clot binding proteins, or cell surface proteins that respond to localized gradients of chemotactic factors. There are numerous situations where one would wish to direct cells to a particular site, where release of a therapeutic product could be of great value.
For use in gene therapy, the target gene can encode any gene product that is beneficial to a subject. The gene product can be a secreted protein, a membraneous protein, or a cytoplasmic protein. Preferred secreted proteins include growth factors, differentiation factors, cytokines, interleukins, tPA, and erythropoietin.
Preferred membraneous proteins include receptors, e.g, growth factor or cytokine receptors or proteins mediating apoptosis, e.g., Fas receptor. Other candidate therapeutic genes are disclosed in PCT/US93/01617.
In yet another embodiment, a "gene activation" construct which, by homologous recombination with a genomic DNA, alters the transcription regulatory sequences of an endogenous gene, can be used to introduce recognition elements for a DNA binding activity of one of the subject engineered proteins. A vareity of different formats for the gene activation constructs are available. See, for example, the Transkaryotic Therapies, Inc PCT publications W093/09222, W095/31560, W096/29411, W095/31560 and W094/12650.
Design and assembly of the DNA constructs Constructs may be designed in accordance with the principles, illustrative examples and materials and methods disclosed in the patent documents and scientific literature cited herein, each of which is incorporated herein by reference, with modifications and further exemplification as described herein. Components of the constructs can be prepared in conventional ways, where the coding sequences and regulatory regions may be isolated, as appropriate, ligated, cloned in an appropriate cloning host, analyzed by restriction or sequencing, or other convenient means.
Particularly, using PCR, individual fragments including all or portions of a functional unit may be isolated, where one or more mutations may be introduced using "primer repair", ligation, in vitro mutagenesis, etc. as appropriate. In the case of DNA
constructs encoding fusion proteins, DNA sequences encoding individual domains and sub-domains are joined such that they constitute a single open reading frame encoding a fusion protein capable of being translated in cells or cell lysates into a single polypeptide harboring all component domains. The DNA construct encoding the fusion protein may then be placed into a vector that directs the expression of the protein in the appropriate cell type(s). For biochemical analysis of the encoded fusion protein, it may be desirable to construct plasmids that direct the expression of the protein in bacteria or in reticulocyte-lysate systems. For use in the production of proteins in mammalian cells, the protein-encoding sequence is introduced into an expression vector that directs expression in these cells. Expression vectors suitable for such uses are well known in the art. Various sorts of such vectors are commercially available.
Constructs encoding the fusion proteins and target genes of this invention can be introduced into the cells as one or more DNA molecules or constructs, in many cases in association with one or more markers to allow for selection of host cells which contain the construct(s). The constructs) once completed and demonstrated to have the appropriate sequences may then be introduced into a host cell by any convenient means. The constructs may be incorporated into vectors capable of episomal replication (e.g. BPV or EBV vectors) or into vectors designed for integration into the host cells' chromosomes. The constructs may be integrated and packaged into non replicating, defective viral genomes like Adenovirus, Adeno-associated virus (AAV), or Herpes simplex virus (HSV) or others, including retroviral vectors, for infection or transduction into cells. Viral delivery systems are discussed in greater detail below.
Alternatively, the construct may be introduced by protoplast fusion, electro-poration, biolistics, calcium phosphate transfection, lipofection, microinjection of DNA
or the like. The host cells will in some cases be grown and expanded in culture before introduction of the construct(s), followed by the appropriate treatment for introduction of the constructs) and integration of the construct(s). The cells will then be expanded and screened by virtue of a marker present in the constructs.
Various markers which may be used successfully include hprt, neomycin resistance, thymidine kinase, hygromycin resistance, etc., and various cell-surface markers such as Tac, CDB, CD3, Thyl and the NGF receptor.
In some instances, one may have a target site for homologous recombination, where it is desired that a construct be integrated at a particular locus. For example, one can delete and/or replace an endogenous gene (at the same locus or elsewhere) with a recombinant target construct of this invention. For homologous recombination, one may generally use either S2 or O-vectors. See, for example, Thomas and Capecchi, Cell (1987) 51, 503-512; Mansour, et al., Nature (1988) 336, 348-352; and Joyner, et al., Nature (1989) 338, 153-156.
The constructs may be introduced as a single DNA molecule encoding all of the genes, or different DNA molecules having one or more genes. The constructs may be introduced simultaneously or consecutively, each with the same or different markers.
WO 00/2$011 PCT/US99/Z5766 Vectors containing useful elements such as bacterial or yeast origins of replication, selectable and/or amplifiable markers, promoter/enhancer elements for expression in procaryotes or eucaryotes, and mammalian expression control elements, etc. which may be used to prepare stocks of construct DNAs and for carrying out transfections are well known in the art, and many are commercially available.
Delivery of Nucleic Acid: Ex vivo and in vivo Any means for the introduction of heterologous nucleic acids into host cells, especially eucaryotic cells, an in particular animal cells, preferably human or non-human mammalian cells, may be adapted to the practice of this invention. For the purpose of this discussion, the various nucleic acid constructs described herein may together be referred to as the transgene. Ex vivo approaches for delivery of DNA
include calcium phosphate precipitation, electroporation, lipofection and infection via viral vectors. Two general in vivo gene therapy approaches include (a) the delivery of "naked", lipid-complexed or liposome-formulated or otherwise formulated DNA
and (b) the delivery of the heterologous nucleic acids via viral vectors. In the former approach, prior to formulation of DNA, e.g. with lipid, a plasmid containing a transgene bearing the desired DNA constructs may first be experimentally optimized for expression (e.g., inclusion of an intron in the 5' untranslated region and elimination of unnecessary sequences (Felgner, et al., Ann NY Acad Sci 126-139, 1995).
Formulation of DNA, e.g. with various lipid or liposome materials, may then be effected using known methods and materials and delivered to the recipient mammal.
While various viral vectors may be used in the practice of this invention, retroviral, AAV, and adenovirus-based approaches are of particular interest.
See, for example, Dubensky et al. (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81, 7529-7533;
Kaneda et al., (1989) Science 243,375-378; Hiebert et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA 86, 3594-3598; Hatzoglu et al. (1990) J. Biol. Chem. 265, 17285-17293 and Ferry, et al.
(1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88, 8377-8381. When using viral vectors, the recombinant nucleic acids may be delivered in a single virus, or may be divided into two or more viruses. For example, the fusion protein constructs could be delivered by one virus, while the target gene could be on a second virus. The target gene virus may further comprise an additional transcription regulatory domain construct. The.
following additional guidance on the choice and use of viral vectors may be helpful to the practitioner.
Viral Vectors:
Adenoviral vectors A viral gene delivery system useful in the present invention utilizes adenovirus-derived vectors. Knowledge of the genetic organization of adenovirus, a 36 kB, linear and double-stranded DNA virus, allows substihztion of a large piece of adenoviral DNA with foreign sequences up to 8 kB. In contrast to retrovirus, the infection of adenoviral DNA into host cells does not result in chromosomal integration because adenoviral DNA can replicate in an episomal manner without potential genotoxicity.
Also, adenoviruses are structurally stable, and no genome rearrangement has been detected after extensive amplification. Adenovirus can infect virtually all epithelial cells regardless of their cell cycle stage. So far, adenoviral infection appears to be linked only to mild disease such as acute respiratory disease in the human.
Adenovirus is particularly suitable for use as a gene transfer vector because of its mid-sized genome, ease of manipulation, high titer, wide target-cell range, and high infectivity. Both ends of the viral genome contain 100-200 base pair (bp) inverted terminal repeats (ITR), at the 3' and 5' terminal regions of the adenovirus genome which are cis elements necessary for viral DNA replication and packaging. See, e.g., Gingeras et al. (1982) J. Biol. Chem.257:13475-13491. The early (E) arid late (L) regions of the genome contain different transcription units that are divided by the onset of viral DNA replication. The E1 region (ElA and E1B) encodes proteins responsible for the regulation of transcription of the viral genome and a few cellular genes. The expression of the E2 region (E2A and E2B) results in the synthesis of the proteins for viral DNA replication. These proteins are involved in DNA
replication, late gene expression, and host cell shut off (Renan (1990) Radiotherap. Oncol.
19:197). The products of the late genes, including the majority of the viral capsid proteins, are expressed only after significant processing of a single primary transcript issued by the major late promoter (MLP). The MLP (located at 16.8 m.u.) is particularly efficient during the late phase of infection, and all the mRNAs issued from this promoter possess a 5' tripartite leader (TL) sequence which makes them preferred mRNAs for translation.
The genome of an adenovirus can be manipulated such that it encodes a gene product of interest, but is inactivated in terms of its ability to replicate in a normal lytic viral life cycle (see, for example, Berkner et al., (1988) BioTechniques 6:616;
Rosenfeld et al., (1991) Science 252:431-434; and Rosenfeld et al., (1992) Cell 68:143-155). Suitable adenoviruses derived from the adenovirus strain Ad type 5 d1324 or other strains of adenovirus (e.g., Ad2, Ad3, Ad7 etc.) are well known to those skilled in the art. Recombinant adenoviruses can be advantageous in certain circumstances in that they are not capable of infecting nondividing cells and can be used to infect a wide variety of cell types, including airway epithelium (Rosenfeld et al., (1992) cited supra), endothelial cells (Lemarchand et al., (1992) PNAS USA 89:6482-6486), hepatocytes (Herz and Gerard, (1993) PNAS USA 90:2812-2816) and muscle cells (Quantin et al., (1992) PNAS USA 89:2581-2584).
Adenoviruses have also been used in vaccine development (Grunhaus and Horwitz (1992) Siminar in Virology 3:237; Graham and Prevec (1992) Biotechnology 20:363). Experiments in administering recombinant adenovirus to different tissues include trachea instillation (Rosenfeld et al. (1991) ; Rosenfeld et al.
(1992) Cell 68:143), muscle injection (Ragot et al. (1993) Nature 361:647), peripheral intravenous injection (Herz and Gerard (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90:2812}, and stereotactic inoculation into the brain (Le Gal La Salle et al. (1993) Science 254:988).
Furthermore, the virus particle is relatively stable and amenable to purification and concentration, and as above, can be modified so as to affect the spectrum of infectivity. Additionally, adenovirus is easy to grow and manipulate and exhibits broad host range in vitro and in vivo. This group of viruses can be obtained in high titers, e.g., 109 - 1011 plaque-forming unit (PFU)/ml, and they are highly infective. The life cycle of adenovirus does not require integration into the host cell genome. The foreign genes delivered by adenovirus are episomal, and therefore, have low genotoxicity to host cells. No side effects have been reported in studies of vaccination with wild-type adenovirus (Couch et al., 1963; Top et al., 1971), demonstrating their safety and therapeutic potential as in vivo gene transfer vectors. Moreover, the carrying capacity of the adenoviral genome for foreign DNA is large (up to 8 kilobases) relative to other gene delivery vectors (Berkner et al., supra; Haj-Ahmand and Graham (1986) J. Virol. 57:267).
The invention provides recombinant adenoviruses, pAdO, which have been deleted of adenovirus cis-elements necessary for replication and virion encapsidation and which contains a target gene and/or one or more genes encoding fusion proteins of the invention. Productive viral infection with pAdD requires a helper adenovirus, which alone or with a packaging cell line, supplies sufficient gene sequences necessary for a productive viral infection. Preferred helper viruses are altered in one or more native gene sequences which direct efficient packaging, to thereby produce a helper virus whose packaging function or ability to replicate is "crippled" or disabled. Such recombinant adenoviruses are further described in published PCT application No.
PCT/US95/14017 having publication No. WO 96/13597 by Wilson et al.
Most replication-defective adenoviruses currently in use and favored by the present invention are deleted for all or parts of the viral El and E3 genes but may retain as much as 80% of the adenoviral genetic material (see, e.g., Jones et al., (1979) Cell 16:683; Berkner et al., supra; and Graham et al., in Methods in Molecular Biology, E.J. Murray, Ed. (Humana, Clifton, NJ, 1991) vol. 7. pp. 109-127).
Accordingly, a preferred adenovirus of the invention is an adenovirus in which the E1 and E3 genes have been deleted or mutated, and in which the E1 gene has been replaced with a gene encoding a fusion protein and/or reporter gene of the invention. An E1/E3 deleted adenovirus allows for an insert of up to 8 kb. A preferred viral backbone is d1327 which is deleted in Ela, Elb, and E3. Deletion within adenovirus genes other than El and E3 region genes may also be useful to further reduce viral genome size, allowing thereby the insertion of larger genes of interest. In addition, since replication and viral protein expression in these viruses is reduced or eliminated in vivo, the immune response of the infected host to the virus and viral protein is also reduced.
By decreasing the host immune response, the persistence of expression of the inserted gene is increased. Such vectors are further described in published PCT
application No. PCT/US94/06338 having publication No. WO 94/28938 by Wilson and Engelhardt.
Other than the requirement that the adenovirus be replication defective, or at least conditionally defective, the nature of the adenovirus is not believed to be crucial to the successful practice of the invention. The adenovirus may be of any of the 42 different known serotypes or subgroups A-F. Adenovirus type 5 of subgroup C is the preferred starting material in order to obtain the conditional replication-defective adenovirus for use in the method of the present invention. This is because Adenovirus type 5 is a human adenovirus about which a great deal of biochemical and genetic information is known, and it has historically been used for most constructions employing adenovirus. As stated above, the typical virus according to the present invention is replication defective and will not have an adenovirus E1 region.
Thus, it will be most convenient to introduce the nucleic acid of interest at the position from which the E1 coding sequences have been removed. However, the position of insertion of the nucleic acid of interest in a region within the adenovirus sequences is not critical to the present invention. For example, the nucleic acid of interest may also be inserted in lieu of the deleted E3 region in E3 replacement viruses as described previously by Karlsson et. al. (1986) or in the E4 region where a helper cell line or helper virus complements the E4 defect.
Various adenoviruses have been shown to be of use in the transfer of genes to mammals, including humans. Replication-deficient adenovirus has been used to express marker proteins and CFTR in the pulmonary epithelium. Because of their ability to efficiently infect dividing cells, their tropism for the lung, and the relative ease of generation of high titer stocks, adenoviruses have been the subject of much research in the last few years, and various viruses have been used to deliver genes to the lungs of human subjects (Zabner et al., Cell 75:207-216, 1993; Crystal, et al., Nat Genet. 8:42-51, 1994; Boucher, et al., Hum Gene Ther 5:615-639, 1994). The first generation Ela deleted adenovirus has been improved upon with a second generation that includes a temperature-sensitive E2a viral protein, designed to express less viral protein and thereby make the virally infected cell less of a target for the immune system (Goldman et al., Human Gene Therapy 6:839-851,1995). More recently, a viral vector deleted of all viral open reading frames has been reported (Fisher et al., Virology 217:11-22, 1996). Moreover, it has been shown that expression of viral IL-10 inhibits the immune response to adenoviral antigen (Qin et al., Human Gene Therapy 8:1365-1374, 1997).
Adenoviruses can also be cell type specific, i.e., infect only restricted types of cells and/or express a transgene only in restricted types of cells. For example, the viruses comprise a gene under the transcription control of a transcription initiation region specifically regulated by target host cells, as described e.g., in U.S.
Patent No.
5,698,443, by Henderson and Schuur, issued December 16, 1997. Thus, replication competent adenoviruses can be restricted to certain cells by, e.g., inserting a cell specific response element to regulate a synthesis of a protein necessary for replication, e.g., E1A or E1B.
Techniques for introducing viruses into a variety of cells including hepatocytes, pancreatic and biliary eptithelial cells, endothelial cells and described in the following published PCT applications: PCT/US96/03041 (WO 96/26286) by Wilson et al.
(hepatocytes); PCT/US91/09700 (WO 92/12242) by Mulligan and Wilson (hepatocytes); and PCT/US89/00422 (WO 89/07136) by Wilson and Mulligan (hepatocytes); PCT/US94/05187 (WO 94/26915) by J.M. Wilson (pancreatic cells);
and PCT/US91/08127 (WO 92/07573) by Rafield et aI. and PCT/US88/04383 {WO 89/05345) by Wilson and Mulligan (endothelial cells).
DNA sequences of a number of adenovirus types are available from Genbank.
For example, human adenovirus type 5 has GenBank Accession No.M73260. The adenovirus DNA sequences may be obtained from any of the 42 human adenovirus types currently identified. Various adenovirus strains are available frorr~
the American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Maryland, or by request from a number of commercial and academic sources. A transgene as described herein may be incorporated into any adenovirus and delivery protocol, by the same methods (restriction digest, linker ligation or filling in of ends, and ligation) used to insert the CFTR or other genes into the vectors.
In another embodiment, the invention provides a virus, e.g, adenovirus, which is a recombinant replication defective virus comprising the DNA of, or corresponding to, at least a portion of the genome of said virus, capable of infecting a mammalian cell, and a first expression sequence comprising a gene of interest operably linked to an expression control sequence, flanked on each side by the cis-acting terminal repeat sequence of a transposon, said expression sequence flanked by the DNA of the virus.
The recombinant virus is capable of infecting a mammalian cell and capable of expressing the gene of interest and tansferring it to the chromatin of said cell in vivo or in vitro in the presence of a transposase. The virus can further comprise a gene encoding a suitable trans-acting transposase operably linked to an expression control sequence. Such a recombinant virus is capable of infecting a mammalian cell and capable of expressing the selected gene and transferring it to the chromatin of the infected cell in vivo or in vitro, when in the presence of a transposase.
These viruses are further described in published PCT application No. WO 97/15679 by Kelley and Wilson.
The viruses of the invention can be administered to a host animal in such a manner that a potential immune reaction to the viruses is reduced. This can be achieved, e.g., by administering together with the virus a selected immune modulator, which substantially reduces the occurrence of neutralizing antibody responses directed against the virus encoded antigens and/or cytolytic T cell elimination of the viral protein containing cell. The immune modulator can be administered simultaneously or prior to administration of the viruses. The immune modulator can be, e.g., selected from the group consisting of a cytokine, an agent capable of depleting or inhibiting CD4+ T cells, and anti-T cell antibody, an agent capable of bloking the interaction between CD40 ligand on a T cell and CD40 on a B cell, an agent capable of bloking the interaction between the CD28 or CTLA4 ligand on a T cell and B7 on a B cell, and cyclphosphamide. This technique is further described in published PCT
application No. WO 96/26285 by Wilson et al.
A preferred helper cell line is 293 (ATCC Accession No. CRL1573). This helper cell line, also termed a "packaging cell line" was developed by Frank Graham (Graham et al. (1987) J. Gen. Virol. 36:59-72 and Graham (1977) J.General Virology 68:937-940) and provides ElA and E1B in traps. However, helper cell lines may also be derived from human cells such as human embryonic kidney cells, muscle cells, hematopoietic cells or other human embryonic mesenchymal or epithelial cells.
Alternatively, the helper cells may be derived from the cells of other mammalian species that are permissive for human adenovirus. Such cells include, e.g., Vero cells or other monkey embryonic mesenchymal or epithelial cells.
Adenovinis producer cell lines can include one or more of the adenoviral genes E1, E2a, and E4 DNA sequence, for packaging adenovirus in which one or more of these genes have been mutated or deleted are described, e.g., in WO 96/18418 by Kadan et al.; WO 95/346671 by Kovesdi et al.; W094/28152 by Imler et al.; WO
95/02697 by Perrocaudet et al., W096/14061 by Wang et al.
AAV
Yet another viral system usehil for delivery of the subject fusion genes is the adeno-associated virus (AAV). Adeno-associated virus is a naturally occurring defective virus that requires another virus, such as an adenovinis or a herpes virus, as a helper virus for efficient replication and a productive life cycle. {For a review, see Muzyczka et al., Curr. Topics in Micro. and Immunol. (1992) 158:97-129).
AAV has not been associated with the cause of any disease. AAV is not a transforming or oncogenic virus. AAV integration into chromosomes of human cell lines does not cause any significant alteration in the growth properties or morphological characteristics of the cells. These properties of AAV also recommend it as a potentially useful human gene therapy vector.
AAV is also one of the few viruses that may integrate its DNA into non dividing cells, e.g., pulmonary epithelial cells, and exhibits a high frequency of stable integration (see for example Flotte et al., (1992) Am. J. Respir. Cell. Mol.
Biol. 7:349 356; Samulski et al., (1989) J. Virol. 63:3822-3828; and McLaughlin et al., (1989) J.
Virol. 62:1963-1973). Vectors containing as little as 300 base pairs of AAV
can be packaged and can integrate. Space for exogenous DNA is limited to about 4.5 kb. An AAV vector such as that described in Tratschin et al., (1985) Mol. Cell. Biol.
5:3251-3260 can be used to introduce DNA into cells. A variety of nucleic acids have been introduced into different cell types using AAV vectors (see for example Hermonat et al., (1984) PNAS USA 81:6466-6470; Tratschin et al., (1985) Mol. Cell. Biol.
4:2072-2081; Wondisford et al., (1988) Mol. Endocrinol. 2:32-39; Tratschin et al., (1984) J.
Virol. 51:611-619; and Flotte et al., (1993) J. Biol. Chem. 268:3781-3790).
The AAV-based expression vector to be used typically includes the 145 nucleotide AAV inverted terminal repeats (ITRs) flanking a restriction site that can be used for subcloning of the transgene, either directly using the restriction site available, or by excision of the transgene with restriction enzymes followed by blunting of the ends, ligation of appropriate DNA linkers, restriction digestion, and ligation into the site between the ITRs. By "adeno-associated virus inverted terminal repeats"
or "AAV
ITRs" is meant the palindromic regions which comprise the terminal repeats at the 3' and 5' ends of the AAV genome. The AAV ITR regions provide sequences for packaging the AAV provirus (i.e., the AAV genome) into the AAV viral capsid.
The ITR regions also form secondary structures which act as self-primers for AAV
replication. Samulski et al. (J. Virol. 63:3822, 1989), for example, describes AAV ITR
sequences and structures. The nucleotide sequences of AAV ITR regions are known.
See, e.g., Kotin, R. M. (1994) Human Gene Therapy 5:793-801; Berns, K. I.
"Parvoviridae and their Replication" in Fundamental Virology, 2nd Edition, (B.
N.
Fields and D. M. Knipe, eds.) for the AAV-2 sequence. As used herein, an "AAV
ITR"
need not have the wild-type nucleotide sequence depicted, but may be altered, e.g., by the insertion, deletion or substitution of nucleotides. Additionally, the AAV
ITR may be derived from any of several AAV serotypes, including without limitation, AAV-1, AAV-2, AAV-3, AAV-4, AAV-5, AAVX7, etc. Furthermore, 5' and 3' ITRs which flank a selected nucleotide sequence in an AAV vector need not necessarily be identical or derived from the same AAV serotype or isolate, so long as they function as intended, i.e., to allow for excision and rescue of the sequence of interest from a host cell genome or vector, and to allow integration of the heterologous sequence into the recipient cell genome when the rep gene is present in the cell (either on the same or on a different vector).
The capacity of AAV vectors is about 4.4 kb. The following proteins have been expressed using various AAV-based vectors, and a variety of promoter/enhancers: neomycin phosphotransferase, chloramphenicol .acetyl transferase, Fanconi's anemia gene, cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator, and granulocyte macrophage colony-stimulating factor (Kotin, R.M., Human Gene Therapy 5:793-801, 1994, Table I). A transgene incorporating the various DNA
constructs of this invention can similarly be included in an AAV-based vector.
As an alternative to inclusion of a constitutive promoter such as CMV to drive expression of the recombinant DNA encoding the fusion protein(s), e.g. fusion proteins comprising an activation domain or DNA-binding domain, an AAV promoter can be used (ITR
itself or AAV p5 (Flotte, et al. J. Biol.Chem. 268:3781-3790, 1993)).
Such a vector can be packaged into AAV virions by reported methods. For example, a human cell line such as 293 can be co-transfected with the AAV-based expression vector and another plasmid containing open reading frames encoding AAV
rep and cap (which are obligatory for replication and packaging of the recombinant viral construct) under the control of endogenous AAV promoters or a heterologous promoter. In the absence of helper virus, the rep proteins Rep68 and Rep78 prevent accumulation of the replicative form, but upon superinfection with adenovirus or herpes virus, these proteins permit replication from the ITRs (present only in the construct containing the transgene) and expression of the viral capsid proteins. This system results in packaging of the transgene DNA into AAV virions (Carter, B.J., Current Opinion in Biotechnology 3:533-539, 1992; Kotin, R.M, Human Gene Therapy 5:793-801, 1994)). Typically, three days after transfection, recombinant AAV
is harvested from the cells along with adenoviurs and the contaminating adenovirus is then inactivated by heat treatment.
Methods to improve the titer of AAV can also be used to express the transgene in an AAV virion. Such strategies include, but are not limited to: stable expression of the ITR-flanked transgene in a cell line followed by transfection with a second plasmid to direct viral packaging; use of a cell line that expresses AAV proteins inducibly, such as temperature-sensitive inducible expression or pharmacologically inducible expression. Alternatively, a cell can be infected with a first AAV including a 5' ITR, a 3' ITR flanking a heterologous gene, and a second AAV vector which includes an inducible origin of replication, e.g., SV40 origin of replication, which is capable of being induced by an agent, such as the SV40 T antigen and which includes DNA
sequences encoding the AAV rep and cap proteins. Upon induction by an agent, the second AAV vector may replicate to a high copy ntunber, and thereby increased numbers of infectious AAV particles may be generated (see, e.g, U.S. Patent No. 5,693,531 by Chiorini et al., issued December 2, 1997. In yet another method for producing large amounts of recombinant AAV, a fusion plasmid is used which incorporate the Epstein Barr Nuclear Antigen (EBNA) gene , the latent origin of replication of Epstein Barr virus (oriP) and an AAV genome. These plasmids are maintained as a multicopy extra-chromosomal elements in cells, such as in 293 cells. Upon addition of wild-type helper functions, these cells will produce high amounts of recombinant AAV
(U.S.
Patent 5,691,176 by Lebkowski et al., issued Nov. 25, 1997). In another system, an AAV packaging plasmid is provided that allows expression of the rep gene, wherein the p5 promoter, which normally controls rep expression, is replaced with a heterologous promoter (U.S. Patent 5,658,776, by Flotte et al., issued Aug.
19, 1997).
Additionally, one may increase the efficiency of AAV transduction by treating the cells with an agent that facilitates the conversion of the single stranded form to the double stranded form, as described in Wilson et al., W096/39530.
AAV stocks can be produced as described in Hermonat and Muzyczka (1984) PNAS 81:6466, modified by using the pAAV/Ad described by Samulski et al.
(1989) J. Virol. 63:3822. Concentration and purification of the virus can be achieved by reported methods such as banding in cesium chloride gradients, as was used for the initial report of AAV expression in vivo (Flotte, et al. J.Biol. Chem.
268:3781-3790, 1993) or chromatographic purification, as described in O'Riordan et al., W097/08298.
Methods for in vitro packaging AAV vectors are also available and have the advantage that there is no size limitation of the DNA packaged into the particles (see, U.S. Patent No. 5,688,676, by Zhou et al., issued Nov. 18, 1997). This procedure involves the preparation of cell free packaging extracts.
For additional detailed guidance on AAV technology which may be useful in the practice of the subject invention, including methods and materials for the incorporation of a transgene, the propagation and purification of the recombinant AAV containing the transgene, and its use in transfecting cells and mammals, see e.g.
Carter et al, US Patent No. 4,797,368 (10 Jan 1989); Muzyczka et al, US Patent No.
5,139,941 (18 Aug 1992); Lebkowski et al, US Patent No. 5,173,414 (22 Dec 1992);
Srivastava, US Patent No. 5,252,479 (12 Oct 1993); Lebkowski et al, US Patent No.
5,354,678 (11 Oct 1994); Shenk et al, US Patent No. 5,436,146(25 July 1995);
Chatterjee et al, US Patent No. 5,454,935 (12 Dec 1995), Carter et al WO
(published 9 Dec 1993), and Natsoulis, U.S. Patent No. 5,622,856 (April 22, 1997).
Further information regarding AAVs and the adenovirus or herpes helper functions required can be found in the following articles.Berns and Bohensky (1987), "Adeno-Associated Viruses: An Update", Advanced in Virus Research, Academic Press, 33:243-306. The genome of AAV is described in Laughlin et al. (1983) "Cloning of infectious adeno-associated virus genomes in bacterial plasmids", Gene, 23:
65-73.
Expression of AAV is described in Beaton et al. (1989) "Expression from the Adeno-associated virus p5 and p19 promoters is negatively regulated in trans by the rep protein', J. Virol., 63:4450-4454. Construction of rAAV is described in a number of publications: Tratschin et al. (1984) "Adeno-associated virus vector for high frequency integration, expression and rescue of genes in mammalian cells", Mol. Cell.
Biol., 4:2072-2081; Hermonat and Muzyczka (1984) "Use of adeno-associated virus as a mammalian DNA cloning vector: Transduction of neomycin resistance into mammalian tissue culture cells", Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6466-6470;
McLaughlin et al. (1988) "Adeno-associated virus general transduction vectors:
Analysis of Proviral Structures", j. Virol., 62:1963-1973; and Samulski et al.
(1989) "Helper-free stocks of recombinant adeno-associated viruses: normal integration does not require viral gene expression", J. Virol., 63:3822-3828. Cell lines that can be infected by rAAV are those described in Lebkowski et al. (1988) "Adeno-associated virus: a vector system for efficient introduction and integration of DNA into a variety of mammalian cell types", Mol. Cell. Biol., 8:3988-3996. "Producer" or "packaging" cell lines used in manufacturing recombinant retroviruses are described in Dougherty et al.
(1989) J. Virol., 63:3209-3212; and Markowitz et al. (1988) J. Virol., 62:1220-1124.
Hybrid Adenovirus-AAV
Hybrid Adenovirus-AAV is represented by an adenovints capsid containing a nucleic acid comprising a portion of an adenovirus, and 5' and 3' ITR
sequences from an AAV which flank a selected transgene under the control of a promoter. See e.g.
Wilson et al, International Patent Application Publication No. WO 96/13598.
This hybrid virus is characterized by high titer transgene delivery to a host cell and the ability to stably integrate the transgene into the host cell chromosome in the presence of the rep gene. This virus is capable of infecting virtually all cell types (conferred by its adenovirus sequences) and stable long term transgene integration into the host cell genome (conferred by its AAV sequences).
The adenovirus nucleic acid sequences employed in the this vector can range from a minimtun sequence amount, which requires the use of a helper virus to produce the hybrid virus particle, to only selected deletions of adenovirus genes, which deleted gene products can be supplied in the hybrid viral process by a packaging cell.
For example, a hybrid virus can comprise the 5' and 3' inverted terminal repeat (ITR) sequences of an adenovinxs (which ftulction as origins of replication). The left terminal sequence (5') sequence of the Ad5 genome that can be used spans by 1 to about 360 of the conventional adenovirus genome (also referred to as map units 0-1) and includes 3o the 5' ITR and the packaging/enhancer domain. The 3' adenovirus sequences of the hybrid virus include the right terminal 3' ITR sequence which is about 580 nucleotides (about by 35,353- end of the adenovirus, referred to as about map units 98.4-100.
The AAV sequences useful in the hybrid vector are viral sequences from which the rep and cap polypeptide encoding sequences are deleted and are usually the cis acting 5' and 3' ITR sequences. Thus, the AAV ITR sequences are flanked by the selected adenovirus sequences and the AAV ITR sequences themselves flank a selected transgene. The preparation of the hybrid vector is further described in detail in published PCT application entitled "Hybrid Adenovirus-AAV Virus and Method of Use Thereof", WO 96/I3598 by Wilson et al.
For additional detailed guidance on adenovirus and hybrid adenovirus-AAV
technology which may be useful in the practice of the subject invention, including methods and materials for the incorporation of a transgene, the propagation and purification of recombinant virus containing the transgene, and its use in transfecting cells and mammals, see also Wilson et al, WO 94/28938, WO 96/13597 and WO
96/26285, and references cited therein.
Retroviruses The retroviruses are a group of single-stranded RNA viruses characterized by an ability to convert their RNA to double-stranded DNA in infected cells by a process of reverse-transcription (Coffin (1990) Retroviridae and their Replication" In Fields, Knipe ed. Virology. New York: Raven Press). The resulting DNA then stably integrates into cellular chromosomes as a provirus and directs synthesis of viral proteins. The integration results in the retention of the viral gene sequences in the recipient cell and its descendants. The retroviral genome contains three genes, gag, pol, and env that code for capsial proteins, polymerase enzyme, and envelope components, respectively. A sequence fotuld upstream from the gag gene, termed psi , functions as a signal for packaging of the genome into virions. Two long terminal repeat (LTR) sequences are present at the 5' and 3' ends of the viral genome. These contain strong promoter and enhancer sequences and are also required for integration in the host cell genome (Coffin (1990), supra).
In order to construct a retroviral vector, a nucleic acid of interest is inserted into the viral genome in the place of certain viral sequences to produce a virus that is replication-defective. In order to produce virions, a packaging cell line containing the gag, pol, and env genes but without the LTR and psi components is constructed (Mann et al. (1983) Cell 33:153). When a recombinant plasmid containing a human cDNA, together with the retroviral LTR and psi sequences is introduced into this cell line (by calcium phosphate precipitation for example), the psi sequence allows the RNA
transcript of the recombinant plasmid to be packaged into viruses, which are then secreted into the culture media (Nicolas and Rubenstein (1988) "Retroviral Vectors", In: Rodriguez and Denhardt ed. Vectors: A Survey of Molecular Cloning Vectors and their Uses. Stoneham:Butterworth; Temin, (1986) "Retrovirus Vectors for Gene Transfer: Efficient Integration into and Exprssion of Exogenous DNA in Vertebrate WO 00/28011 PC'T/US99/25766 Cell Genome", In: Kucherlapati ed. Gene Transfer. New York: Plenum Press; Mann et al., 1983, supra). The media containing the recombinant retroviruses is then collected, optionally concentrated, and used for gene transfer. Retroviruses are able to infect a broad variety of cell types. However, integration and stable expression require the division of host cells (Paskind et al. (1975) Virology 67:242).
A major prerequisite for the use of retroviruses is to ensure the safety of their use, particularly with regard to the possibility of the spread of wild-type virus in the cell population. The development of specialized cell lines (termed "packaging cells") which produce only replication-defective retroviruses has increased the utility of retroviruses for gene therapy, and defective retroviruses are well characterized for use in gene transfer for gene therapy purposes (for a review see Miller, A.D.
(1990) Blood 76:271). Thus, recombinant retrovirus can be constructed in which part of the retroviral coding sequence (gag, pol, env) has been replaced by nucleic acid encoding a fusion protein of the present invention, rendering the retrovirus replication defective.
The replication defective retrovirus is then packaged into virions which can be used to infect a target cell through the use of a helper virus by standard techniques.
Protocols for producing recombinant retroviruses and for infecting cells in vitro or in vivo with such viruses can be found in Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Ausubel, F.M. et al., (eds.) Greene Publishing Associates, (1989), Sections 9.10-9.14 and other standard laboratory manuals. Examples of suitable retroviruses include pLj, pZIP, pWE
and pEM which are well known to those skilled in the art. A preferred retroviral vector is a pSR MSVtkNeo (Muller et al. (1991) Mol. Cell Biol. 11:1785 and pSR MSV(XbaI) (Sawyers et al. (1995) J. Exp. Med. 181:307) and derivatives thereof. For example, the ttruque BamHI sites in both of these vectors can be removed by digesting the vectors with BamHI, filling in with Klenow and religating to produce pSMTN2 and pSMTX2, respectively, as described in PCT/US96/09948 by Clackson et al. Examples of suitable packaging virus lines for preparing both ecotropic and amphotropic retroviral systems include Crip, Cre, 2 and Am.
Retrovirttses have been used to introduce a variety of genes into many different cell types, including neural cells, epithelial cells, endothelial cells, lymphocytes, myoblasts, hepatocytes, bone marrow cells, in vitro and/or in vivo (see for example Eglitis et al., (1985) Science 230:1395-1398; Danos and Mulligan, (1988) PNAS
USA
85:6460-6464; Wilson et al., (1988) PNAS USA 85:3014-3018; Armentano et al., (1990) PNAS USA 87:6141-6145; Httber et al., (1991) PNAS USA 88:8039-8043;
Ferry et al., (1991) PNAS USA 88:8377-8381; Chowdhury et al., (1991) Science 254:1802-1805; van Beusechem et al., (1992) PNAS USA 89:7640-7644; Kay et al., (1992) Human Gene Therapy 3:641-647; Dai et al., (1992) PNAS USA 89:10892-10895; Hwu et al., (1993) J. Immunol. 150:4104-4115; U.S. Patent No.
4,868,116; U.S.
Patent No. 4,980,286; PCT Application WO 89/07136; PCT Application WO
89/02468; PCT Application WO 89/05345; and PCT Application WO 92/07573).
Furthermore, it has been shown that it is possible to limit the infection spectrum of retroviruses and consequently of retroviral-based vectors, by modifying the viral packaging proteins on the surface of the virus (see, for example PCT
publications W093/25234, W094/06920, and W094/11524). For instance, strategies for the modification of the infection spectrum of retroviruses include:
coupling antibodies specific for cell surface antigens to the viral env protein (Roux et al., (1989) PNAS USA 86:9079-9083; Julan et al., (1992) J. Gen Virol 73:3251-3255;
and Goud et al., {1983) Virology 163:251-254); or coupling cell surface ligands to the viral env proteins (Neda et al., (1991) J. Biol. Chem. 266:14143-14146).
Coupling can be in the form of the chemical cross-linking with a protein or other variety (e.g. lactose to convert the env protein to an asialoglycoprotein), as well as by generating f~.ision proteins (e.g. single-chain antibody/env fission proteins). This technique, while useful to limit or otherwise direct the infection to certain tissue types, and can also be used to convert an ecotropic vector in to an amphotropic vector.
Other Viral Systems Other viral systems that may have application in gene therapy have been derived from herpes virus, e.g., Herpes Simplex Virus (U.S. Patent No.
5,631,236 by Woo et al., issued May 20, 1997), vaccinia virus (Ridgeway (1988) Ridgeway, "Mammalian expression vectors," In: Rodriguez R L, Denhardt D T, ed. Vectors:
A
survey of molecular cloning vectors and their uses. Stoneham: Butterworth,;
Baichwal and Sugden (1986) "Vectors for gene transfer derived from animal DNA viruses:
Transient and stable expression of transferred genes," In: Kucherlapati R, ed.
Gene transfer. New York: Plenum Press; Coupar et al. (1988) Gene, 68:1-10), and several RNA viruses. Preferred viruses include an alphavirus, a poxivinis, an arena virus, a vaccinia virus, a polio virus, and the like. In particular, herpes virus may provide a tuuque strategy for persistence of the recombinant gene in cells of the central nervous system and ocular tissue (Pepose et al., (1994) Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci 35:2662-2666). They offer several attractive features for various mammalian cells (Friedmann (2989) Science, 244:1275-1281 ; Ridgeway, 1988, supra; Baichwal and Sugden, 1986, supra; Coupar et al., 1988; Horwich et al.(1990) J.Virol., 64:642-650).
With the recent recognition of defective hepatitis B viruses, new insight was gained into the structure-function relationship of different viral sequences.
In vitro studies showed that the virus could retain the ability for helper-dependent packaging and reverse transcription despite the deletion of up to 80% of its genome (Horwich et al., 1990, sicpra). This suggested that large portions of the genome could be replaced with foreign genetic material. The hepatotropism and persistence (integration) were particularly attractive properties for liver-directed gene transfer. Chang et al. recently introduced the chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT) gene into duck hepatitis B
virus genome in the place of the polymerase, surface, and pre-surface coding sequences. It was cotransfected with wild-type virus into an avian hepatoma cell line.
Culture media containing high titers of the recombinant virus were used to infect primary duckling hepatocytes. Stable CAT gene expression was detected for at least 24 days after transfection (Chang et al. (1991) Hepatology, 14:124A).
Administration of Viral Vectors Generally the viral particles are transferred to a biologically compatible solution or pharmaceutically acceptable delivery vehicle, such as sterile saline, or other aqueous or non-aqueous isotonic sterile injection solutions or suspensions, numerous examples of which are well known in the art, including Ringer's, phosphate buffered saline, or other similar vehicles. Delivery of the recombinant viral vector can be earned out via any of several routes of administration, including intramuscular injection, intravenous administration, subcutaneous injection, intrahepatic administration, catheterization (including cardiac catheterization), intracranial injection, nebuiizaHon/inhalation or by instillation via bronchoscopy.
Preferably, the DNA or recombinant virus is administered in sufficient amounts to transfect cells within the recipient's target cells, including without limitation, muscle cells, liver cells, various airway epithelial cells and smooth muscle cells, neurons, cardiac muscle cells, etc. and provide sufficient levels of transgene expression to provide for observable ligand-responsive secretion of a target protein, preferably at a level providing therapeutic benefit without undue adverse effects.
Optimal dosages of DNA or virus depends on a variety of factors, as discussed previously, and may thus vary somewhat from patient to patient.
Again, therapeutically effective doses of viruses are considered to be in the range of about 20 to about 50 ml of saline solution containing concentrations of from about 1 X
20~ to about 1 X 101° pfu of vinls/ml, e.g. from 1 X 108 to 1 X 109 pfu of vints/ml.
WO 00/28011 PCTNS99/25~66 Host Cells This invention is particularly useful for the engineering of animal cells and in applications involving the use of such engineered animal cells. The animal cells may be insect, worm or mammalian cells. While various mammalian cells may be used, including, by way of example, equine, bovine, ovine, canine, feline, murine, and non-human primate cells, human cells are of particular interest. Among the various species, various types of cells may be used, such as hematopoietic, neural, glial, mesenchymal, cutaneous, mucosal, stromal, muscle (including smooth muscle cells), spleen, reticulo-endothelial, epithelial, endothelial, hepatic, kidney, gastrointestinal, pulmonary, fibroblast, and other cell types. Of particular interest are hematopoietic cells, which may include any of the nucleated cells which may be involved with the erythroid, lymphoid or myelomonocytic lineages, as well as myoblasts and fibroblasts.
Also of interest are stem and progenitor cells, such as hematopoietic, neural, stromal, muscle, hepatic, pulmonary, gastrointestinal and mesenchymal stem cells The cells may be autologous cells, syngeneic cells, allogeneic cells and even in some cases, xenogeneic cells with respect to an intended host organism. The cells may be modified by changing the major histocompatibility complex ("MHC") profile, by inactivating Q2-microglobulin to prevent the formation of functional Class I
MHC
molecules, inactivation of Class II molecules, providing for expression of one or more MHC molecules, enhancing or inactivating cytotoxic capabilities by enhancing or inhibiting the expression of genes associated with the cytotoxic activity, or the like.
In some instances specific clones or oligoclonal cells may be of interest, where the cells have a particular specificity, such as T cells and B cells having a specific antigen specificity or homing target site specificity.
Introduction of Constructs into Animals Cells which have been modified ex vivo with the DNA constructs may be grown in culture under selective conditions and cells which are selected as having the desired constnict(s) may then be expanded and further analyzed, using, for example, the polymerase chain reaction for determining the presence of the construct in the host cells and/or assays for the production of the desired gene product(s). Once modified host cells have been identified, they rnay then be used as planned, e.g. grown in culture or introduced into a host organism.
Depending upon the nature of the cells, the cells may be introduced into a host organism, e.g. a mammal, in a wide variety of ways. Hematopoietic cells may be administered by injection into the vascular system, there being usually at least about 104 cells and generally not more than about 101 cells. The number of cells which are employed will depend upon a number of circumstances, the purpose for the introduction, the lifetime of the cells, the protocol to be used, for example, the number of administrations, the ability of the cells to multiply, the stability of the therapeutic agent, the physiologic need for the therapeutic agent, and the like.
Generally, for myoblasts or fibroblasts for example, the number of cells will be at least about 104 and not more than about 109 and may be applied as a dispersion, generally being injected at or near the site of interest. The cells will usually be in a physiologically acceptable medium.
Cells engineered in accordance with this invention may also be encapsulated, e.g. using conventional biocompatible materials and methods, prior to implantation into the host organism or patient for the production of a therapeutic protein.
See e.g.
Hguyen et al, Tissue Implant Systems and Methods for Sustaining viable High Cell Densities within a Host, US Patent No. 5,314,471 (Baxter International, Inc.);
Uludag and Sefton, 1993, J Biorned. Mater. Res. 27(10):1213-24 (HepG2 cells/hydroxyethyl methacrylate-methyl methacrylate membranes); Chang et al, 1993, Hum Gene Ther 4(4):433-40 (mouse Ltk- cells expressing hGH/immunoprotective perm-selective alginate microcapsules; Reddy et al, 1993, J Infect Dis 168(4):1082-3 (alginate); Tai and Sun, 1993, FASEB J 7(11):1061-9 (mouse fibroblasts expressing hGH/alginate-poly-L-lysine-alginate membrane); Ao et al, 1995, Transplanataion Proc.
27(6):3349, 3350 (alginate); Rajotte et al, 1995, Transplantation Proc. 27(6):3389 (alginate);
Lakey et al, 1995, Transplantation Proc. 27(6):3266 (alginate); Korbutt et al, 1995, Transplantation Proc. 27(6):3212 (alginate); Dorian et al, US Patent No.
5,429,821 (alginate); Emerich et al, 1993, Exp Neurol 122(1):37-47 (polymer-encapsulated cells); Sagen et al, 1993, J Neurosci 13(6):2415-23 (bovine chromaffin cells encapsulated in sernipermeable polymer membrane and implanted into rat spinal subarachnoid space); Aebischer et al, 1994, Exp Neurol 126(2):151-8 (polymer-encapsulated rat PC12 cells implanted into monkeys; see also Aebischer, WO
92/19595); Savelkoul et al, 1994, J Immunol Methods 170(2):185-96 (encapsulated hybridomas producing antibodies; encapsulated transfected cell lines expressing various cytokines); Winn et al, 1994, PNAS USA 91(6):2324-8 {engineered BHK
cells expressing htunan nerve growth factor encapsulated in an immttnoisolation polymeric device and transplanted into rats); Emerich et al, 1994, Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry 18(5}:935-46 (polymer-encapsulated PC12 cells implanted into rats);
Kordower et al, 1994, PNAS USA 91(23):10898-902 (polymer-encapsulated engineered BHK cells expressing hNGF implanted into monkeys} and Butler et al WO
95/04521 (encapsulated device). The cells may then be introduced in encapsulated form into an animal host, preferably a mammal and more preferably a human subject in need thereof. Preferably the encapsulating material is semipermeable, permitting release into the host of secreted proteins pxoduced by the encapsulated cells.
In many embodiments the semipermeable encapsulation renders the encapsulated cells immunologically isolated from the host organism in which the encapsulated cells are introduced. In those embodiments the cells to be encapsulated may express one or more fusion proteins containing component domains derived from proteins of the host species and/or from viral proteins or proteins from species other than the host species. For example in such cases the fusion proteins may contain elements derived from GAL4 and VP16. The cells may be derived from one or more individuals other than the recipient and may be derived from a species other than that of the recipient organism or patient.
Instead of ex vivo modification of the cells, in many situations one may wish to modify cells in vivo. For this purpose, various techniques have been developed for modification of target tissue and cells in vivo. A number of viral vectors have been developed, such as adenovirus, adeno-associated virus, and retroviruses, as discussed above, which allow for transfection and, in some cases, integration of the virus into the host. See, for example, Dubensky et al. (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81, 7533; Kaneda et al., (1989) Science 243,375-378; Hiebert et al. (1989) Proc.
Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA 86, 3594-3598; Hatzoglu et al. (1990) J. Biol. Chem. 265, 17285-and Ferry, et al. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88, 8377-8381. The vector may be administered by injection, e.g. intravascularly or intramuscularly, inhalation, or other parenteral mode. Non-viral delivery methods such as administration of the DNA
via complexes with liposomes or by injection, catheter or biolistics may also be used.
In accordance with in vivo genetic modification, the manner of the modification will depend on the nature of the tissue, the efficiency of cellular modification required, the number of opportunities to modify the particular cells, the accessibility of the tissue to the DNA composition to be introduced, and the like. By employing an attenuated or modified retrovirus carrying a target transcription initiation region, if desired, one can activate the virus using one of the subject transcription factor constructs, so that the virus may be produced and transfect adjacent cells.
The DNA introduction need not result in integration in every case. In some situations, transient maintenance of the DNA introduced may be sufficient. In this way, one could have a short term effect, where cells could be introduced into the host and then turned on after a predetermined time, for example, after the cells have been able to home to a particular site.
Binding properties, Assays FK506 is known to bind to the human protein, FKBP12 and to form a tripartite complex with the serine/threonine phosphatase, caicineurin. FK506 analogs may be characterized and compared to FK506 with respect to their ability to bind to human FKBP12 and/or to form tripartite complexes with fusion proteins containing human FKBP12 and CABs. See, for example, WO 96/41865 (Clackson et al). That application discloses various materials and methods which can be used to quantify the ability of a compound to bind to human FKBP12 or to form a tripartite complex with ( i.e., "heterodimerize") proteins comprising human FKBP12 and the FRB
domain of human FRAP, respectively. Such assays include fluorescence polarization assays to measure binding. Also included are cell based transcription assays in which the ability of a compound to form the tripartite complex is measured indirectly by correlation with the observed level of reporter gene product produced by engineered mammalian cells in the presence of the compound. Corresponding cell-based assays may also be conducted in engineered yeast cells. See e.g. WO 95/33052 (Berlin et al).
It will often be preferred that the ligands of this invention be physiologically acceptable (i.e., lack undue toxicity toward the cell or organism with which it is to be used), can be taken orally by animals (i.e., is orally active in applications in whole animals, including gene therapy), and/or can cross cellular and other membranes, as necessary for a particular application.
In addition, preferred ligands are those which bind preferentially to mutant immunophilins (by way of non-limiting example, a human FKBP in which Phe36 is replaced with a different amino acid, preferably an amino acid with a less bulky R
group such as valine or alanine) over native or naturally-ocurring immunophilins. For example, such compounds may bind preferentially to mutant FKBPs at least an order of magnitude better than they bind to human FKBP12, and in some cases may bind to mutant FKBPs greater than 2 or even 3 or more orders of magnitude better than they do to human FKBP12, as determined by any scientifically valid or art-accepted assay methodology.
Binding affinities of various ligands of this invention with respect to human FKBP12, variants thereof or other immunophilin proteins may be determined by adaptation of known methods used in the case of FKBP. For instance, the practitioner may measure the ability of a compound of this invention to compete with the binding of a known ligand to the protein of interest. See e.g. Sierkierka et al, 1989, Nature 341, 755-757 (test compound competes with binding of labeled FK506 derivative to FKBP).
One set of preferred ligands of this invention which binds, to human FKBP12, to a mutant thereof as discussed above, or to a fusion protein containing such FKBP
domains, with a Kd value below about 200 nM, more preferably below about 50 nM
, even more preferably below about 10 nM, and even more preferably below about 1 nM, as measured by direct binding measurement (e.g. fluorescence quenching), competition binding measurement (e.g. versus FK506), inhibition of FKBP enzyme activity (rotamase), or other assay methodology. In one subset of such compounds, the FKBP domain is one in which phenylalanine at position 36 has been replaced with an amino acid having a less bulky side chain, e.g. alanine, valine, methionine or serine.
A Competitive Binding FP Assay is described in detail in the examples which follow. That assay permits the in vitro measurement of an IC50 value for a given compound which reflects its ability to bind to an FKBP protein in competition with a labeled FKBP ligand, such as, for example, FK506.
One preferred class of compounds of this invention are those ligands which have an IC50 value in the Competitive Binding FP Assay better than 1000 nM, preferably better than 300 nM, more preferably better than 100 nM, and even more preferably better than 10 nM with respect to a given FKBP domain and ligand pair, e.g. human FKBP12 or a variant thereof with up to 10, preferably up to 5 amino acid replacements, with a flouresceinated FK506 standard. In one subset of that class, the FKBP domain has one of the abovementioned modifications at position 36.
The ability of the ligands to multimerize fusion proteins may be measured in cell-based assays by measuring the occurrence of an event triggered by such multimerization. For instance, one may use cells containing and capable of expressing DNA encoding a first fusion protein comprising one or more FKBP- domains and one or more action domains as well as DNA encoding a second fusion protein containing an CAB domain and one or more action domains capable, upon multimerization, of actuating a biological response. We prefer to use cells which further contain a reporter gene under the transcription control of a regulatory element (i.e., promoter) which is responsive to the multimerization of the fusion proteins. The design and preparation of illustrative components and their use in so engineered cells is described in W096/41865 and the other international patent applications referred to in this and the foregoing section. The cells are grown or maintained in culture. A ligand is added to the culture medium and after a suitable incubation period (to permit gene expression and secretion, e.g. several hours or overnight) the presence of the reporter gene product is measured. Positive results, i.e., multimerization, correlates with transcription of the reporter gene as observed by the appearance of the reporter gene product. The reporter gene product may be a conveniently detectable protein (e.g. by ELISA) or may catalyze the production of a conveniently detectable product (e.g.
colored). Materials and methods for producing appropriate cell lines for conducting such assays are disclosed in the international patent applications cited above in this section. Typically used target genes include by way of example SEAP, hGH, beta-galactosidase, Green Fluorescent Protein and iuciferase, for which convenient assays are commercially available.
Another preferred class of compounds of this invention are those which are capable of inducing a detectable signal in a 2-hybrid transcription assay based on fusion proteins containing an FKBP domain. Preferably, the FKBP domain is an FKBP
domain other than wild-type human FKBP12.
Another assay for measuring the ability of the ligands to multimerize fusion proteins, like the FKBP-based transcription assay, is a cell-based assay which measures the occurrence of an event triggered by such multimerization. In this case, one uses cells which constitutively express a detectable product. The cells also contain and are capable of expressing DNAs encoding fusion proteins comprising one or more immunophilin-derived ligand binding domains and one or more action domains, such as the intracellular domain of FAS, capable, upon multimerization, of triggering cell death. The design and preparation of illiistrative components and their use in so engineering cells is described in W095/02684. See also W096/41865.
The cells are maintained or cultured in a culture medium permitting cell growth or continued viability. The cells or medium are assayed for the presence of the constitutive cellular product, and a baseline level of reporter is thus established. One may use cells engineered for constitutive production of hGH or any other conveniently detectable product to serve as the reporter. The compound to be tested is addded to the medium, the cells are incubated, and the cell lysate or medium is tested for the presence of reporter at one or more time points. Decrease in reporter production indicates cell death, an indirect measure of multimerization of the fusion proteins.
Another preferred class of compounds of this invention are those which are capable of inducing a detectable signal in such an FKBP/CAB-based apoptosis assay.
Preferably, the FKBP domain is an FKBP domain other than wild-type human FKBPI2. In some cases, the FKBP domain is modified, as discussed above. Also preferably, the CAB domain is a CAB domain other than wild-type CAB.
Conducting such assays permits the practitioner to select ligands possessing the desired IC50 values and/or binding preference for a mutant FKBP over wild-type htunan FKBP12. The Competitive Binding FP Assay permits one to select monomers or Iigands which possess the desired IC50 values and/or binding preference for a mutant FKBP or wild-type FKBP relative to a control, such as FK506.
Applications The ligands and ligand binding domains can be used as described in W094/18317, W095/02684, W096/20951, W095/41865, e.g. to regulatably 1o activate the transcription of a desired gene, delete a target gene, actuate apoptosis, or trigger other biological events in engineered cells growing in culture or in whole organisms, including in gene therapy applications. The following are non-limiting examples of applications of the subject invention.
1. Regulated gene therapy. In many instances, the ability to switch a therapeutic gene on and off at will or the ability to titrate expression with precision are important for therapeutic efficacy. This invention is particularly well suited for achieving regulated expression of a therapeutic target gene in the context of human gene therapy. One example uses a pair of fusion proteins of this invention (one containing at least one CAB domain, the other containing at least one FKBP
domain), a ligand capable of dimerizing the fusion proteins, and a target gene construct to be expressed. One of the fusion proteins comprises a DNA-binding domain, preferably a composite DNA-binding domain as described in Pomerantz et al, supra, as the heterologous action domain. The second fusion protein comprises a transcription activating domain as the heterologous action domain. The improved ligand is capable of binding to both fusion proteins and thus of effectively cross-linking the fusion proteins. DNA molecules encoding and capable of directing the expression of these fusion proteins are introduced into the cells to be engineered. Also introduced into the cells is a target gene linked to a DNA sequence to which the DNA-binding domain is capable of binding. Contacting the engineered cells or their progeny with the improved ligand (by administering it to the animal or patient) leads to assembly of the transcription factor complex and hence to expression of the target gene. The design and use of similar components is disclosed in PCT/US93/01617 and in WO
96/41865 (Clackson et al). In practice, the level of target gene expression should be a function of the number or concentration of fusion transcription factor complexes, which should in hirn be a function of the concentration of the improved ligand. Dose (of improved ligand)-responsive gene expression is typically observed.
The improved ligand may be administered to the patient as desired to activate transcription of the target gene. Depending upon the binding affinity of the improved ligand, the response desired, the manner of administration, the biological half-life of the ligand and/or target gene mItNA, the number of engineered cells present, various protocols may be employed. The improved ligand may be administered by various routes, including parenterally or orally. The number of administrations will depend upon the factors described above. The improved ligand may be taken orally as a pill, powder, or dispersion; bucally; sublingually; injected intravascularly, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously; by inhalation, or the like. The improved ligand (and monomeric antagonist compound) may be formulated using conventional methods and materials well known in the art for the various routes of administration. The precise dose and particular method of administration will depend upon the above factors and be determined by the attending physician or human or animal healthcare provider. For the most part, the manner of administration will be determined empirically.
In the event that transcription activation by the improved ligand is to be reversed or terminated, a monomeric compound which can compete with the improved ligand may be administered. Thus, in the case of an adverse reaction or the desire to terminate the therapeutic effect, an antagonist to the dimerizing agent can be administered in any convenient way, particularly intravascularly, if a rapid reversal is desired. Alternatively, one may provide for the presence of an inactivation domain (or transcription silencer) with a ligand binding domain. In another approach, cells may be eliminated through apoptosis via signalling through Fas or TNF receptor as described elsewhere. See International Patent Applications PCT/US94/01617 and PCT/US94/08008.
The particular dosage of the improved ligand for any application may be determined in accordance with the procedures used for therapeutic dosage monitoring, where maintenance of a particular level of expression is desired over an extended period of times, for example, greater than about two weeks, or where there is repetitive therapy, with individual or repeated doses of improved ligand over short periods of time, with extended intervals, for example, two weeks or more. A
dose of the improved ligand within a predetermined range would be given and monitored for response, so as to obtain a time-expression level relationship, as well as observing therapeutic response. Depending on the levels observed during the time period and the therapeutic response, one could provide a larger or smaller dose the next time, following the response. This process would be iteratively repeated until one obtained a dosage within the therapeutic range. Where the improved ligand is chronically administered, once the maintenance dosage of the improved ligand is determined, one could then do assays at extended intervals to be assured that the cellular system is providing the appropriate response and level of the expression product.
It should be appreciated that the system is subject to many variables, such as the cellular response to the improved ligand, the efficiency of expression and, as appropriate, the level of secretion, the activity of the expression product, the particular need of the patient, which may vary with time and circumstances, the rate of loss of the cellular activity as a result of loss of cells or expression activity of individual cells, and the like.
2. Production of recombinant proteins and viruses. Production of recombinant therapeutic proteins far commercial and investigational purposes is often achieved through the use of mammalian cell lines engineered to express the protein at high level. The use of mammalian cells, rather than bacteria or yeast, is indicated where the proper ftulction of the protein requires post-translational modifications not generally performed by heterologous cells. Examples of proteins produced commercially this way include erythropoietin, tissue plasminogen activator, clotting factors such as Factor VIII:c, antibodies, etc. The cost of producing proteins in this fashion is directly related to the level of expression achieved in the engineered cells. A
second limitation on the production of such proteins is toxicity to the host cell: Protein expression may prevent cells from growing to high density, sharply reducing production levels. Therefore, the ability to tightly control protein expression, as described for regulated gene therapy, permits cells to be grown to high density in the absence of protein production. Only after an optimum cell density is reached, is expression of the gene activated and the protein product subsequently harvested.
A similar problem is encotuttered in the construction and use of "packaging lines" for the production of recombinant viruses for commercial (e.g., gene therapy) and experimental use. These cell lines are engineered to produce viral proteins required for the assembly of infectious viral particles harboring defective recombinant genomes.
Viral vectors that are dependent on such packaging lines include retrovirus, adenovirus, and adeno-associated virus. In the latter case, the titer of the virus stock 3~ obtained from a packaging line is directly related to the level of production of the viral rep and core proteins. But these proteins are highly toxic to the host cells.
Therefore, it has proven difficult to generate high-titer recombinant AAV viruses. This invention provides a solution to this problem, by allowing the construction of packaging lines in which the rep and core genes are placed under the control of regulatable transcription factors of the design described here. The packaging cell line can be grown to high density, infected with helper virus, and transfected with the recombinant viral genome.
Then, expression of the viral proteins encoded by the packaging cells is induced by the addition of dimerizing agent to allow the production of virus at high titer.
3. Biological research. This invention is applicable to a wide range of biological experiments in which precise control over a target gene is desired. These include: (1) expression of a protein or RNA of interest for biochemical purification; (2) regulated expression of a protein or RNA of interest in tissue culture cells (or in vivo, via engineered cells) for the purposes of evaluating its biological function; (3) regulated expression of a protein or RNA of interest in transgenic animals for the purposes of evaluating its biological function; (4) regulating the expression of a gene encoding another regulatory protein, ribozyme or antisense molecule that acts on an endogenous gene for the purposes of evaluating the biological function of that gene.
Transgenic animal models and other applications in which the components of this invention may be adapted include those disclosed in PCT/US95/10591.
This invention further provides kits useful for the foregoing applications.
Such kits contain DNA constructs encoding and capable of directing the expression of fusion proteins of this invention (and may contain additional domains as discussed above) and, in embodiments involving regulated gene transcription, a target gene construct containing a target gene linked to one or more transcriptioal control elements which are activated by the multimerization of the fusion proteins.
Alternatively, the target gene construct may contain a cloning site for insertion of a desired target gene by the practitioner. Such kits may also contain a sample of a dimerizing agent capable of dimerizing the two recombinant proteins and activating transcription of the target gene.
Formulations, dosage and administration By virtue of its capacity to promote protein-protein interactions, a ligand of this invention may be used in pharmaceutical compositions and methods for promoting formation of complexes of fusion proteins of this invention in a human or non-human mammal containing genetically engineered cells of this invention.
The preferred method of such treatment or prevention is by administering to the mammal an effective amount of the compound to promote measurable formation of such complexes in the engineered cells, or preferably, to promote measurable actuation of the desired biological event triggered by such complexation, e.g.
transcription of a target gene, apoptosis of engineered cells, etc.
Therapeutic/Prophylactic Administration & Pharmaceutical Compositions The ligands can exist in free form or, where appropriate, in salt form.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of many types of compounds and their preparation l0 are well-known to those of skill in the art. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of this invention include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of such compounds which are formed, for example, from inorganic or organic acids of bases.
The compounds of the invention may form hydrates or solvates. It is known to those of skill in the art that charged compounds form hydrated species when lyophilized with water, or form solvated species when concentrated in a solution with an appropriate organic solvent.
This invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a therapeutically (or prophylactically) effective amount of the compound, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and/or other excipients. Carriers include e.g. saline, buffered saline, dextrose, water, glycerol, ethanol, and combinations thereof, and are discussed in greater detail below. The composition, if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents.
The composition can be a liquid solution, suspension, emulsion, tablet, pill, capsule, sustained release formulation, or powder. The composition can be formulated as a suppository, with traditional binders and carriers such as triglycerides. Oral formulation can include standard carriers such as pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc. Formulation may involve mixing, granulating and compressing or dissolving the ingredients as appropriate to the desired preparation.
The pharmaceutical carrier employed may be, for example, either a solid or liquid.
Illustrative solid carrier include lactose, terra alba, sucrose, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, stearic acid and the like. A solid carrier can include one or more substances which may also act as flavoring agents, lubricants, solubilizers, suspending agents, fillers, glidants, compression aids, binders or tablet-disintegrating agents; it can also be an encapsulating material. In powders, the carrier is a finely divided solid which is in admixture with the finely divided active ingredient. In tablets, the active ingredient is mixed with a carrier having the necessary compression properties in suitable proportions ,and compacted in the shape and size desired. The powders and tablets preferably contain up to 99% of the active ingredient. Suitable solid carriers include, for example, calcitun phosphate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugars, lactose, dextrin, starch, gelatin, cellulose, methyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidine, low melting waxes and ion exchange resins.
Illustrative liquid carriers include syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, water, etc.
Liquid carriers are used in preparing solutions, suspensions, emulsions, syrups, elixirs and pressurized compositions. The active ingredient can be dissolved or suspended in a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier such as water, an organic solvent, a mixture of both or pharmaceutically acceptable oils or fats. The liquid carrier can contain other suitable pharmaceutical additives such as solubilizers, emulsifiers, buffers, preservatives, sweeteners, flavoring agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, colors, viscosity regulators, stabilizers or osrno-regulators. Suitable examples of liquid carriers for oral and parenteral administration include water (partially containing additives as above, e.g. cellulose derivatives, preferably sodium carboxymethyl cellulose solution), alcohols (including monohydric alcohols and polyhydric alcohols, e.g. glycols) and their derivatives, and oils (e.g. fractionated coconut oil and arachis oil). For parenteral administration, the carrier can also be an oily ester such as ethyl oleate and isopropyl myristate. Sterile liquid carriers are useful in sterile liquid form compositions for parenteral administration. The liquid carrier for pressurized compositions can be halogenated hydrocarbon or other pharmaceutically acceptable propellant. Liquid pharmaceutical compositions which are sterile solutions or suspensions can be utilized by, for example, intramuscular, intraperitoneal or subcutaneous injection. Sterile solutions can also be administered intravenously. The compound can also be administered orally either in liquid or solid composition form.
The carrier or excipient may include time delay material well known to the art, such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate along or with a wax, ethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, methylmethacrylate and the like.
When formulated for oral administration, 0.01% Tween 80 in PHOSAL PG-50 (phospholipid concentrate with 1,2-propylene glycol, A. Nattermann & Cie.
GmbH) has been recognized as providing an acceptable oral formulation for other compounds, and may be adapted to formulations for various compounds of this invention.
A wide variety of pharmaceutical forms can be employed. If a solid earner is used, the preparation can be tableted, placed in a hard gelatin capsule in powder or pellet form or in the form of a troche or lozenge. The amount of solid carrier will vary widely but preferably will be from about 25 mg to about 1 g. If a liquid carrier is used, the preparation will be in the form of a syrup, emulsion, soft gelatin capsule, sterile injectable solution or suspension in an ampule or vial or nonaqueous liquid suspension.
To obtain a stable water soluble dosage form, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the multimerizer may be dissolved in an aqueous solution of an organic or inorganic acid, such as a 0.3M solution of succinic acid or citric acid.
Alternatively, acidic derivatives can be dissolved in suitable basic solutions. If a soluble salt form is not available, the compound is dissolved in a suitable cosolvent or combinations thereof. Examples of such suitable cosolvents include, but are not limited to, alcohol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol 300, polysorbate 80, glycerin, polyoxyethylated fatty acids, fatty alcohols or glycerin hydroxy tatty acids esters and the like in concentrations ranging from 0-60% of the total vohune.
Various delivery systems are known and can be used to administer the multimerizer, or the various formulations thereof, including tablets, capsules, injectable solutions, encapsulation in liposornes, microparticles, microcapsules, etc.
Methods of introduction include but are not limited to dermal, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, pulmonary, epidural, ocular and {as is usually preferred) oral routes. The compound may be administered by any convenient or otherwise appropriate route, for example by infusion or bolus injection, by absorption through epithelial or mucocutaneous linings {e.g., oral mucosa, rectal and intestinal mucosa, etc.) and may be administered together with other biologically active agents. Administration can be systemic or local. For treatment or prophylaxis of nasal, bronchial or pulmonary conditions, preferred routes of administration are oral, nasal or via a bronchial aerosol or nebulizer.
In certain embodiments, it may be desirable to administer the compound locally to an area in need of treatment; this may be achieved by, for example, and not by way of limitation, local infusion during surgery, topical application, by injection, by means of a catheter, by means of a suppository, or by means of a skin patch or implant, said implant being of a porous, non-porous, or gelatinous material, including membranes, such as sialastic membranes, or fibers.
In a specific embodiment, the composition is formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous WO 00/2$011 PCT/US99/25766 administration to human beings. Typically, compositions for intravenous administration are solutions in sterile isotonic aqueous buffer. Where necessary, the composition may also include a soiubilizing agent and a local anesthetic to ease pain at the side of the injection. Generally, the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent. Where the composition is to be administered by infusion, it can be dispensed with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline. Where the composition is administered by injection, an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to administration.
Administration to an individual of an effective amount of the compound can also be accomplished topically by administering the compounds) directly to the affected area of the skin of the individual. For this purpose, the compound is administered or applied in a composition including a pharmacologically acceptable topical carrier, such as a gel, an ointment, a lotion, or a cream, which includes, without limitation, such carriers as water, glycerol, alcohol, propylene glycol, fatty alcohols, triglycerides, fatty acid esters, or mineral oils.
Other topical carriers include liquid petroleum, isopropyl palmitate, polyethylene glycol, ethanol (95%), polyoxyethyiene monolaurate (5%) in water, or sodium lauryl sulfate (5%) in water. Other materials such as anti-oxidants, humectants, viscosity stabilizers, and similar agents may be added as necessary.
Percutaneous penetration enhancers such as Azone may also be included.
In addition, in certain instances, it is expected that the compound may be disposed within devices placed upon, in, or under the skin. Such devices include patches, implants, and injections which release the compound into the skin, by either passive or active release mechanisms.
Materials and methods for producing the various formulations are well known in the art and may be adapted for practicing the subject invention. See e.g.
US Patent Nos. 5,182,293 and 4,837,311 (tablets, capsules and other oral formulations as well as intravenous formulations) and European Patent Application Publication Nos.
649 659 (published April 26, 1995; illustrative formulation for IV
administration) and 0 648 494 (published April 19, 1995; illustrative formulation for oral administration).
The effective dose of the compound will typically be in the range of about 0.01 to about 50 mg/kgs, preferably about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg of mammalian body weight, administered in single or multiple doses. Generally, the compound may be administered to patients in need of such treatment in a daily dose range of about 1 to about 2000 mg per patient.
The amount of compound which will be effective in the treatment or prevention of a particular disorder or condition will depend in part on the characteristics of the fusion proteins to be multimerized, the characteristics and location of the genetically engineered cells, and on the nature of the disorder or condition, which can be determined by standard clinical techniques. In addition, in vitro or in vivo assays may optionally be employed to help identify optimal dosage ranges. Effective doses may be extrapolated from dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal model test systems. The precise dosage level should be determined by the attending physician or other health care provider and will depend upon well known factors, including route of administration, and the age, body weight, sex and general health of the individual; the nature, severity and clinical stage of the disease; the use (or not) of concomitant therapies; and the nature and extent of genetic engineering of cells in the patient.
The invention also provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers containing one or more of the ingredients of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention. Optionally associated with such containers) can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceutical or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration. The notice or package insert may contain instructions for use of an improved ligand of this invention, consistent with the disclosure herein.
Examples Example 1' Construction of human CAB fusion proteins All constricts were made in the pcDNA3/m.jy2 vector which was derived from the pcDNA3 vector by mutation of backbone SaII sites and insertion of a new polylinker region. (B. Stockwell, J. Yang). The plasmid contains an ampicillin resistance gene which allows for selection in E. coli and a cytomegalovirus promoter which allows for high piasmid gene expression. The pcDNA3/m.jy2 plasmid was chosen instead of PBJS, a plasmid used in many of the other dimerization systems, because its restriction digest profile eased the cloning of the calcinetu~in constructs.
Polymerase Chain Reaction Primers were designed for the 3' and 5' ends of all calcineurin constructs used in this project. The primers integrated specific restriction sites into the ends of each gene to facilitate ligation of the gene into the pcDNA3/m.jy2 vector. The primers were synthesized on a Perkin Elmer Applied Biosystems 394 DNA/RNA Synthesizer Machine and purified t~.sing a Perkin Elmer Purification Protocol.
PCR Reactions were carried out on an M5 Research Mini-Cycler. The general PCR protocol included incubation at 95~C for 5 minutes. 30 seconds were then allowed for annealing at 55QC. This was followed by extension for one minute at 72PsC and then a one minute incubation at 95i3C. The annealing, extension and incubation steps were repeated 25-30 times. The resulting reaction mixture was stored at 4L~C until further work up. PCR products were purified using a Qiagen PCR
Purification Kit and the protocol therein.
Qligos for construction of calcineurin A fragments:
CNA sequence is in bold i hCNA 5' PCR Oligo Start at residue 12 Junk Xho1 5' cggg ccc ccc ctc gag tc~ acg acc gac agg gtg gtg aaa gc 3' Note: g->t is a silent mutation that destroys the Sall site.
3 hCNA 5' PCR Oligo Start at residue 340 Tunk Xhol 5' atat aaa tcg ctc gag cca tac tgg ctt cca aat ttc atg g 3' i hCNA 5' PCR Oligo Start at Residue 350 Junk Xho1 5' atat aaa tcg ctc gag ttt act tgg tcc ctt cca ttt gtt ggg g 3' i hCNA 3' PCR Oligo End at Residue 370 Junk See Note , A~aI Junk SaII
5' cca gta ggg tct aga tct ggg ccc acg ata taa gtc gac gtt gag gac att tac cag c 3' Note: tct aga tct = overlapping Xbal and BgIII sites.
i hCNA 3' PCR Oligo End at Residue 394 See Note STP FLAG Peptide alI
5' ttaa tct aga tct tca ctt gtc atc gtc atc ttt ata gtc gac ctc ttt ccg ggc tgc agc tg 3' Note: tct aga tct = overlapping XbaI and BgIII sites.
Oligos Designed for Human calcineurin B:
(Bold portion is CNB sequence) i hCNB 5' PCR Oligo Start at residue 2 Junk XhoI
5' atat aaa tcg ctc gag gga aat gag gca agt tat cct ttg g 3' i hCNB 5' PCR Oligo Start at residue 3 Junk XhoI
5' atat aaa tcg ctc gag aat gag gca agt tat cct ttg g 3' 2a i hCNB 3' PCR Oligo with 3' FLAG peptide and Stop See Note Anal ~P FLAG Peptide 5' ttaa tct aga tct ggg ccc tca ctt gtc atc gtc atc ttt ata SaII
gtc gac cac atc tac cac cat c 3' Note: tct aga tct = overlapping XbaI and BgIII sites.
Oii~~os Designed for Constructing CNA-CNB Linkers~
(Bold portion is CNA sequence) i 3' PCR Primer for hCNA to Generate 24 Amino Acid Template Linker (to residue 370) Junk . ApaI See Note Linker 5' cga ttt atat ggg ccc tct aga tct aga acc aga acc aga acc aga Linker acc aga acc aga acc aga acc aga acc aga acc acc aga acc aga acc acc gtt gag gac att tac cag c 3' Note: tct aga tct = overlapping XhaI and BgIII sites.
i 3' PCR Primer for Randomizing the Length of the CNA-CNB Linker (Register 1 oligo) Tank See Note A,~ Tank alI
5' g aat cgc aaa tct aga tct ggg ccc gtc atc ttt ata gtc gac acc aga acc aga acc 3' Note: tct aga tct = overlapping XI~aI and BgIII sites.
i 3' PCR Primer for Randomizing the Length of the CNA-CNB Linker (Register 2 oligo) lank See Note A~aI Junk lI
5' g aat cgc aaa tct aga tct ggg ccc gtc atc ttt ata gtc gac aga acc aga acc aga 3' Note: tct aga tct = overlapping XhaI and BgIII sites.
PCR Conditions (for all CNA and CN8 fracments):
Step, Temperature (~C) Time (sec) 1. 95 180 2. 37 30 3. 72 60 4. 95 60 5. 37 30 6. 72 60 7. Goto Step 4 9 times 8. 95 60 9. 55 30 10. 72 60 11. Goto Step 8 25 times 12. 72 300 13. 4 PCR Conditions (for randomization of Linker Length):
Ste p TemQerature (~C) Time (sec) 1. 95 180 .
3. 72 60 4. 95 60 5. 45 30 5. 72 60 7. Goto Step 4 9 times 8. 95 60 9. 55 30 10. 72 60 11. Goto step 8 25 times 12. 72 300 Example 2~ Method of Linking C~Icineurin A ~o Calcineurin B
The method of linking calcineurin A to calcineurin B in the CABS falls into two categories. The first method used fragments of the gene encoding calcineurin A
residues 12-370, 12-394, 340-370, 340-394, 350-370, or 350-394) generated by PCR to contain a 5' Xho1 restriction site directly before the codons for residues 12, 340, or 350 and a 3' Sal1 restriction site directly following the codons for residues 370 or 394. The fragments of the gene encoding calcineurin B (residues 2-170 or 3-170) were also generated by PCR to contain a 5' Xhol restriction site directly before the codons for residues 2 or 3 and a 3' Sal1 restriction site directly following the codon for residue 170. Ligation of the two fragments were performed such that the fragment of calcineurin A is 5' to calcineurin B and the site of ligation is the result of a Sall/Xhol fusion (gtcgag). This results in two additional codons encoding a Valine and a Glutamate between the calcineurin A portion of the CABS and the calcineurin B
portion of these CABS.
The second method of linking the CABS was to generate a pool of calcineurin A
fragments with linkers, ranging in size from 6 to 24 amino acids, attached directly after residue 370. These fragments were PCR'ed such that they also contained a 5' Xhol restriction site directly before the codons for residues 12, 340, 350 and a 3' Salt restriction site directly following the codons encoding the flexible linker.
The calcineurin B fragments were the same as those described in the previous paragraph.
The ligation was performed such that the fragment of calcineurin A is 5' to calcineurin B and the site of ligation is the result of a Sall/Xho1 fusion (gtcgag). This results in two additional codons encoding a Valine and a Glutamate between the calcineurin A-linker portion of the CABS and the calcinettrin B portion of these CABS.
Generation of the variously lengthed flexible linkers on calcineurin A was accomplished through a two step PCR procedure developed for this purpose. The following bases were added after the codon for residue 370 of calcineurin A by PCR:
CNA residue 370-GGTGGTTCTGGTTCTGGTGGTTCTGGTTCTGGTTCTGGTTCTGG
TTCTGGTTCTGGTTCTGGTTCTGGTTCT
WO 00/28011 PCTNS99/2576b This encodes for the following flexible longest length linker:
GGSGSGGSGSGSGSGSGSGSGSGS
PCR was then performed on the above template with two primers that contained the following complimentary sequence:
Primer 1:
5' GTC GAC AGA ACC AGA ACC AGA 3' Primer 2:
5' GTC GAC ACC AGA ACC AGA ACC 3' and a Sal 1 restriction site (gtc gac). Upon PCR with both primers that can anneal in many registers of the template calcineurin A, fragments of calcinetu~in A
containing from 7 to 24 amino acids of the flexible linker were generated. Interestingly, all of the fragments contained the amino acids GGSGS followed by the appropriate member of single alternating Glycines and Serines. The predicted PCR products should have two GGSGS repeats, but we recovered only one in all of the clones. Moreover, this strategy also provided fragments that had longer linkers than what we had predicted because the second PCR step allows the linker to grow.
Exam~l~ 3~ Construction of FKBP and AR fu ion proteins All CNA constructs were derived from human calcineurin A (a isoform). All CNB
constructs were derived from hiunan calcineurin B. CNBM contains an N-terminal methionine, while CNBM~ contains both a methionine and a glycine residue.
Residues 1-147 from GAL4 are used for the GAL4 DNA binding domain (GE). Residues 413-490 from VP16 are used as the VP16 transactivation domain (VE). Each VE
constrict contains an N-terminal nuclear localization sequence (NLS) from SV40 large T antigen, while all GE constructs contain an NLS within the GAL4 sequence.
All GE
constructs contain a FLAG epitope tag and all VE constructs contain a FLU
epitope tag. All FKBP constructs contain the entirety of the human coding sequence.
The FRB
construct contains residues 2025-2114 of the human FRAP protein. The UAS-SEAP
reporter gene contains 5 upstream Gal4-binding sites (UAS sites) and a minimal interleukin 2 basic promoter and encodes SEcreted Alkaline Phosphatase, a heat-stable alkaline phosphatase.
The same basic digestion, legation and transformation procedure was used to obtain each construct. Calcineurin A fragments were put into the pcDNA3/m.jy2 vector by digesting the PCR product with XhoI and XbaI and ligating into vector that had been cut with the same enzymes. CNB was legated into the vector using XhoI
and ApaI restriction sites. FKBP3-VE and FKBP3-GE were ligated from PBJ5 into the pcDNA3/m.jy2 vector using the SacII and EcoRI enzymes. These basic parent vectors allowed for the generation of all future constructs since calcineurin A and calcineurin B
fragments could be liberated by digestion with XhoI and SaII or XhoI and ApaI
while VE could be liberated with SaII and ApaI. In addition, GE, CNA or CNB
containing vectors could be created by digestion with SaII and ApaI. Since XhoI and SaII
generate complementary sticky ends, all the calcineurin constructs used in this project could be created from different combinations of the digests described above and from digests of successive generations of constructs.
After vector and insert DNAs were digested with the appropriate restriction enzymes, the products were then run on either a 1% or 2% agarose gel (1% was used for all products greater than 300 basepairs). The desired DNA bands were then isolated using a Qiagen Gel Purification Kit and the protocol therein. Vector and insert bands were ligated from 4 hours to overnight at 16QC in an 11m1 voltune with 1 ml T4 DNA ligase and 1 ml NEB ligation buffer and a 2:1 (or greater) ratio of insert to vector. The ligation reaction was then transformed into subcloning efficiency DHSa bacterial cells obtained from GIBCO BRL according to the protocol supplied with the cells. For certain inefficient ligations, such as SaII/ApaI ligations, maximtun efficiency DHSa cells were used. Positive transformants were selected for using ampicillin. A
few positive colonies from each ligation were chosen for further analysis. The Wizard Mini-Prep Kit and protocol therein were used to isolate plasmid DNA from these positive colonies. The DNA was subjected to restriction digest analysis to screen for false positive clones. DNA from true positive colonies was prepared using a Wizard Midi-Prep Kit and protocol therein. The prepared DNA was quantitated using the relation:
[double stranded DNA] _ (50 mg/ml)*(A260) where A260 equals the absorbance of the DNA sample at 260 nm wavelength Iight.
Example 4: Reporter- based Assav for Activation of Transcription:
The transcription assay that we utilize has been described in W094/18317 and in Rivera et al., 1996 supra. The general assay is as follows.
10 million T-antigen transformed Jurkat T-cells growing in log phase at 37 degrees with 5% C02 in RPMI meditun supplemented with 10% FBS, Penicillin and Streptomycin, and Glutamate are centrifuged for 5 minutes at 1000xg. This pellet is washed with RPMI without phenol-red and re-pelleted by centrihigation at 1000xg for 5 minutes. 200 microliters of phenol-free ItPMI are used to resuspend each 10 million cells. 200 microliters of these cells are then incubated for 10 minutes at room temperature with 1 microgram of the UAS-SEAP reporter, 1 microgram of the DNA
binding domain containing construct, and 5 micrograms of the activation domain containing construct. Electroporation is performed at 250 mV, 129 Ohms on a BTX
electroporator. The cells are allowed to recover at room temperature for another 10 minutes. They are then resuspended in 10 mLs of RPMI w/o phenol red supplemented with 10% FBS, penicillin, streptomycin, arid Glutamate and returned to the 37 degree incubator with 5% C02 for 24 hrs.
After recovery, the cells are pelleted by centrifugation at 1000xg for 5 minutes and resuspended in 5 mLs of 12PMI w/o phenol red supplemented with 10% FBS, penecillin, streptomycin, and Glutamate. 100 microliters of this cell suspension is plated on a 96 well plate. Appropriate dilutions of the dimerizer from an ethanolic solution (2 micromolar to 0.2 nanomolar) are made in the same media that the cells were resuspended in such that the concentration of ethanol is less than 1%.
microliters of these dilutions in media are added to the wells containing cells in the 96 well plate. The cells are again placed in the 37% incubator with 5% C02 for 24-hrs.
After incubation with the dimerizer the 96 well plates containing cells are wrapped in Saran Wrap and heated to 65-75 degrees C for two hours. After heat treatment, the plates are placed at room temperature tultil cool. 100 microliters of each of the wells was transferred to a new plate containing 100 microliters of the following solution.
For each 96 well plate prepare llmLs of 2M diethanolamine pH 10 (with C02) with 132 microliters of a solution of 1 mL 2M diethanolamine pH 10 (with C02) containing 25.6 milligrams of 4-MethylumbuliferylPhosphate (MUP). These plates are then returned to 37 degrees for 1-24 hours and are read on a microplate reader using a standard FITC filter set. The maximal reading should not exceed 1-2000 as this indicates that the substrate is nearly used up.
Example 5' Activation of Transcription using CAB fusion vrotein~
The CABS have been extensively tested in a three-hybrid-like transcription assay as described in Spencer et al, 1993, Science 262:1019-1024, in WO 94/18317, in IZivera et a1.,1996, Nature Medicine 2, 2028-1032 and in WO 96/41865 (Clackson et al). As described above, multimeric CABS, single full length or mini CABS or portions of the CABS have been fused C-terminally to the Gal4-DNA binding domain and placed between an N-terminal NLS and a C-terminal VP16 activation domain.
Three copies of FKBP act as the other dimerization domain and are fused to either the C-terminus of Gal4 or between an N terminal NLS and the VP16 activation domain.
The reporter contains the upstream activating sequence of GAL4 (12 tandem copies) followed by the secreted alkaline phosphatase gene (SEAP). FK506 titration was used to elicit dimerizer dependent transcription activation of SEAP which was detected on a fluorescence plate reader using methyltunbyleriferyl-phosphate (MUP) as a substrate. The vector used for expression is a version of pCDNA3 from Pharmacia Biotech that has had its Xho1 and Sal1 restriction sites destroyed and a new polylinker inserted for ease of cloning. The cells used in these experiments are T
antigen transformed Jurkat T-cells.
The summary of our data in this transcription assay is as follows. The full length CABS (residues 12-394 of calcineurin A fused to residue 2 or to residue 3 of Calcinuerin B) are functional when fused to VP16 or to GAL4. They have an EC50 of 1 nanoMolar.
We identified residues 340-370 of calcineurin A as being sufficient to form a complex with calcineurin B; residues 350-370 fail to complex with calcineurin B. This is also reflected in the fusion proteins using the mini-CABS, which all function to varying degrees with respect to total level of activation but behave almost identically with respect to EC50.
The linker length does seem to be able to modulate the amount of activity elicited by the CABS, but not the EC50s of the CABS, in the following way. The smallest linkers (7 or 8 amino acids) and the longest linkers (16-18 amino acids) tested appear to be the best with a total activation of around 8-10 fold and are comparable to the direct fusion between residues 340-394 of calcineurin A and residues 2 or 3-170 of calcineurin B.
The two versions of calcineurin B differ slightly in two respects. Calcineurin B
from residues 3-370 seems to give a higher overall activation by about 10 %
but also seem to have a slightly higher backgrotuld association with "free" calcineurin B and calcineurin A. Calcineurin B from residues 2-370 has a slightly lower overall activation but seems to interact less with free calcineurin A or "free"
calcineurin B. It should be noted that this interaction with "free" calcineurin A or calcineurin B is extremely minimal. The average EC50 for activation for all of these constructs is between 1 and 3 nanoMolar.
The multimers of minicabs (340-394 of CNA and 3-170 of CNB) have been tested as fusions to VP16. 3, and 4 tandem CABS function identically to the best single CABS mentioned above when recruited to GaI4 fused to 3 FKBPs. 2 tandem CABS
htnction twice as well with regard to total activation (~20 fold) and have an that is shifted to between 0.1 and 0.3 nanoMolar with FK506.
Example 6~ Creation and Te__s_tin~~ of miniCAB Proteins Our analysis suggested that the N-terminal region of the CNA domain of CAB
could be removed and the resulting protein could still be expected to bind FK506-FKBP. Four such minimal CAB proteins were created by PCR and ligation.
Two of the miniCABs contained CNA residues 340-394 fused to either CNBM~ or CNBM (340miniCABs). The other two miruCABs contained CNA residues 350-394 fused to either CNBM~ or CNBM (350miruCABs). Each of these miruCABs was also fused to the VP16 transactivation domain.
Both of the 340miniCAB-VE constructs were able to stimulate SEAP activity when cotransfected with FKBP3 GE in an FK506-dependent manner under standard SEAP
assay conditions. Consistent with the relative activity of CNB~~ and CNBM, 3-lOminiCABM~-VE was able to induce higher SEAP activity than 340miniCABr,I-VE.
In contrast, neither of the 350miruCABs were able to stimulate SEAP activity in similar experiments. These results indicate that residues 340-394 of CNA
represent a minimal domain of CNA that is able to form functional interactions with both CNB
and FKBP-FK506 at the resolution detected by the SEAP assay.
The 340miniCABM~-VE construct also stimulates higher SEAP activity (6.5 0.6 fold) than the corresponding full length CABM~-VE (4.0 0.4 fold). The finding that the miniCABs produce higher SEAP activation than the full CABs might be attributable to the smaller miruCAB proteins being more stable or more efficiently translated or folded than the larger full length CAB proteins. The EC;o of the miruCABs is about 3 nM, an order of magnitude greater than for full length CABM~-VE. This result is understandable given the fact that the full length CAB-VE
is able to make more binding contacts with FK506-FKBP than the 340miniCABs As with the full length CABs, assays were done to study whether the miruCABs were working through an inter- or infra- molecular mechanism. Like the full length CABs, the 340miniCAB-VEs showed only slight interaction with CNA-GE. In addition, both 340miniCAB-VE's showed only slight interaction with CNB-GE. This is in contrast to full CABM~-VE which shows a high level of interaction with CNB-GE. Perhaps the less bulky CNA domain of the 3-lOmiruCAB-VE is less efficient in finding intermolecular binding partners than the larger CNA domain of the full CAB. These are promising results for the use of miniCABs as dimerization domains since they imply that both miruCAB-VE
proteins, unlike full CABM~-VE, do not participate in unwanted intermolecular interactions which could lower the efficiency of the miruCAB proteins or cause them to interfere with the functioning of other proteins. Since the rniniCABs do not seem to participate significantly in intermolecular interactions, this implies that the CNA
and CNB domains of these proteins work together, and not independently in an intramolecular fashion, to form an FK506-FKBP binding site.
The results obtained imply that the 340miniCAB-VEs function as efficient dimerization domains in an intramolecular fashion, as designed. In addition, the 340miniCAB-VEs lack the catalytic domain of the full length CABs and, at 24 kDa, are approximately 35 kDa smaller.
Improving the nziniCAB System by PlacingMnltiple Dimerization Domains in Series In previous dimerization systems, it had been observed that multiple dimerization domains fused to both the GAL4 DNA binding domain and the VP16 transactivation domain could increase the maximal amount of SEAP activity induced by the CID. For example, it was found that three FKBP molecules fused in tandem led to higher SEAP activity than did one, two or four FKBP molecules in series (Belshaw, PJ. et al. "Controlling Protein Association and Subcellular Localization with a Synthetic Ligand that Induces Heterodimerization of Proteins".
PNAS. 1996. 93:4604-4607.) This is why FKBP3 constructs have been used for all the experiments above. The optimal ntunber of dimerization domains in tandem may be different for each domain. Multiple dimerization domains in series in a protein would increase the ntunber of ligand binding sites on that protein. This would increase the effective affinity of a ligand for that protein. Too many dimerization domains in series would add excess bulk to the fusion protein and cause it to have unfavorable steric interactions with its environment. The balance between these factors determines the ideal rntmber of dimerization domains to put in series for a particular construct.
In an effort to improve the miniCAB dimerization system, constructs with one, two, three or four 340miniCABs in series fused to VE were created through ligations of existing constructs (called (340miniCAB)n VE where n = 1,2,3,4). There was a 2 residue linker between each 340miniCAB subunit due to the restriction profile of the miruCAB constructs. The multiple 340miniCAB constructs were only made with CNBM~ containing miruCABs since these gave the best signal in the dimerization assay.
Figure 4 shows that two 340miniCAB domains in series give rise to the highest SEAP activity (9.9 0.4 fold) in the presence of FK506 when cotransfected with FKBP3-GE. One and three 340miruCABs in series result in similar levels of SEAP
activity while four miniCABs give a very low signal. The EC,~ of two and three miniCABs in series is similar with a value of approximately 1.3 nM and is lower than that for one miniCAB. Like 340miniCABM~-VE, (340miniCABMC)2-VE shows little intermolecular association with CNA-GE or CNBM~-GE, thereby implying that the activity of this construct is due to its CNA and CNB domains working together in an intramolecular fashion.
Currently, the (340miniCABM~)2 domain represents the most optimized CAB
dimerization reagent.
Example 7~ Imulementins CAB Mediated Dimerization in Contexts Other than AB-VE
In order to show that CAB truly represents a useful new dimerization domain, it must function in the context of activation domains other than VP16. A simple test of CAB versatility would be to create a new transcription activation system in which CAB-GE could be shown to heterodimerize with FKBP-VE. This is the same as the original CAB-VE system except that the activation domains to which CAB and FKBP are fused have been swapped. To implement the new system, six CAB-GE
constricts were made. Two of these were full length CABs with either CNBM~ or CNBM. The other four were 340miniCABs and 350miruCABs with either form of CNB. In order to test these proteins, an FKBP-VE fusion protein was needed. As with FKBP3-GE, FKBP3 VE was already available in a PBJ5 vector and was easily transferred to the pcDNA3/m.jy2 vector used for all constructs in this project.
We found that the CAB-GE's work similarly to the CAB-VE constructs.
However, the full length CABM~-GE protein only enhance SEAP activity 2.0 fold whereas the full length CABM~-VE protein could enhance it by approximately 4 fold.
Both full CAB-GE and CAB-VE are able to stimulate SEAP activity when J
heterodimerized to FKBP3-GE, demonstrating the versatility of the full CAB
domain.
In addition, they do not stimulate activity in the absence of FK506. This result implies that the presence of an intact phosphatase active site on the full length CABs is not responsible for enhanced SEAP activity, a concern raised initially by the constitutive association experiments between CNA and CN8 described above.
The 340miniCAB-GE constructs enhance SEAP activity to the same level as the 340miniCAB-VE constructs. No difference was seen between 340miruCABM~-GE
and 340miniCABM-GE. Like 340miniCAB-VE, 340miniCABM~-GE does not show significant constitutive activity with CNA or CNB and thus, seems to work through an intramolecular mechanism as opposed to an intermolecular mechanism.
Exam~e 8: Probing the Difference between full length CAB-GE and miniCAB-GE
Further experiments were done to explore why the full length CABM~-GE
construct was not working as well as its 340miniCAB~~-GE cotmterpart (a trend also observed with the VE CAB proteins). The normal SEAP assay protocol calls for transfecting a 1:5 ratio of GE construct DNA to VE construct DNA. This ratio has been empirically determined to give the best results for the FK1012 and rapamycin dimerization systems. Presumably, the ratio of transfected DNA affects the ratio of translated GE and VE containing proteins. A series of SEAP assays were performed with full CAB,~s~-GE in which the ratio of transfected GE DNA to VE DNA was changed from 1:5 (normal) to 1:1 to 5:1 while keeping the total amount of transfected DNA constant. As the amount of full CABM~-GE DNA was increased the enhancement of SEAP activity increased as well.
A similar series of experiments was performed for 340miruCABM~-GE, but changes in the GE DNA to VE DNA transfection ratio did not affect maximum induced SEAP activity as significantly as for the full CABM~-GE construct.
Interestingly, in the 5:1 GE DNA to VE DNA experiment, the maximum amount of SEAP activity induced by full length CABM~-GE was equal to that produced by 340miniCAB~,s~-GE. Even though protein expression levels were never directly examined, these results suggest that greater expression of full CABM~-GE, assuming more transfected DNA leads to higher levels of expression, increases its performance as a dimerization domain up to the level achieved by 340miniCAB~,z~-GE. This finding supports the previously presented suggestion that miniCABs perform better than full CABs because their smaller size makes them more stable or more efficiently translated or folded than the larger full length CAB
proteins.
Example ~: $~rnthesis of C40 bumped FK506 Extraction/Purification of FK506 Powder from PrografTM brand pharmaceutical tacrolimus capsules was suspended in water and FK506 was extracted using 3/7 volume of EtOAc and collected by rotary evaporation. Crude FK506 extract was purified by size exclusion chromatography using a Japan Analytical Industries LC- 908 recycling preparative HPLC equipped with tandem J14 and J119C13 colturuls (herafter referred to as "Sizing JAI"). The identity of this material was confirmed by TLC, FAB-MS, and proton NMR.
Slmthesis of C40-phenyl-FK506 l2mg of purified FK506 was sealed with a stir bar in a flame-dried 20m1 roundbottom flask and the flask purged with argon. 12m1 of CH2Cl2, freshly distilled over CaH2, was injected and stirred briefly to solubilize the FK506.
0.25mL of styrene (150 eq.) was injected, along with 2.2m1 CHCl2 containing 3.6mg (0.3 eq) of the Grubbs catalyst, bis-tricyclohexylphosphine benzylidine ruthenium chloride. The final reaction concentration of FK506 was thus about 1 mM. This reaction mixture was stirred under argon for 24h at room temperature. Products and ttnreacted SM were collected by rotary evaporation, solubilized in ethyl acetate, and filtered through Celite. At this point, fresh solvent, styrene, and catalyst were added in the same proportions andthe reaction repeated for an additional 24h.
Purification of~40 phenyl-FK506 Following rotary evaporation and filtration as described above, the product/SM
mixture was resuspended in CH2C12 and separated by flash chromatography using a stepwise gradient of a) CH2C12, b) 18:1:1 CH2C12: iPrOH:PhH, c) 12:1:1 CH2C12:iPrOH:PhH, and d) 9:2:2 CH2C12:iPrOH:PhH. Column fractions were analyzed by TLC and compared with standards to facilitate pooling into three major fractions which were analyzed by FAB-MS. Fraction I contained styrene and stilbene, fraction II contained FK506 and C40-phenyl-FK506, and fraction III
contained FK1012 (the FK506 self-metathesis product). The components of fraction II were separated by two rounds of HPLC. First, the mixhire was separated by affinity HPLC using a Japan Analytical Industries LC-908 recycling preparative HPLC equipped with two tandem JAIgeI GS310 columns (hereafter referred to as "Affinity JAI"). Crude C40-phenyl-FK506 as well as crude recovered FK506 were obtained in this fashion. Second, each crude fraction from the Affinity JAI
was ptu~ified to homogeneity by Sizing JAI as described above. The identity of each purified compound was confirmed by FAB-MS and proton-NMR analysis.
~~mthesis/Purification of other C40-derivati ~Pri FK506s In each case, the synthetic route to preparing these derivatives is essentially that described above, using the appropriate terminal olefin compound (usually a substituted styrene) instead of styrene itself. For example, p-phenoxystyrene was used in the synthesis of C40-p-phenyoxy-phenyl-FK506, and m-fluorostyrene was using in the synthesis of C40- m-fluorophenyl-FK506. The principal means of following reaction progress was FAB-MS, with emphasis on the appearance of a parent ion peak which corresponds to the desired product. Ihiring purification, FAB-MS was also used to quickly identify the components of JAI fractions. In this case, however, emphasis was placed upon the absence of the parent ion peak corresponding to FK506. This focus is necessary since FK506 is competitive with each product in biological applications, so its absolute absence was considered more important than was maximizing product yields. In some cases, the sequence of JAI
purification steps were reversed (i.e. Sizing JAI first, then Affinity JAI), or more such steps were added, in pursuit of this goal.
Example 10' Construction of CAB/n65 fusion proteins CAB/p65 fusion proteins were prepared in the pBJ5.2X vector, which contains an SV40 origin of replication for high-copy ntunber in mammalian cells transformed with the large tumor antigen. This version of pBJ5 does not contain a selection cassette for mammalian cells and contains the ampicillin-resistance cassette for selection in bacterial cells. This plasmid contains an SRa promoter for high-level expression in mammalian cells. The polylinker sequence of this plasmid consists of the following elements (HA is the hemagglutinin epitope tag):
NotI/SacII-Kozak-ATG-XhoI-SaII-HA-SpeI-TAA
Primers containing restriction sites were prepared in order to amplify two different fragments of calcineurin A, corresponding the the full-length CAB (fCAB) and the minimal CAB (mCAB). These PCR fragments were subcloned directionally into the polylinker to generate the following constructs:
ATG-XhoI- CnA (12-394) -SaII-SpeI-TAA-EcoRI
ATG-XhoI- CnA (340-394) -SaII-SpeI-TAA-EcoRI
Primers containing restriction sites were prepared in order to amplify the fragment of calcineurin B corresponding to residues 3-170 of this protein. These PCR
fragments were subcloned directionally into the constructs already containing calcineurin A
fragments, producing the following CAB constructs (S\X represents a fusion of complementart SaII and XhoI restriction sites which can no longer be cut by either enzyme):
ATG-XhoI-CnA (12-394)-(S\X)-Cn B (3-170)-SaII-HA-SpeI-TAA
ATG-XhoI-CnA (340-394) -(S\X)-Cn B (3-170)-SaII-HA-SpeI-TAA
To study the ability of the CABs to mediate transcriptional activation in the context of FKBP:FK506, a (XhoI/SpeI) fragment containing the transcriptional activation domain of the p65 subunit of NF-kB was inserted into (SaII/SpeI) digested mCAB
constructs. This fusion results in another (SaII/XhoI) fusion which cannot be cut by either enzyme. A similar strategy is possible to generate multimers of the CAB
domain, greatly facilitating the production of these reagents. Since all of the restriction enzymes within the coding region are 6-base cutters, they preserve the reading frame for protein synthesis. The mahire CAB should have the following amino acid sequence:
NH2-Met-Leu-Glu-(CnA frag)-Val-Glu-(CnB frag)-Val-Asp-Thr-Ser-COOH
New mCAB-p65 constructs were verified by sequence analysis.
Example 11: Dernonstration of FK506-derivatives as "bumps" b~ calcineurin inhibition assay To demonstrate that the FK506 derivatives are less effective at binding calcineurin than is FK506 itself, we performed reporter gene assays that are sensitive to the action of FK506 on calcineurin. In particular, we transfected human TAg jurkat T cells with a reporter construct, NFAT-SEAP, which consists of 12 copies of the NFAT response element fused upstream of the gene for secreted alkaline phosphatase (SEAP). Following transfection, the cells were exposed to phorbol myristate acetate (PMA) and ionomycin (IO), which together are able to activate NFAT-SEAP reporter activity. FK506, by inhibiting calcineurin, antagonizes the effect of PMA+IO in a dose-dependent manner. Specifically, ten million Jurkat cells per condition were transfected with 500ng of NEAT-SEAP reporter construct by electroporation (40ms pulse) and aliquoted at 0.3x106/well into a 96-well microtiter plate. PMA (50ng/mL) and IO (1~.M) were added to all cells, and serial dilutions of FK506, FK506 derivative, or vehicle, were added. Cells were incubated 3b hours in a tissue culture incubator, then heat-inactivated for 2 hours at 65°C.
Following heating, 100p.L of cell supernatants were transferred to a replica plate containing 100~,L of assay buffer (120~M 4-methylumbelliferyl phosphate in 2M diethanolamine bicarbonate, pH
l0). Assays were incubated 8 hours before reading on a Fluoroskan plate reader. The results of these experiments are shown in Figure 7.
We asstuned that the reduced ability of the FK506 derivatives (as judged by their higher IC~o in this assay) to antagonize reporter gene activity is due to an impairment in the ability of the FKBP:ligand complex to bind calcineurin.
Other possibilities for the reduced activity of derivatives in this assay are 1) compound insolubility in tissue culture media, 2) inability of compound to penetrate the cell membrane, or 3) inability of compound to bind to FKBP. To rule out these other possibilities, we tested two of the derivatives for their ability to suppress a rapamycin-dependent effect in mink long cells (Paul A Clemons and Brent Stockwell, unpublished observations). As both the phenyl and phenoxyphenyl derivatives were able to suppress the effects of rapamycin in this context, we believe that each is soluble, cell-permeant, and able to bind FKBP.
Example ~2~ Effect of ove~gx~ression of full-length CABs (fCABs) on rg~orter gene activity In contrast to the assay described in the previous section, we wanted to test the ability of the bumped compounds to inhibit the phosphatase activity of the full length CABs (fCABs) upon transient transfection of these constructs. Initial experiments involved the co-transfection of 500-5000ng of fCAB construct DNA
along with 500ng of NFAT-SEAP reporter gene. Figure 8 shows the results of these experiments, in which a high level of fCAB overexpression overcame the ability of FK506 or its derivatives to inhibit reporter gene activity. Also shown is a Western blot corresponding to each concentration of construct DNA transfected.
To tone the phosphatase assay in the context of transiently transfected fCABs, we performed SEAP assays as described above while varying the concentration of fCAB construct DNA between 3.2ng and 320ng. The results of these experiments are shown in Figure 9.
Example 13' Optimization of CAB tran cri i sv sr tem based on mCAB ~,~
constructs.
In order to screen for mutants CABs which can restore binding to FK506 derivatives, we prepared ftisions of the mCAB module to the N-terminus of the activation domain of p65, as described above. Our rationale for the use of this activation domain was that the original transcription construct, ~~ith the mCAB
fused to VP16, gave low signal amplitudes in the transcription assay. We hoped that changing activation domains would improve this signal and give a stable EC~o for transcriptional activation. Both of these are required for effective screening of pools of mutants using the transcription assay.
Briefly, we transfected human TAg Jurkat T cells with a a reporter construct (GRE-SEAP) containing 12 copies of the Gal4 response element upstream of the gene for SEAP, along with Gal4-(FKBP)3 and the mCAB-p65 fusion. FK506, a derivative, or vehicle were added to cells in a 96-well plate as with the NEAT-SEAP assay.
Initial trials gave very promising results, so we undertook to optimize the transcription system by systematic variation of DNA concentrations for each of the three constructs. In three successive experiments, we found the following optimal DNA concentrations for these transfections:
GRE-SEAP reporter gene 500ng Gal4-(FKBP)3 DB fusion 1500ng mCAB-p65 AD fusion 500ng Following optimization of DNA concentrations, we tested FK506 and two derivatives in the transcription assay. The results of this experiment are shown in Figure 10A. The amplitudes of activation in these experiments are sufficient to warrant an attempt to screen pools of CAB mutants for compensatory binding.
To address the stability of the dose response in these cells, we carried out a finer titration of FK506 and phenyl-FK506. These data are shown in Figure lOB, which illustrates this property and indicates that the transcription system comprises a viable assay for screening pools of CAB mutants for compensatory binding.
Example 14: Mutagenesis strategies for CAB "hole" discover As described above, we envision the use of the improved transcription system to screen pools of mutants for compensatory binding to FK506 derivatives.
Put simply, this involves transfection of mixtures of DNA species corresponding to mCAB-p65 mutants, then looking for leftward shifts in the dose-response curves depicted in Figure 10.
To mutagenize the mCAB-p65 constructs, we prepared degenerate, internal primer pairs at each of the amino acid positions to be mutagenized. These primers are fully degenerate at the codon corresponding to their respective amino acid position (the positions are the same six positions outlined in the original document).
Using each primer and the corresponding (antiparallel) primer outside the coding region (in the vector arms), two degenerate, overlapping PCR products were generated. In a secondary PCR reaction, these two fragments were used as template and amplified by overlap extension using the two external primers. These final products were digested and placed back into the pBJ5.2X host vector. It is these libraries that will be screened in the transcription assay for compensatory mutants.
Another strategy for identifying potential compensatory mutants is one involving a yeast three-hybrid system. In such a system, yeast are transformed with a DNA-binding fusion to one dimerization domain and an activation domain fusion to the other dimerization domain, along with an appropriately responsive reporter which drives expression of a nutritional marker gene. Yeast transformants are screened for the recovery of growth at a concentration of FK506 or derivative which does not permit growth of yeast harboring the "wild-type" mCAB-p65 construct.
The advantage of such a system is that many more clones can be screened simultaneously, allowing multiple amino acid positions in the mCAB to be randomized simultaneously. Use of such three-hybrid systems for screening mutagenized libraries of FKBP and FRB domains are described in USSN 5,830,462 and WO 96/41865.
The system used to screen CAB libraries is based on the MatchMaker LexA
Two-Hybrid System from Clonetech (Catalog # K1609-1). It utilizes two vectors, pLex-A and pB42AD, that contain a DNA binding domain from Lex-A and an activation domain (B42), respectively. In addition, the yeast strain EGY48 contains an integrated LEU2 reporter tinder the control of the LexAoP~x6~'Leu2 operator enabling one to directly screen for LexA induced reporter activation on LEU2 dropout plates.
The normal polylinker from pB42AD was removed and replaced with the polylinker described below. I have fused single copies of FKBP and the CABS
C-terminal to both domains.
LexA-miruCAB-E (E = Flag epitope tag) B42AD-FKBP-E (E = Flag epitope tag) l0 Using this system, ~5 million different mutant mCABS can be screened simultaneously on a single petri dish using very small amounts of compounds.
Some or all of the residues that will putatively be in contact with the allyl sidechain, or a substituent on the allyl sidechain, of FK506 can be mutated individually or simultaneously by PCR with the oligonucleotides indicated below. These libraries are 15 then ligated into the Lex-A-miniCAB-E construct and electroporated into DH5-alpha e-coli electrocompetent cells from Gibco BRL. The DNA is amplified in DH5-alphas, purified, and transformed into the yeast strain EGY4$ that are expressing B42AD-FKBP-E. The library will be further amplified in yeast by growth on -HIS-TRP plates with Glucose as the sugar source (for selection of both the 20 LexA-mCAB and B42AD-FKBP constructs) then plated onto -HIS-TRP-LEU
Galactose/Raffinose plates containing 100nM concentrations of each of the bump compounds. Colonies that grow will be checked by plating onto -HIS-TRP-LEU
Galactose/Raffinose plates in the absence of compounds to distinguish between mutants that allow constitutive assocation (ie. False positives) from those that 25 facilitate drug induced association. The colonies that do not grow on the previous control will then be re-plated onto -HIS-TRP-LEU +Galactose/Raffinose with 100 nM of each of the individual bump compounds to be sure that the compounds induce growth. Those that grow will then be compared by plating them onto -HIS-TRP-LEU
+Galactose/Raffinose plates with 3 fold dilutions of the bump compounds. The 30 clones that allow the lowest concentration of drug to induce growth will be further analyzed. The DNA from the best postive clones will be rescued or PCR'd to give template for sequencing of the positive hits. These mutants will then be tested in one or more of the assays (ie. transcription assay with mCABS) that we have developed in cell culhire for verification of the improvement of affinity of the miniCABS for the 35 bump compotuld in the context of FKBP. The shuttling of these mutant miniCABS
into these other systems can be accomplished by a simple ligation since they all contain a 5' Xhol site and a 3' Sal 1 site and a 3' Apal site.
Preparation of the Constructs:
A. pB42AD constructs.
The pB42AD vector was digested with EcoR1 and Xhol, gel purified and ligated to the following polylinker to give pB42AD-PL3. All of the constructs made with PB42AD are in this pB42AD-PL3 vector.
Polylinker Oligos for pB42AD:
The following two oligonucleotides were phosporylated with polynucleotide kinase, annealed, and ligated into pB42AD that had been digested with EcoR1 and Xho 1 to give a new polylinker with the following restriction sites in order.
5' Xhol-Spacer-Sal1-Ncol-BstEII-BspEI-AfIII-ApaI-EcoRl3' 5' tcg acg aat tcg ggc ccc tta agt ccg gag gtc acc cat ggg tcg acg tcg gtc gta gac tcg aga 3' 5' aat ttc tcg agt cta cga ccg acg tcg acc cat ggg tga cct ccg gac tta agg ggc ccg aat tcg 3' The miruCABS and FKBP from previously reported constructs were then digested with Xhol and EcoRl and ligated directly into pB42AD-PL.
B. pLexA constructs.
The following oligos were used with standard PCR conditions to generate an FKBP fragment with a 5' EcoRl and a 3' BamHI. pLexA and this fragment were digested with EcoRl and BamHl, gel purified, and ligated.
FKBP oligos:
1. FKBP Y2HeX 5' (5' oligo for FKBP with EcoR1 and Xhol restriction sites EcoRl Xho1 Met 5' c ggg ccc ccc gaa ttc ctc gag atg ggc gtg cag gtg gag ac 3' 2. FKBP Y2HSb 3' (3' oligo for FKBP with 3'Sal 1 and BamHl restriction sites.
No stop codon) BamHl Sal1 E
5' ggg tct gga tcc gtg gac ttc cag ttt tag aag ctc g 3' Construction of the miniCABS for pLexA:
mCABS were PCR'd with standard PCR conditions off of my original miruCAB template with the followin oligos and digested with NcoI and BamHI.
This gel purified fragment was ligated to gel purified pLexA digested with BamHI
and NcoI.
3. mCAB Y2HeX 5' (5' oligo for mCAB starting at residue 340 of CNA with 5' BamH1 and Xho1 sites.
BamH1 Xhol Pro340 5' a tat aaa tcg gga tc cgt ctc gag cca tac tgg ctt cca aat ttc atg g 3' 4. mCAB Y2HSfan" 3' (3' oligo for mCAB with 3' Sall, Flag, Stop, Apal, Notl, and Ncol) Ncol Notl Apa1 stp ----------Flag----------- Sal1 5' tct ttaa cca tgg cgg ccg c ggg ccc tca ctt gtc atc gtc atc ttt ata gtc gac cac atc tac cac cat c 3' C. Mutageruc Oligos for mCABs. The following are the oligonucleotides used to generate the libraries of mutant mCABS. They were constructed with the codon NN(G/C) (N= G, A, T, or C) at each of the following positions that we mutagenized. The numbering scheme from each of the independent proteins in the mCAB is retained.
For the CNB portion an overlap mutagenesis strategy was employed. An N-terminal fragment without mutations was PCR'd from my original miruCAB
template. This has a region that will anneal with a C-terminal fragment generated by PCR with the indicated oligonucleotides. These two fragments were mixed and subjected to PCR with standard conditions to generate a fragment with an N-terminal Pflml site and a C-terminal Apa1 site. Since this reaction generated a visible fragment of the proper size it was then further amplified with oligo 4. above (mCAB Y2HSfara, 3') and the Pflm1 oligo below to generate a significant amount of product. This was then digested with Pflml and Nco1 and ligated into I5 pLexA-mCAB-E that had been digested with Pflml and Ncol and gel purified.
The CNA portion of the mCABS was mutagenized with the oligos under 2. below by PCR
to generate a small fragment of the mCAB with a 3' Pflin1 site and a 5'Xho site. This was ligated into pLexA-mCABE digested with Pflm1 and Xhol. To generate the 5 position library this can be ligated into pLexA-mCABE library with the 3 positions mutagenized.
1. Overlap extension mutagenesis of the CNB portion of the mCABS.
5' oligo for generation of the N-terminal portion of CNB for overlap.
Pflml 5' ct tgg tcc ctt cca ttt gtt ggg gaa aaa gtg act gag 3' 3' oligo for generation of the N-terminal portion of CNB for overlap.
5' ggg aac aat ctg aaa gat aca cag tta cag c 3' 5' mutagenic oligo for generation of C-terminal portion of CNB for overlap.
Va1119 Met118 Leu115 5' gctg taa ctg tgt atc ttt cag att gtt ccc (g/c)NN (g/c)NN cat ctt (g/c)NN tac ctg gaa gag ttc ccc 3' 3' mutagenic oligo for generation of C-terminal portion of CNB for overlap.
XbaI BgIII ApaI Stp ---------FLAG--------- SaII 170 5' ttaa tct aga tct ggg ccc tca ctt gtc atc gtc atc ttt ata gtc gac cac atc tac cac cat c 3' 2. Mutageruc oligos for the CNA portion of mCABS.
5' Mutageruc oligo with 5' Xho I site.
XhoI 340 5' atat aaa tcg ctc gag cca tac tgg ctt cca aat ttc atg g 3' 3' Mutagenic oligo PflM1 353 352 5' ctc agt cac ttt ttc ccc aac aaa tgg aag (g/c)NN (g/c)NN agt aaa aac atc cat g 3' Example 15' Use of the CAB domain in coml la ex with multiple binding~nartners In order to engineer a cell containing both FKBP/FK506/CAB complexes as well as cyclophilin/cyclosporin/CAB complexes, one would first test the ability of the CAB domain to form cyclophilin/cyclosporin/CAB complexes by replacing FKBP directly with cyclophilin in the transcription assay described in example 4.
Thus, the cell would be transfected with a first fusion protein containing cyclophilin and a DNA binding domain such as GAL4, and a second fusion protein containing a CAB domain fused to a transcription activation domain such as p65. Reporter gene expression would be detected following addition of cyclosporin to the cells.
Such experiments have been described in WO 98/08956, especially in Example 3. Once formation of cyclophilin/cyclosporin/CAB complexes is demonstrated, one would then show that cells containing both cyclophilin and FKBP fusion proteins could form the appropriate complexes upon addition of the correct ligand.
A proof of principle experiment for each of the modes of CAB function illustrated in figures would involve fluorescent proteins. To demonstrate the recruitment of either FRB or CAB to the same (FKBP) dock, we would make fusions of each of these modules to a different fluorescent protein, such as BFP and GFP, then cotransfect these constricts with a nuclear (or membrane-localized) FKBP
construct. Treatment with rapamycin, FK506, or both should result in translocation of either or both of the fluorescence signals to the nucleus (or membrane). To demonstrate the docking of CAB with either FKBP or cyclophilin, we would make fusions of each of these immunophilins to a different localization signal sequence, such as those for nuclear or membrane localization, then cotransfect these constructs with CAB-GFP. Treatment with FK506, cyclosporin, or both, should result in translocation of green fluorescence signal to the appropriate location. These experiments would ideally be backed up immunoprecipitation studies. For example, one could use an antibody to calcineurin or the CAB domain to immunoprecipitate the CAB domain in the presence of FK506 or cyclosporin. One would then run the immunoprecipitates on SDS-page, perform a Western transfer and detect the complex formation by blotting with antibodies to either FKBP or cyclophilin.
A use for this system has been envisioned in the conditional regulation of the protein kinases Akt and PDKl. These kinases are regulated by their proximity to each other and to the membrane in a complex way. Using the first mode of localization discussed above, but replacing each of BFP and GFP with one of these kinases, we could perform order of addition experiments with rapamycin and in which we monitor treated cells for readouts known to be downstream of one or the other of these kinases. Because these kinases impinge, directly or indirectly, on pathways involving the cellular targets of both rapamycin and FK506, one would preferably have "bump-hole" solutions for each of these immunophilin-ligand complexes in order to carry out these experiments.
s s s s The full disclosure of each of the patent documents and scientific papers cited herein is hereby incorporated by reference. Those documents serve to illustrate the state of the art in various aspects of this invention. Numerous modifications and variations of the present invention should be apparent to one of skill in the art. Such modifications and variations, including design choices in selecting a heterologous action domain, improved ligand, fusion protein design, DNA
formulation, viral vector or other DNA delivery means, manner and route of transgene administration, etc. are intended to be encompassed by the scope of the invention and of the appended claims.
"Activate" as applied to the expression or transcription of a gene denotes a directly or indirectly observable increase in the production of a gene product, e.g., an RNA or polypeptide encoded by the gene.
"Capable of selectively hybridizing" as that phrase is used herein means that two DNA molecules are susceptible to hybridization with one another, despite the presence of other DNA molecules, under hybridization conditions which can be chosen or readily determined empirically by the practitioner of ordinary skill in this art. Such treatments include conditions of high stringency such as washing extensively with buffers containing 0.2 to 6 x SSC, and/or containing 0.1% to 1% SDS, at temperatures ranging from room temperature to 65-75°C. See for example F.M. Ausubel et al., Eds, Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, Units 6.3 and 6.4 (John Wiley and Sons, New York, 3d Edition, 1995).
"Cells", "host cells" or "recombinant host cells" refer not only to the particular subject cell but to the progeny or potential progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term as used herein.
"Cell line" refers to a population of cells capable of continuous or prolonged growth and division in vitro. Often, cell lines are clonal populations derived from a single progenitor cell. It is further known in the art that spontaneous or induced changes can occur in karyotype during storage or transfer of such clonal populations.
Therefore, cells derived from the cell line referred to may not be precisely identical to the ancestral cells or cultures, and the cell line referred to includes such variants.
A "cloning site", also sometimes referred to as a "multiple cloning site"or a "polylinker" is a region within a vector which contains multiple sites for restriction enzyme cleavage, thus rendering the vector suitable for cloning of exogenous genes.
A "coding sequence" or a sequence which "encodes" a particular polypeptide or RNA, is a nucleic acid sequence which is transcribed (in the case of DNA) and translated (in the case of mRNA) into a polypeptide in vitro or in vivo when placed under the control of an appropriate expression control sequence. The boundaries of the coding sequence are determined by a start codon at the 5' (amino) terminus and a translation stop codon at the 3' (carboxy) terminus. A coding sequence can include, but is not limited to, cDNA from procaryotic or eukaryotic mRNA, genomic DNA
sequences from procaryotic or eukaryotic DNA, and even synthetic DNA
sequences.
A transcription termination sequence will usually be located 3' to the coding sequence.
"Composite", "fusion", and "recombinant" denote a material such as a nucleic acid, nucleic acid sequence or polypeptide which contains at least two constituent portions which are mutually heterologous in the sense that they are not otherwise found directly (covalently) linked in nature, e.g. are not found in the same continuous polypeptide or gene in nature, at least not in the same order or orientation l0 or with the same spacing present in the composite, fusion or recombinant product.
Such materials contain components derived from at least two different proteins or genes or from at least two non-adjacent portions of the same protein or gene.
In general, "composite" refers to portions of different proteins or nucleic acids which are joined together to form a single functional unit, while "fusion" generally refers to two or more functional units which are linked together. "Recombinant" is generally used in the context of nucleic acids or nucleic acid sequences.
The term "conjoint", with respect to administration of two or more viruses, refers to the simultaneous, sequential or separate dosing of the individual virus provided that some overlap occurs in the simultaneous presence of the viruses in one or more cells of the animal.
A "construct", e.g., a "nucleic acid construct" or "DNA construct" refers to a nucleic acid or nucleic acid sequence.
"Derived from" denotes a peptide or nucleotide sequence selected from within a given sequence. A peptide or nucleotide sequence derived from a named sequence may further contain a small number of modifications relative to the parent sequence, in most cases representing deletion, replacement or insertion of less than about 15%, preferably less than about 10%, and in many cases less than about 5%, of amino acid residues or bases present in the parent sequence. In the case of DNAs, one DNA
molecule is also considered to be derived from another if the two are capable of selectively hybridizing to one another. Polypeptides or polypeptide sequences are also considered to be derived from a reference polypeptide or polypeptide sequence if any DNAs encoding the two polypeptides or sequences are capable of selectively hybridizing to one another. Typically, a derived peptide sequence will differ from a parent sequence by the replacement of up to 5 amino acids, in many cases up to amino acids, and very often by 0 or 1 amino acids. A derived nucleic acid sequence will differ from a parent sequence by the replacement of up to 15 bases, in many cases up to 9 bases, and very often by 0 - 3 bases. In some cases the amino acids) or bases) is/are added or deleted rather than replaced.
"Dimerization", "oligomerization" and "multimerization" are used interchangeably herein and refer to the association or clustering of two or more protein molecules, mediated by the binding of a drug to at least one of the proteins.
In preferred embodiments, the multimerization is mediated by the binding of two or more such protein molecules to a common divalent or multivalent drug. The formation of a complex comprising two or more protein molecules, each of which containing one or more FKBP domains, together with one or more molecules of an FKBP ligand which is at least divalent (e.g. FK1012 or AP1510) is an example of such association or clustering. In cases where at least one of the proteins contains more than one drug binding domain, e.g., where at least one of the proteins contains three FKBP
domains, the presence of a divalent drug leads to the clustering of more than two protein molecules. Embodiments in which the drug is more than divalent (e.g.
trivalent) in its ability to bind to proteins bearing drug binding domains also can result in clustering of more than two protein molecules. The formation of a tripartite complex comprising a protein containing at least one CAB domain, a protein containing at least one FKBP
domain and a ligand molecule is another example of such protein clustering. In certain embodiments of this invention, fusion proteins contain multiple CAB and/or FKBP
domains. Complexes of such proteins may contain more than one molecule of ligand or other dimerizing agent and more than one copy of one or more of the constituent proteins. Again, such multimeric complexes are still referred to herein as tripartite complexes to indicate the presence of the three types of constituent molecules, even if one or more are represented by multiple copies. The formation of complexes containing at least one divalent drug and at least two protein molecules, each of which contains at least one drug binding domain, may be referred to as "oligomerization" or "multimerization", or simply as "dimerization", "clustering" or association".
"Dimerizer" denotes a compound which brings together two or more proteins in a multimeric complex.
"Divalent", as that term is applied to ligands in this document, denotes a ligand which is capable of complexing with at least two protein molecules which contain ligand binding domains, to form a three (or greater number)-component complex.
"Domain" refers to a portion of a protein or polypeptide. In the art, the term "domain" may refer to a portion of a protein having a discrete secondary structure.
However, as will be apparent from the context used herein, the term "domain' as used in this document does not necessariy connote a given secondary structure.
Rather, a peptide sequence is referred to herein as a "domain' simply to denote a polypeptide sequence from a defined source, or having or conferring an intended or observed activity. Domains can be derived from naturally occurring proteins or may comprise non-naturally-occurring sequence.
"DNA recognition sequence" means a DNA sequence which is capable of binding to one or more DNA-binding domains, e.g., of a transcription factor or an engineered polypeptide.
"Endogenous" refers to molecules which are naturally occurring in a cell, i.e.
prior to the genetic engineering or infection of the cell.
"Exogenous" refers to molecules which are not naturally present in the cell, and which have been, e.g., introduced by transfection or transduction of the cell (or the parent cell thereof).
FKBPs (FK506 binding proteins) are the cytosolic receptors for macrolides such as FK506, FK520 arid rapamycin and are highly conserved across species lines.
For the purpose of this disclosure, FKBPs are proteins or protein domains which are capable of binding to an FKBP/CAB ligand and further forming a tripartite complex with calcineurin or a CAB-containing protein. An FKBP domain may also be referred to as a "FK506 binding domain". Information concerning the nucleotide sequences, cloning, and other aspects of various FKBP species is already known in the art, permitting the synthesis or cloning of DNA encoding the desired FKBP peptide sequence, e.g., using well known methods and PCR primers based on published sequences. See e.g. Staendart et al, 1990, Nature 346, 671-674 (human FKBP12);
Kay, 1996, Biochem. J. 314, 361-385 (review). Homologous FKBP proteins in other mammalian species, in yeast, and in other organsims are also known in the art and may be used in the fusion proteins disclosed herein. See e.g. Kay, 1996, Biochem. J.
314, 361-385 (review). The size of FKBP domains for use in this invention are usually 90-100 amino acids, although this varies, depending on which FKBP protein is employed. An FKBP domain of a fusion protein of this invention will be capable of binding to an FKBP/CAB ligand and participating in a tripartite complex with calcineurin or a CAB-containing protein (as may be determined by any means, direct or indirect, for detecting such binding). The peptide sequence of an FKBP
domain of an FKBP fusion protein of this invention comprises (a) a naturally occurring FKBP
peptide sequence, preferably derived from the human FKBP12 protein (exemplified below) or. a peptide sequence derived from another human FKBP, from a marine or other mammalian FKBP, or from some other animal, yeast or fungal FKBP; (b) a variant of a naturally occurring FKBP sequence in which up to about ten (preferably 1-5, more preferably 1-3, and in some embodiments just one) amino acids of the naturally-occurring peptide sequence have been deleted, inserted, or replaced with substitute amino acids; or (c) a peptide sequence encoded by a DNA sequence capable of selectively hybridizing to a DNA molecule encoding a naturally occurring FKBP or by a DNA sequence which would be capable, but for the degeneracy of the genetic code, of selectively hybridizing to a DNA molecule encoding a naturally occurring FKBP.
An "FKBP/CAB ligand" is a compound, e.g. FK506 or an analog, homolog, derivative or mimetic of any of the foregoing, which binds to an FKBP protein to form a complex which binds to calcineurin or a CAB protein. Similarly, a "cyclophilin/CAB
ligand" is a compound, e.g. cyclosporin or an analog, homolog, derivative or mimetic of any of the foregoing, which binds to a cyclophilin protein to form a complex which binds to calcineurin or a CAB protein.
"Gene" refers to a nucleic acid molecule or sequence comprising an open reading frame and including at least one exon and (optionally) an intron sequence. The term "intron" refers to a DNA sequence present in a given gene which is not translated into protein and is generally found between exons.
"Genetically engineered cells" denotes cells which have been modified by the 2o introduction of recombinant or heterologous nucleic acids (e.g. one or more DNA
constructs or their IZNA counterparts) and further includes the progeny of such cells which retain part or all of such genetic modification.
"Heterologous" as it relates to nucleic acid sequences such as coding sequences and control sequences, denotes sequences that are not normally joined together, and/or are not normally associated with a particular cell. Thus, a "heterologous"
region of a nucleic acid construct is a segment of nucleic acid withixt or attached to another nucleic acid molecule that is not found in association with the other molecule in nature. For example, a heterologous region of a construct could include a coding sequence flanked by sequences not found in association with the coding sequence in nature. Another example of a heterologous coding sequence is a construct where the coding sequence itself is not found in nature (e.g., synthetic sequences having codons different from the native gene). Similarly, in the case of a cell transduced with a nucleic acid construct which is not normally present in the cell, the cell and the construct would be considered mutually heterologous for purposes of this invention.
Allelic variation or naturally occurring mutational events do not give rise to heterologous DNA, as used herein.
"interact" as used herein is meant to include detectable interactions between molecules, such as can be detected using, for example, a yeast or mammalian two hybrid assay or by immunoprecipitation. The term interact is also meant to include "binding" interactions between molecules. Interactions may be, for example, protein-protein, protein-nucleic acid, protein-small molecule or small molecule-nucleic acid in nature.
"Ligand" refers to any molecule which is capable of interacting with a corresponding protein or protein domain. A ligand can be naturally occurring, or the ligand can be partially or wholly synthetic. The term "modified ligand" refers to a ligand which has been modified such that it does not significantly interact with the naturally occurring receptor of the ligand in its non modified form. As used herein, ligand refers to an FKBP/CAB ligand.
"Minimal promoter" refers to the minimal expression control sequence that is necessary for initiating transcription of a selected DNA sequence to which it is operably linked.
The terms "promoter" and "expression control sequence" further encompass "tissue specific" promoters and expression control sequences, i.e., promoters and expression control sequences which effect expression of the selected DNA
sequence preferentially in specific cells (e.g., cells of a specific tissue). Gene expression occurs preferentially in a specific cell if expression in this cell type is significantly higher than expression in other cell types. The terms "promoter" and " expression control sequence" also encompass so-called "leaky" promoters and " expression control sequences", which regulate expression of a selected DNA primarily in one tissue, but cause expression in other tissues as well. These terms also encompass non-tissue specific promoters and expression control sequences which are active in most cell types. Furthermore, a promoter or expression control sequence can be constitutive i.e. one which is active basally or inducible, i.e., a promoter or expression control sequence which is active primarily in response to a stimulus. A stimulus can be, e.g., a molecule, such as a hormone, a cytokine, a heavy metal, phorbol esters, cyclic AMP
(CAMP), or retinoic and.
"Nucleic acid" refers to polynucleotides such as deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), and, where appropriate, ribonucleic acid (RNA). The term should also be understood to include, as equivalents, derivatives, variants and analogs of either RNA or DNA
made from nucleotide analogs, and, as applicable to the embodiment being described, single (sense or antisense) and double-stranded polynucleotides. For simplicity, the term DNA is often used herein to refer to any nucleic acid.
A "nucleic acid binding domain" refers to a polypeptide which interacts, or binds, with a higher affinity to a nucleic acid having a specific nucleotide sequence relative to a nucleic acid having a nucleotide sequence which is essentially unrelated to the specific nucleotide sequence. In a preferred embodiment, a nucleic acid binding domain is a "DNA binding domain".
"Operably linked" refers to an arrangement of elements wherein the components so described are configured so as to perform their usual function.
Thus, an expression control sequence operably linked to a coding sequence permits expression of the coding sequence. The control sequence need not be contiguous with the coding sequence, so long as it functions to direct the expression thereof.
Thus, for example, intervening untranslated yet transcribed sequences can be present between a promoter sequence and the coding sequence and the promoter sequence can still be considered "operably linked" to the coding sequence.
"Protein", "polypeptide" and "peptide" are used interchangeably herein when referring to a gene product, e.g., as may be encoded by a coding sequence.
A "recombinant virus" is a complete virus particle in which the packaged nucleic acid contains a heterologous portion.
"Subunit", when referring to the subunit of an activation domain, refers to a portion of the transcription activation domain.
A "target gene" is a nucleic acid of interest, the expression of which is modulated according to the methods of the invention. The target gene can be endogenous or exogenous and can integrate into a cell's genome, or remain episomal.
The target gene can encode a protein or be a non coding nucleic acid, e.g, a nucleic acid which is transcribed into an antisense RNA or a ribozyme.
A "therapeutically effective dose" of ligand denotes a treatment- or prophylaxis-effective dose, e.g., a dose which yields detectable target gene transcription or cell growth, proliferation, differentiation, death, etc. in the genetically engineered cell, or a dose which is predicted to be treatment- or prophylaxis-effective by extrapolation from data obtained in animal or cell culture models. A
therapeutically effective dose is ususally preferred for the treatment of a human or non-human mammal.
"Transcription control element" denotes a regulatory DNA sequence, such as initiation signals, enhancers, and promoters, which induce or control transcription of protein coding sequences with which they are operably linked. The term "enhancer" is intended to include regulatory elements capable of increasing, stimulating, or enhancing transcription from a promoter. Such transcription regulatory components can be present upstream of a coding region, or in certain cases (e.g.
enhancers), in other locations as well, such as in introns, exons, coding regions, and 3' flanking sequences.
"Transcription factor" refers to any protein or modified form thereof that is involved in the initiation of transcription but which is not itself a part of the polymerase. Transcription factors are proteins or modified forms thereof, which interact preferentially with specific nucleic acid sequences, i.e., regulatory elements.
Some transcription factors are active when they are in the form of a monomer.
Alternatively, other transcription factors are active in the form of oligomers consisting of two or more identical proteins or different proteins (heterodimer). The factors have different actions during the transcription initiation: they may interact with other factors, with the RNA polymerase, with the entire complex, with activators, or with DNA. Transcription factors usually contain one or more transcription regulatory domains.
"Transcription regulatory domain" refers to any domain which regulates transcription, and includes both activation and repression domains. The term "
transcription activation domain" denotes a domain in a transcription factor which positively regulates (increases) the rate of gene transcription. The term "
transcription repression domain" denotes a domain in a transcription factor which negatively regulates (inhibits or decreases) the rate of gene transcription.
"Transfection" means the introduction of a naked nucleic acid molecule into a recipient cell. "Infection" refers to the process wherein a virus enters the cell in a manner whereby the genetic material of the virus can be expressed in the cell.
A
"productive infection" refers to the process wherein a virus enters the cell, is replicated, and then released from the cell (sometimes referred to as a "lytfc"
infection).
"Transduction" encompasses the introduction of nucleic acid into cells by any means.
"Transgene" refers to a nucleic acid sequence which has been introduced into a cell. Daughter cells deriving from a cell in which a transgene has been introduced are also said to contain the transgene (unless it has been deleted). A transgene can encode, e.g., a polypeptide, partly or entirely heterologous to the animal or cell into which it is introduced, or comprises or is derived from an endogenous gene of the animal or cell into which it is introduced, but which is designed to be inserted, or is inserted, into the recipient's genome in such a way as to alter that genome.
(e.g., it is inserted at a location which differs from that of the natural gene).
Alternatively, a transgene can also be present in an episome. A transgene can include one or more expression control sequences and any other nucleic acid, (e.g. intron), that may be necessary or desirable for optimal expression of a selected coding sequence.
"Transient transfection" refers to cases where exogenous DNA does not integrate into the genome of a transfected cell, e.g., where episomal DNA is transcribed into mRNA and translated into protein. A cell has been "stably transfected" with a nucleic acid construct when the nucleic acid construct has been integrated into the genome of that cell.
By "virus" is meant a complete virus, such as a wild-type (wt) virus particle comprising a nucleic acid genome associated with a capsid protein coat, or a recombinant virus particle as described above. For example, an adenovirus is a complete virus particle, comprising an Ad nucleic acid genome associated with an Ad capsid protein coat.
"Wild-type" means naturally occurring in a normal cell.
s s This invention involves methods and materials for multimerizing fusion proteins in genetically engineered cells using a novel dimerization-based biological switch. The design and implementation of various dimerization-based biological switches has been reported, inter alia, in Spencer et al and in various international patent applications cited herein. Other accounts of successful application of this general approach have also been reported. Fusion proteins containing a domain from human FRAP fused to an effector domain have been disclosed in Rivera et a1,1996, Nature Medicine 2, 1028-1032 and in WO 96/41865 (Clackson et al) and WO
95/33052 (Berlin et aI). As noted previously, the fusion proteins are designed such that association of the effector domains, through ligand-mediated "dimerization" or "multimerization" of the fusion proteins which contain them, triggers a desired biological event such as transcription of a desired gene, cell death, cell proliferation, etc. For example, clustering of fusion proteins containing an action domain derived from the intracellular portion of the T cell receptor CD3 zeta domain triggers transcription of a gene under the transcription control of the IL-2 promoter or promoter elements derived therefrom. In other embodiments, the action domain comprises a domain derived from the intracellular portion of a protein such as FAS or the TNF-alpha receptor (TNFalpha-R1), which are capable, upon oligomerization, of triggering apoptosis of the cell. In still other embodiments, the action domains comprise a DNA-binding domain such as GAL4 or ZFHDl and a transcription activation domain such as VP16 or p65, paired such that oligomerization of the fusion proteins represents assembly of a transcription factor complex which triggers transcription of a gene linked to a DNA sequence recognized by (capable of specific binding interaction with) the DNA binding domain.
Fusion proteins containing one or more ligand-binding domains and one or more action domains, e.g. for activation of transcription of a target gene, triggering cell death or other signal transduction pathway, cellular localization, cell proliferation etc., are disclosed in WO 94/18317, PCT/US94/08008, Spencer et al, supra and Blau et al. (PNAS 1997 94:3076). The design and use of such fusion proteins for ligand-mediated gene-knock out and for ligand-mediated blockade of gene expression or inhibition of gene product function are disclosed in PCT/US95/10591. Novel DNA
binding domains and DNA sequences to which they bind which are useful in embodiments involving regulated transcription of a target gene are disclosed, e.g., in Pomeranz et al, 1995, Science 267:93-96. Those references provide substantial information, guidance and examples relating to the design, construction and use of DNA constructs encoding analogous fusion proteins, target gene constructs, and other aspects which may also be useful to the practitioner of the subject invention.
By appropriate choice of fusion proteins, this invention permits one to activate the transcription of a desired gene; actuate cell growth, proliferation, differentiation or apoptosis, or trigger other biological events in engineered cells in an FK506-dependent manner analogous to the systems described in the patent documents and other references cited above. The engineered cells, preferably animal cells, may be growing or maintained in culture or may be present within whole organisms, as in the case of human gene therapy, transgenic animals, and other such applications. An FKBP/CAB
ligand is administered to the cell culture or to the organism containing the engineered cells, as the case may be, in an amount effective to multimerize the FKBP
fusion proteins and CAB fusion proteins (as may be observed indirectly by monitoring target gene transcription, apoptosis or other biological process so triggered). In the case of administration to whole organisms, the ligand may be administered in a composition containing the ligand and one or more acceptable veterinary or pharmaceutical diluents and/or excipients.
A compound which binds to one of the fusion proteins but does not form tripartite complexes with both fusion proteins may be used as a multimerization antagonist. As such it may be administered to the engineered cells, or to organisms containing them (preferably in a composition as described above in the case of administration to whole animals), in an amount effective for blocking or reversing the effect of the ligand, i.e. for preventing, inhibiting or disrupting multimerization of the fusion proteins. For instance, rapamycin, a rapalog, or any of the many synthetic FKBP ligands which do not form tripartite complexes with FKBP and CAB may be used as an antagonist.
One important aspect of this invention provides materials and methods for ligand-dependent, direct activation of transcription of a desired gene. In one such embodiment, a set of two or more different fusion proteins, and corresponding DNA
constructs capable of directing their expression, is provided. One such fusion protein contains as its action domains) one or more transcription activation domains.
The other fusion protein contains as its action domains) one or more DNA-binding domains. The selected ligand is capable of binding to both fusion proteins to form a dimeric or multimeric complex thus containing at least one DNA binding domain and at least one transcription activation domain. Formation of such complexes leads to activation of transcription of a target gene linked to, and under the transcription control of, a DNA sequence to which the DNA-binding domain is capable of binding, as can be observed by monitoring directly or indirectly the presence or concentration of the target gene product.
Preferably the DNA binding domain, and a fusion protein containing it, binds to its recognized DNA sequence with sufficient selectivity so that binding to the selected DNA sequence can be observed (directly or indirectly) despite the presence of other, often numerous other, DNA sequences. Preferably, binding of the fusion protein comprising the DNA-binding domain to the selected DNA sequence is at least two, more preferably three and even more preferably more than four orders of magnitude greater than binding to any one alternative DNA sequence, as measured by in vitro binding studies or by measuring relative rates or levels of transcription of genes associated with the selected DNA sequence as compared with any alternative DNA
sequences.
Cells which have been genetically engineered to contain such a set of constructs, together with any desired accessory constructs, may be used in applications involving ligand-mediated, regulated actuation of the desired biological event, be it regulated transcription of a desired gene, regulated triggering of a signal transduction pathway such as the triggering of apoptosis, or another event.
Cells engineered for regulatable expression of a target gene, for instance, can be used for regulated production of a desired protein (or other gene product) encoded by the target gene. Such cells may be grown in culture by conventional means.
Addition of ligand to the culture medium containing the cells leads to expression of the target gene by the cells and production of the protein encoded by that gene. Expression of the gene and production of the protein can be turned off by withholding further ligand from the medium, by removing residual ligand from the medium, or by adding to the medium a multimerization antagonist reagent.
Engineered cells of this invention can also be produced and/or used in vivo, to modify whole organisms, preferably animals, especially humans, e.g. such that the cells produce a desired protein or other result within the animal containing them. Such uses include gene therapy applications.
Embodiments involving regulatable actuation of apoptosis provide engineered cells susceptible to FK506-inducible cell death. Such engineered cells can be eliminated from a cell culture or host organism after they have served their intended purposed (e.g. production of a desired protein or other product), if they have or develop unwanted properties, or if they are no longer useful, safe or desired.
Elimination is effected by adding iigand to the medium or administering it to the host organism. In such cases, the action domains of the fusion proteins are protein domains such as the intracellular domains of FAS or TNF-R1, downstream components of their signaling pathways or other protein domains which upon oligornerization trigger apoptosis.
Said differently, this invention provides a method for achieving any of those objectives, e.g. activation of transcription of a target gene (typically a heterologous gene for a therapeutic protein), cell growth or proliferation, cell death or some other selected biological event, in an animal, preferably a human patient, in need thereof and containing engineered cells of this invention. That method involves administering to the animal a pharmaceutical composition containing the ligand by a route of administration and in an amount effective to cause rnultirnerization of the fusion proteins in at least a portion of the engineered cells. Multirnerization may be detected indirectly by detecting the occurrence of target gene expression, cell growth, proliferation or death, or other objective for which the fusion proteins were designed and the cells genetically engineered.
This invention further encompasses a pharmaceutical composition comprising a multirnerization antagonist of this invention in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and optionally with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients for inhibiting or otherwise reducing, in whole or part, the extent of multimerization of fusion proteins in engineered cells of this invention in a subject, and thus for de-activating the transcription of a target gene, for example, or turning off another biological result of this invention. Thus, the use of the multimerizing ligands and of the multimerization antagonist reagents to prepare pharmaceutical compositions and achieve their pharmacologic results is encompassed by this invention.
Also disclosed is a method for providing a host organism, preferably an animal, typically a non-human mammal or a human subject, responsive to a ligand of this invention. The method involves introducing into the organism cells which have been engineered in accordance with this invention, i.e. containing one or more nucleic acid constructs encoding the fusion proteins, and so forth. The engineered cells may be encapsulated using any of a variety of materials and methods before being introduced into the host organism. Alternatively, one can introduce the nucleic acid constructs of this invention into a host organism, e.g. a mammal, under conditions permitting incorporation thereof into one or more cells of the host mammal, e.g. using viral vectors, introduction of DNA by injection or via catheter, etc.
Also provided are kits for producing cells responsive to a Iigand of this invention. One such kit contains one or more nucleic acid constructs encoding and capable of directing the expression of fusion proteins which, upon ligand-mediated oligomerization, trigger the desired biological response. The kit may contain a quantity of a ligand capable of multimerizing the fusion protein molecules encoded by the constructs) of the kit, and may contain in addition a quantity of a multimerization antagonist. The kit may further contain a nucleic acid construct encoding a target gene (or cloning site) linked to a cognate DNA sequence which is recognized by the dimerized fusion proteins permitting transcription of a gene linked to that cognate DNA sequence in the presence of multimerized fusion protein molecules. The constructs may be associated with one or more selection markers for convenient selection of transfectants, as well as other conventional vector elements useful for replication in prokaryotes, for expression in eukaryotes, and the like. The selection markers may be the same or different for each different construct, permitting the selection of cells which contain each such construct(s).
The accessory construct for introducing into cells a target gene in association with a cognate DNA sequence may contain a cloning site in place of a target gene. A
kit containing such a construct permits the engineering of cells for regulatable expression of a gene to be provided by the practitioner.
Other kits of this invention may contain one or two (or more) nucleic acid constructs for fusion proteins in which one or more contain a cloning site in place of the transcription activator or DNA binding protein, permitting the user to insert whichever such domain s/he wishes. Such a kit may optionally include other elements as described above, e.g. a nucleic acid construct for a target gene with or without a cognate DNA sequence for a pre-selected DNA binding domain.
Any of the kits may also contain positive control cells which were stably transformed with constructs of this invention such that they express a reporter gene (for CAT, beta-galactosidase or any conveniently detectable gene product} in response to exposure of the cells to the ligand. Reagents for detecting and/or quantifying the expression of the reporter gene may also be provided.
For further information and guidance on the design, construction and use of such systems or components thereof which may be adapted for use in practising the subject invention, reference to the following publications is suggested:
Spencer et al, 1993, supra; Rivera et al, 1996, supra; Spencer et al, 1996, Current Biology 6, 839-847;
Luo et al, 1996, Nature, 383, 181-185; Ho et al, 1996, Nature 382, 822-826;
Belshaw et al, 1996, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93, 4604-4607; Spencer, 1996, TIG
12(5), 181-187; Spencer et al, 1995, Proc., Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92, 9805-9809;
Holsinger et al, 1995, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92, 9810-9814; Pruschy et al, 1994, Chemistry & Biology 1{3),163-172; and published international patent applications WO
94/18317, WO 95/02684, WO 95/33052, WO 96/20951 and WO 96/41865.
FKBP domains and fusion proteins The FKBP fusion protein comprises at least one FKBP domain containing all or part of the peptide sequence of an FKBP domain and at least one heterologous action domain. This fusion protein must be capable of binding to ligand, preferably with a Kd value below about 100 nM, more preferably below about 10 nM and even more preferably below about 1 nM, as measured by direct binding measurement (e.g.
fluorescence quenching), competition binding measurement (e.g. versus FK506), inhibition of FKBP enzyme activity (rotamase), or other assay methodology.
Typically the fusion protein will contain one or more protein domains comprising peptide sequence selected from that of a naturally occurring FKBP protein such as human FKBP12, e.g. as described in International Patent Application PCT/US94/01617.
That peptide sequence may be modified to adjust the binding specificity, usually with replacement, insertion or deletion of 10 or fewer, preferably 5 or fewer, in some cases 1-3, and often 1, amino acid residue. Such modifications are elected in certain embodiments to yield one or both of the following binding profiles: (a) binding of a ligand to the modified FKBP domain, or fusion protein containing it, preferably at least one, and more preferably at least two, and even more preferably three or four or more, orders of magnitude better (by any measure) than to FKBP12 or the FKBP
endogenous to the host cells to be engineered; and {b) binding of the FKBP:ligand complex to the CAB fusion protein, preferably at least one, and more preferably at least two, and even more preferably at least three, orders of magnitude better (by any measure) than to the calcineurin endogenous to the host cell to be engineered.
The FKBP fusion protein also contains at least one heterologous action domain, i.e., a protein domain containing non-FKBP peptide sequence. The action domain may be a DNA-binding domain, transcription activation domain, transcription repression domain, cellular localization domain, intracellular signal transduction domain, etc., e.g. as described elsewhere herein or in PCT/US94/01617 or the other cited references. Generally speaking, the action domain is capable of directing the fusion protein to a selected cellular location or of initiating a biological effect upon association or aggregation with another action domain, for instance, upon multimerization of proteins containing the same or different action domains.
A recombinant nucleic acid encoding such a fusion protein will be capable of selectively hybridizing to a DNA encoding the parent FKBP protein, e.g. human FKBP12, or would be capable of such hybridization but for the degeneracy of the genetic code. Since these fusion proteins contain an action domain derived from another protein, e.g. Gal4, ZFHDl, p65, VP16, FAS, CD3 zeta chain, etc., the recombinant DNA encoding the fusion protein will also be capable of selectively hybridizing to a DNA encoding that other protein, or would be capable of such hybridization but for the degeneracy of the genetic code.
FKBP fusion proteins of this invention, as well as CAB fusion proteins discussed in further detail below, may contain one or more copies of one or more different ligand binding domains and one or more copies of one or more action domains. The ligand binding domains) (i.e., FKBP and CAB domains) may be N-terminal, C-terminal, or interspersed with respect to the action domain(s).
Embodiments involving multiple copies of a ligand binding domain usually have 2 , 3 or 4 such copies. For example, an FKBP fusion protein may contain 2, 3 or 4 FKBP
domains. The various domains of the FKBP fusion proteins (and of the CAB
fusion proteins discussed below) are optionally separated by linking peptide regions which may be derived from one of the adjacent domains or may be heterologous.
Illustrative examples of FKBP fusion proteins useful in the practice of this invention include the FKBP fusion proteins disclosed in PCT/US94/01617 (Stanford & Harvard), PCT/US94/08008 (Stanford & Harvard), Spencer et al (supra), PCT/US95/10591 (ARIAD), PCT/US95/06722 (Mitotix, Inc.) and other references cited herein; the FKBP fusion proteins disclosed in the examples which follow;
variants of any of the foregoing FKBP fusion proteins which contain up to 10 (preferably 1-5) amino acid insertions, deletions or substitutions in one or more of the FKBP domains and which are still capable of binding to a ligand; variants of any of the foregoing FKBP fusion proteins which contain one or more copies of an FKBP
domain which is encoded by a DNA sequence capable of selectively hybridizing to a DNA sequence encoding a naturally occurring FKBP domain and which are still capable of binding to a ligand; variants of any of the foregoing in which one or more heterologous action domains are deleted, replaced or supplemented with a different heterologous action domain; variants of any of the foregoing FKBP fusion proteins which are capable of binding to an FKBP/CAB ligand and which contain an FKBP
domain derived from a non human source; and variants of any of the foregoing FKBP
fusion proteins which contain one or more amino acid residues corresponding to Tyr26, Phe36, Asp37, Arg42, Phe46, Phe48, G1u54, Va155, or Phe99 of human FKBP12 in which one or more of those amino acid residues is replaced by a different amino acid, the variant being capable of binding to a ligand.
For instance, in a number of cases the FKBP fusion proteins comprise multiple copies of an FKBP domain containing amino acids 1-107 of human FKBP12, separated by the 2-amino acid linker Thr-Arg encoded by ACTAGA, the ligation product of DNAs digested respectively with the restriction endonucleases SpeI
and XbaI. The following table provides illustrative subsets of mutant FKBP domains based on the foregoing FKBP12 sequence:
Illustrative Mutant FKBPs Y26A F46L V55A ~ F36M/F99G
WO 00/28011 PC'T/US99/25766 note: Entries identify the native amino acid by single letter code and sequence position, followed by the replacement amino acid in the mutant. Thus, F36V
designates a human FKBP12 sequence in which phenylalarune at position 36 is replaced by valine. F36V/F99A indicates a double mutation in which phenylalanine at positions 36 and 99 are replaced by valine and alanine, respectively.
Cyclophilin domains and fusion proteins Cyclophilin fusion proteins may contain all or part of marine cyclophilin C
(e.g. residues 36-212; Freidman et al., Cell 664(1991)799-806) or human cyclophilin C (Genbank Accession number 571018; Schneider et al., Biochemistry 33 (27), 8218-8224 (1994)). These fusion proteins contain a heterologous action domain and form complexes with a cyclophilin/CAB ligand, such as cyclosporin, as described above for FKBP fusion proteins. Cyclophilin domains may also be modified to adjust the binding specificity, usually with replacement, insertion yr deletion of 10 or fewer, preferably 5 or fewer, in some cases 1-3, and often 1, amino acid residue, again as described in detail above for FKBP domains. In general, any description of FKBP domains and fusion proteins and their use in this invention is applicable to cyclophilin domains as well. Cyclophilin domains and their use in chimeric proteins are described in US 5,830,462, in particular example 4c, the full contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
CAB domains and fusion proteins The structure of FKBP-FK506 complexed to calcineurin phosphatase (Griffith et al., Cell, 82:507-522, 1995) has been reported. Calcineurin A (residues 12-394) was shown to be effective as a dimerization domain using a three hybrid system in yeast using three FKBPs fused to Gal4 and residues 12-394 of marine calcineurin A
fused C-terminally to the Gal4 activation domain (Ho, 1996 Nature. 382:822-826).
Addition of FK506 activated transcription of a reporter gene in these cells. This system is not optimal, however, because it requires a complex to form between endogenous calcineurin B and the calcineurin A fusion protein. In addition, the calcineurin fusion protein might interfere with the calcineurin signaling pathway.
The present invention provides a "minimal" calcineurin domain, termed a CAB, which is a smaller, more marupulatable domain that can be used in a general way to control dimerization of proteins for the purposes of regulating biological processes. A CAB domain of this invention must be able to form a complex with FKBP in the presence of an FKBP/CAB ligand. In other embodiments, the CAB
domain can form a tripartite complex with a cyclophilin domain and cyclosporin.
Thus, one of the most compelling potential features of the CAB as a dimerization domain is its ability to dock with two different partners under the control of two different ligands. With this system, a single dimerization domain (i.e. the CAB) can interact with two other protein partners simultaneously or competitively, depending on the particular drug added. The same is also true for FKBP which is now capable of being recruited to either FRAP in the presence of rapamycin or a rapalog or to CAB in the presence of an FKBP/CAB ligand.
Since the CAB should bind both the FK506:FKBP complex and the cyclosporin:cyclophilin complex, one can engineer cells or animals in which a fusion of the CAB to a heterologous action domain is present in the same cell as two other fusion proteins, one containing FKBP and one containing cyclophilin. Addition of FK506 to these cells results in the formation of an FKBP/FK506/CAB complex, while addition of cyclosporin to the same cell would result in a cyclophilin/cyclosporin/CAB complex. An example of this situation is illustrated in Figure 6A.
Furthermore, since FKBP is required to mediate the interactions between both FK506 or rapamycin and their cellular targets, one can engineer cells or animals in which a fusion of the CAB to a heteroiogous action domain is present in the same cell as a fLlSion protein containing an FRB domain. FRB domains are described in detail in WO 95/33052 and in WO 96/41865. In this embodiment, addition of FK506 to the cell induces the formation of an FKBP/FK506/CAB complex, while addition of rapamycin should result in the formation of an FKBP/rapamycin/FRB complex.
This allows for complex order of addition experiments in cell culture or for more complex control over signal transduction processes that require localization or protein association for function. An example of this situation is illustrated in Figure 6B.
CAB domains of this invention are composite ligand binding domains, comprising a portion of calcineurin A and a portion of calcineurin B, such that the resulting composite ligand binding domain contains the surface of calcineurin phosphatase that contacts the FKBP-FK506 complex. The region of calcineurin that has been truncated contains the autoregulatory and calmodulin domains, which are not involved in FKBP binding. The portion of calcineurin A used in the examples includes residues 12 to 394 or residues 12 to 370 of human calcineurin A in the full length CABS, however, equivalent regions of the calcineurin gene from other species could also be used. For example, one may desire to use the sequence of the mouse or rat genes for the construction of transgenic animals. The N or C terminus of the calcineurin A portion could also be shortened or extended, if desired. The 12-CABs contain an active phosphatase domain, while the 12-370 CABs have an H151A
mutation in calcineurin A that abolishes the phosphatase activity.
The calcineurin B portion of the CABs described in the examples contains residues 2 or 3 to 170 of human calcineurin B. The N-terminal methionine (residue 1) or methionine and glycine (residue 1 and residue 2) can be removed to prevent processing or myristoylation of calcineurin B at its N-terminus and to remove an alternative start site for translation. The calcineurin B portion of the composite domain may also be shortened, if desired. Literature references and Genbank accession numbers for various calcineurin genes are given in the table below:
Calcineurin Calcineurin A B
Species Genbank # Reference Genbank # Reference Human M29550 Guerini M30773 Guerini et and al., IQee, PNAS DNA 8(9), USA 86, 675-682 9187 (1989). (1989).
Rat D90035 Ito et al.,D14568 Chang et al., BBRC 163(3), BBA 1217(2), (1989). (1994).
Bovine U33868 Griffith X71666 Nargang et et al., al., Cell, 82:507- DNA seq 4(5), 522, (1995) 313-318 {1994).
Mouse M81483 Guerini S43864 Ueki et aL, and IQee, PNAS BBRC 187(1), USA 86, 537-543 (1992) 9187 (1989).
The distance between residue 370 of calcineurin A and the N-terminus of calcineurin B is 17.5 Angstroms, as determined from the crystal structure.
Thus, when the CAB domain is constructed in such a way that the calcineurin A portion is N
terminal to the calcineurin B portion, only a small linker region is necessary to connect the two. In fact, since the structure indicates that calcineurin A maintains a rigid structure only as far as residue 370, the C-terminus of calcineurin A can be linked directly to the N-terminus of calcineurin B, thereby using residues 370-394 of calcineurin A as the linker region. Hence, a preferred embodiment of the invention comprises a CAB domain composed of residues 12-394 of calcineurin A fused N-terminally to residues 3-170 of calcineurin B.
The CAB fusion protein comprises at least one CAB domain and at least one heterologous action domain, i.e., a protein domain containing non-CAB peptide sequence. The action domain may be a DNA-binding domain, transcription activation domain, transcription repression domain, cellular localization domain, intracellular signal transduction domain, etc., e.g. as described elsewhere herein or in PCT/US94/01617 or the other cited references. Generally speaking, the action domain is capable of directing the fusion protein to a selected cellular location or of initiating a biological effect upon association or aggregation with another action domain, for instance, upon multimerization of proteins containing the same or different action domains. As described in the examples, both CAB-VP16 fusion proteins and CAB-GAL4 fusion proteins are functional in SEAP reporter assays. As in the case of FKBP
fusion proteins, the CAB domains should be able to hybridize with either calcineurin A or calcineurin B or portions thereof, or would be able to but for the degenexacy of the genetic code.
A shorter version of the CAB domain, termed the mini CAB, comprises residues 340-394 of calcineurin A fused N-terminally to residues 3-170 of calcineurin B. This construct eliminates the phosphatase domain of calcineurin and provides a less bulky protein for use in the dimerization system. Example 8 shows that the mini CAB can work as well as the full length CABs in reporter assays. As described above for FKBPs, CAB fusion proteins of this invention may contain one or more copies of the ligand binding domain and one or more copies of one or more action domains. The CAB domain may be N-terminal, C-terminal, or interspersed with respect to the action domain(s). Embodiments involving multiple copies of a ligand binding domain usually have 2 , 3 or 4 such copies. For example, a CAB fusion protein may contain 2, 3, or 4 CAB domains, although currently, the preferred embodiment for regulated transcription contains 2 CAB domains.
Mixed fusion proteins A third type of fusion protein comprises one or more FKBP domains, one or more heterologous action domains, and one or more CAB domains as described for the CAB fusion proteins.
Mixed fusion protein molecules are capable of forming homodimeric or homomultimeric protein complexes in the presence of an FKBP/CAB ligand to which they bind. Embodiments involving mixed fusion proteins have the advantage of requiring the introduction into cells of a single recombinant nucleic acid construct in place of two recombinant nucleic acid constructs otherwise required to direct the expression of both an FKBP fusion protein and a CAB fusion protein.
A recombinant DNA encoding a mixed fusion protein will be capable of selectively hybridizing to a DNA encoding an FKBP protein, a DNA encoding calcineurin A or B, and a heteralogous DNA sequence encoding the protein from which one or more effector domains is derived (e.g. Gal4, VP16, Fas, CD3 zeta chain, etc.), or would be capable of such hybridization but for the degeneracy of the genetic code.
Heterologous domains As mentioned above, the heterologous action domains of the fusion proteins are protein domains which, upon mutual association of the fusion proteins bearing them, are capable of triggering (or inhibiting) events such as DNA-binding and/or transcription of a target gene; actuating cell growth, differentiation, proliferation or apoptosis; directing proteins to a particular celllular location; or actuating other biological events.
Embodiments involving regulatable gene transcription involve the use of target gene constructs which comprise a target gene (which encodes a polypeptide, antisense RNA, ribozyme, etc. of interest) under the transcription control of a DNA
element responsive to the association or multimerization of the heterologous domains of the 1st and 2d fusion proteins.
In embodiments of the invention involving direct activation of transcription, the heterologous domains of the 1st and 2nd fusion proteins comprise a DNA binding domain such as Gal4 or a fusion DNA binding domain such as ZFHDl, and a transcription activation domain such as those derived from VP16 or p65, respectively.
The multimerization of a fusion protein containing such a transcription activation domain to a fusion protein containing a DNA binding domain targets the transcription factor to the expression control sequence to which the DNA binding domain binds, and thus activates the transcription of a target gene linked to that expression control sequence. Foregoing the transcription activation domain or substituting a repressor domain (see PCT/US94/01617) in place of a transcription activation domain provides an analogous fusion protein useful for inhibiting transcription of a target gene. Composite DNA binding domains and DNA sequences to which they bind are disclosed in Pomerantz et a1,1995, supra, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Such composite DNA binding domains may be used as DNA
binding domains in the practice of this invention, together with a target gene construct containing the cognate DNA sequences to which the composite DBD binds.
In embodiments involving indirect activation of transcription, the heterologous domains of the fusion proteins are action domains of signaling proteins which upon aggregation or multimerization trigger the activation of transcription under the control of a responsive promoter. For example, the signaling domain may be the intracellular domain of the zeta subunit of the T cell receptor, which, upon aggregation, triggers transcription of a gene linked to the IL-2 promoter or a derivative thereof (e.g. iterated NF-AT binding sites). Alternatively, the signaling domain may be a cell surface receptor such as the erythropoietin receptor, which can initiate cell proliferation upon multimerization.
In another aspect of the invention, the heterologous domains are protein domains which upon mutual association are capable of triggering cell death.
Examples of such domains are the intracellular domains of the Fas antigen or of the TNF Rl. Fusion proteins containing a Fas domain can be designed and prepared by analogy to the disclosure of PCT/US94/01617.
Engineered receptor domains As noted previously, the FKBP and CAB domains may contain peptide sequence selected from the peptide sequences of naturally occurring FKBP and CAB
domains. Naturally occurring sequences include those of human FKBP12 and portions of human calcineurin A or calcineurin B. Alternatively, the peptide sequences may be derived from such naturally occurring peptide sequences but contain generally up to 10, and preferably 1-5, mutations in one or both such peptide sequences. As disclosed in greater detail elswhere herein, such mutations can confer a number of important features. For instance, an FKBP domain may be modified such that it is capable of binding an improved ligand preferentially, i.e. at least one, preferably two, and even more preferably three or four or more orders of magnitude more effectively, with respect to ligand binding by the unmodified FKBP domain. A CAB domain may be modified such that it is capable of binding a (modified or unmodified) FKBP:ligand complex preferentially, i.e. at least one, preferably two, and even more preferably three orders of magnitude more effectively, with respect to the unmodified CAB
domain. FKBP and CAB domains may be modified such that they are capable of forming a tripartite complex with an improved ligand, preferentially, i.e. at least one, preferably two, and even more preferably three orders of magnitude more effectively, with respect to unmodified FKBP and CAB domains.
Methods for identifying FKBP mutations that confer enhanced ability to bind derivatives of FK506 containing various substituents ("bumps") were disclosed in US
5,830,462. In this approach, molecular modelling is used to identify candidate amino acid substitutions in the FKBP domain that would accommodate the ligand substituent(s), and site-directed mutagenesis may then be used to engineer the protein mutations so identified. The mutants are expressed by standard methods and their binding affinity for the ligands measured, for example by inhibition of rotamase activity, or by competition for binding with a molecule such as FK506, if the mutant retains appropriate activity/affinity.
A similar strategy can be used to identify bump-hole pairs for the CAB
domain. An exemplary FKBP/CAB ligand is C40-phenyl-FK506. This compound appears to be at least 30-fold less immunosuppressive than FK506 as measured by its dose-dependent suppression of PMA/ionomycin-induced activation of an NFAT-SEAP reporter in transient transfection experiments.
Without being bound by a particular theory, the inability of C40-phenyl-FK506 to inhibit NFAT-SEAP activity can be understood as a failure of the FKBP12/C40-phenyl-FK506 complex to bind endogenous calcineurin. The inhibition of NEAT-SEAP
activity by FK506 is known to require binding of the FKBP12/FK506 complex to calcineurin, which results in a loss of calcineurin phosphatase activity (J.
Liu, et al.
Cel1,1991; 66: 807-815. J. Liu et al., Biochemistry, 1992; 31: 3896-3901).
Indeed, the crystal structure of FKBP12/FK506 with the calcineurin heterodimer reveals that the terminal C39-C40 olefin of FK506 protrudes into the protein-protein interface between calcineurin A and calcineurin B (J.P. Griffith, et al Cell, 1995; 82(3): 507-522.) Grafting a model of the phenyl group of C40-phenyl-FK506 onto this structure allows the identification of several residues of calcineurin (W352, S353, and F356 from calcineurin A; L116, M119, and V120 from calcineurin B) whose side chains might be responsible for the steric interference which abrogates binding. Each of the residues in question is part of the CAB minimal binding domain structure. Thus, these residues may be mutated randomly or rationally to obtain a "holed" CAB which accommodates bumped FK506. These mutations may be inserted randomly or in a directed fashion, as described above for FKBP.
An alternative to iterative engineering and testing of single or multiple mutants is to co-randomize structurally-identified residues that are or would be in contact with or near one or more ligand or FK506 substituents. A collection of polypeptides containing FKBP or CAB domains randomized at the identified positions (such as are noted in the foregoing paragraph) is prepared e.g. using conventional synthetic or genetic methods. Such a collection represents a set of receptor domains containing replacement amino acids at one or more of such positions. The collection is screened and variants axe selected which possess the desired ligand binding properties.
In general, randomizing several residues simultaneously is expected to yield compensating mutants of higher affinity and specificity for a given bumped ligand as it maximizes the likelihood of beneficial cooperative interactions between sidechains.
Techniques for preparing libraries randomized at discrete positions are known and include primer-directed mutagenesis using degenerate oligonucleotides, PCR
with degenerate oligonucleotides, and cassette mutagenesis with degenerate oligonucleotides (see for example Lowman, H.B, and Wells, J.A. Methods: Comp.
Methods Enzymol. 1991. 3, 205-216; Dennis, M.S. and Lazarus, R.A. 1994. J.
Biol.
Chem. 269, 22129-22136; and references therein).
We further contemplate that in many cases, randomization of only the few residues in or near direct contact with a given position in FK506 may not completely explore all the possible variations in FKBP or CAB conformation that could optimally accommodate a ligand subsHtuent (bump). Thus the construction is also envisaged of unbiased libraries containing random substitutions that are not based on structural considerations, to identify subtle mutations or combinations thereof that confer preferential binding to bumped ligands. Several suitable mutagenesis schemes have been descnbed, including alanine-scanning mutagenesis (Cunningham and Wells (1989) Science 244, 1081-1085), PCR misincorporation mutagenesis (see eg.
Cadwell and Joyce,1992, PCR Meth. Applic. 2, 28-33), and 'DNA shuffling' (Stemmer, 1994, Nature 370, 389-391 and Crameri et al, 1996, Nature Medicine 2, 100-103).
These techniques produce libraries of random mutants, or sets of single mutants, that are then searched by screening or selection approaches.
In many cases, an effective strategy to identify the best mutants for preferential binding of a given bump is a combination of structure-based and unbiased approaches. See Clackson and Wells, 1994, Trends Biotechnology 12, 173-184 (review). For example we contemplate the construction of libraries in which key contact residues are randomized by PCR with degenerate oligonucleotides, but with amplification performed using error-promoting conditions to introduce further mutations at random sites. A further example is the combination of component DNA
fragments from structure-based and unbiased random libraries using DNA
shuffling.
Screening of libraries for desirable mutations may be performed by use of a yeast 2-hybrid system (Fields and Song (1989) Nature 340, 245-246). For example, a CAB-VP16 fusion may be introduced into one vector, and a library of randomized FKBP sequences cloned into a separate GAL4 fusion vector. Yeast co-transformants are treated with ligand, and those harboring complementary FKBP mutants are identified by for example beta-galactosidase or luciferase production (a screen), or survival on plates lacking an essential nutrient (a selection), as appropriate for the vectors used. The requirement for bumped FK506 to bridge the FKBP-CAB
interaction is a useful screen to eliminate false positives.
A further strategy for isolating modified ligand-binding domains from libraries of FKBP (or cyclophilin or CAB) mutants utilizes a genetic selection for functional dimer formation described by Hu et. al. (Hu, J.C., et al. 1990. Science.
250:1400-1403;
for review see Hu, J.C. 1995. Structure. 3:431-433). This strategy utilizes the fact that the bacteriophage lambda repressor cI binds to DNA as a homodimer and that binding of such homodimers to operator DNA prevents transcription of phage genes involved in the lytic pathway of the phage life cycle. Thus, bacterial cells expressing functional lambda repressor are immune to lysis by superinfecting phage lambda.
Repressor protein comprises an amino terminal DNA binding domain (amino acids 92), joined by a 40 amino acid flexible linker to a carboxy terminal dimerization domain. The isolated N-terminal domain binds to DNA with low affinity due to inefficient dimer formation. High affinity DNA binding can be restored with heterologous dimerization domains such as the GCN4 "leucine zipper". Hu et al have described a system in which phage immunity is used as a genetic selection to isolate GCN4 leucine zipper mutants capable of mediating lambda repressor dimer formation from a large population of sequences (Hu et. aL, 1990).
For example, to use the lambda repressor system to identify FRAP mutants complementary to bumped ligands, lambda repressor-FRAP libraries bearing mutant FRAP sequences are transformed into E. coli cells expressing wildtype lambda repressor-FKBP protein. Plasmids expressing FRAP mutants are isolated from those colonies that survive lysis on bacterial plates containing high titres of lambda phage and "bumped" FK506 compounds. Alternatively, to isolate FKBP mutants, the above strategy is repeated with lambda repressor-FKBP libraries bearing mutant FKBP
sequences transformed into E. coli cells expressing wildtype lambda repressor-FRAP
protein.
A further alternative is to clone the randomized FKBP sequences into a vector for phage display, allowing in vitro selection of the variants that bind best to the ligand. Affinity selection in vitro may be performed in a number of ways. For example, ligand is mixed with the library phage pool in solution in the presence of CAB
tagged with an affinity handle (for example a hexa-histidine tag, or GST), and the resultant complexes are captured on the appropriate affinity matrix to enrich for phage displaying FKBP harboring complementary mutations. Techniques for phage display have been described, and other in vitro selection selection systems can also be contemplated (for example display on lambda phage, display on plasmids, display on baculovirus). Furthermore, selection and screening strategies can also be used to improve other properties of benefit in the application of this invention, such as enhanced stability in vivo. For a review see Clackson, T. & Wells, J.A. 1994.
Trends Biotechnol. 12, 173-184.
Additionally, in optimizing the receptor domains of this invention, it should be appreciated that immunogerucity of a polypeptide sequence is thought to require the binding of peptides by MHC proteins and the recognition of the presented peptides as foreign by endogenous T-cell receptors. It may be preferable, at least in human gene therapy applications, to tailor a given foreign peptide sequence, including junction peptide sequences, to minimize the probability of its being ixnmunologically presented in humans. For example, peptide binding to human MHC class I molecules has strict requirements for certain residues at key 'anchoi positions in the bound peptide: eg.
HLA-A2 requires leucine, methionine or isoleucine at position 2 and leucine or valine at the C-terminus (for review see Stern and Wiley (1994) Structure 2, 145-251). Thus in engineering proteins in the practice of this invention, this periodicity of these residues is preferably avoided, especially in human gene therapy applications.
The foregoing applies to all protein engineering aspects of the invention, including without limitation the engineering of point mutations into receptor domains, and to the choice or design of boundaries between the various protein domains.
Ligands Modified FKBP ligands for use with engineered FKBP domains have been extensively described in the scientific literature and in published patent applications, including WO 94/18317 and US 5,830,462. A number of modified FKBP/CAB
ligands have been identified and synthesized, including C40-phenyl-FK506, C40-p-phenoxyphenyl-FK506, C40-p-biphenyl-FK506, C40-beta-naphthyl-FK506, C40-m-fluorophenyl-FK506, C40-p-iodophenyl-FK506, and "C41"-trimethylsilyl-FK506.
The synthesis of FKBP/CAB ligands is described in Example 9.
Each of these compounds is made using the appropriate styrene derivative, except for "C41"-trimethylsilyl-FK506 which uses allyltrimethylsilane, coupled to FK506's terminal olefin using the Grubbs catalyst to facilitate the olefin metathesis chemistry. As shown in figure 3, any styrene derivative may be added at the position of FK506 using the methods described in Example 9. By such means one may prepare a wide variety of aryl- and heteroaryl-substituted C40 FK506 derivatives which can be used in the practice of this invention.
Modified cyclosporin A derivatives have also been prepared and are described in detail in US 5,830,462, especially example 22, and in WO 98/08956, example 1, the full contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Other components, design features and applications The fusion proteins may contain as a heterologous domain a cellular localization domain such as a membrane retention domain. See e.g.
PCT/US94/016I7, especially pages 26-27. Briefly, a membrane retention domain can be isolated from any convenient membrane-bound protein, whether endogenous to the host cell or not. The membrane retention domain may be a transmembrane retention domain, i.e., an amino acid sequence which extends across the membrane as in the case of cell surface proteins, incluing many receptors. The transmembrane peptide sequence may be extended to span part or all of an extracellular and/or intracellular domain as well. Alternatively, the membrane retention domain may be a lipid membrane retention domain such as a myristoylation or palinitoylation site which permits association with the lipids of the cell surface membrane. Lipid membrane retention domains will usually be added at the 5' end of the coding sequence for N-terminal binding to the membrane and, proximal to the 3' end for C-terminal binding.
Peptide sequences involving post-translational processing to provide for lipid membrane binding are described by Carr, et al., PNAS USA (1988) 79, 6128;
Aitken, et al., FEBS Lett. (1982) 150, 314; Henderson, et al., PNAS USA (1983) 80, 319;
Schulz, et al., Virology (1984), 123, 2131; Dellman, et al., Nature (1985) 314, 374; and reviewed in Ann. Rev. of Biochem. (1988) 57, 69. An amino acid sequence of interest includes the sequence M-G-S-S-K-S-K-P-K-D-P-S-Q-R. Various DNA sequences can be used to encode such sequences in the various fusion proteins of this invention.
Other localization domains include organelle-targeting domains and sequences such as -K-D-E-L and -H-D-E-L which target proteins bearing them to the endoplasmic reticulum, as well as nuclear localization sequences which are particularly useful for fusion proteins designed for (direct) transcription regulation. Various cellular localization sequences and signals are well known in the art.
Other fusion proteins may contain a bundling domain as a heterologous domain. These domains, such as the lac repressor tetramerization domain constitutively oligomerize proteins containing such domains. Bundling domains may be used to deliver additional copies of activation domains or DNA binding domains to a given promoter.
Further details which may be used in the practice of the subject invention relating to the design, assembly and use of constructs encoding fusion proteins containing various action domains including cytoplasmic signal initiation domains such as the CD3 zeta chain, nuclear transcription factor domains including among others VP16 and GAL4, domains capable of triggering apoptosis including the Fas cytoplasmic domain and others are disclosed in PCT/US94/01617 and PCT/US95/10591. The latter international application further discloses additional features particularly applicable to the creation of genetically engineered animals which may be used as disease models in biopharmaceutical research. Those features include the use of tissue specific regulatory elements in the constructs for expression of the fusion proteins and the application of regulated transcription to the expression of Cre recombinase as the target gene leading to the elimination of a gene of interest flanked by loxP sequences. Alternatively, flp and its cognate recognition sequences may be used instead of Cre and lox. Those features may be adapted to the subject invention.
In various cases, especially in embodiments involving whole animals containing cells engineered in accordance with this invention, it will often be preferred, and in some cases required, that the various domains of the fusion proteins be derived from proteins of the same species as the host cell. Thus, for genetic engineering of human cells, it is often preferred that the heterologous domains (as well as the FKBP and CAB domains) be of human origin, rather than of bacterial, yeast or other non-human source.
We also note that epitope tags may also be incorporated into fusion proteins of this invention to permit convenient detection.
Tissue-specific or cell-type specific expression It will be preferred in certain embodiments, that the fusion proteins be expressed in a cell-specific or tissue-specific manner. Such specificity of expression may be achieved by operably linking one ore more of the DNA sequences encoding the fusion proteins) to a cell-type specific transcription regulatory sequence (e.g.
promoter/enhancer). Numerous cell-type specific transcription regulatory sequences are known. Others may be obtained from genes which are expressed in a cell-specific manner. See e.g. PCT/US95/10591, especially pp. 36-37.
For example, constructs for expressing the fusion proteins may contain regulatory sequences derived from known genes for specific expression in selected tissues.
Representative examples are tabulated below:
Tissue Gene Reference lens g2-crystallinBreitman, M.L., Clapoff, S., Rossant, J., Tsui, L.C., Golde, L.M., Maxwell, LH., Benlstin, A. (1987) Genetic Ablation: targeted expression of a toxin gene causes microphthalmia in transgenic mice. Science 238:1563-aA-crystallinLandel, C.P., Zhao, J., Bok, D., Evans, G.A. (1988) Lens-specific expression of a recombinant ricin induces developmental defects in the eyes of transgenic mice.
Genes Dev. 2: 1168-1178 ICaur, S., key, B., Stock, J., McNeish, J.D., Akeson, R., Potter, S.S. (1989) Targeted ablation of alpha-crystallin-synthesizing cells produces lens-deficient eyes in transgenic mice. Development 105: 613-619 pituitary Growth hormoneBehringer, R.R., Mathews, L.S., Palmiter, R.D., Brinster, - somatrophic R.L. (1988) Dwarf mice produced by genetic ablation of cells growth hormone-expressing cells.
Genes Dev. 2: 453-461 SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) pancreas Insulin- Ornitz, D.M., Palmiter, R.D., Hammer, R.E., Brinster, Elastase RL., Swift, G.H., MacDonald, - acinar R.j. (1985) Specific cell specificexpression of an elastase-human growth fusion in pancreatic acinar cells of transgeneic mice. Nature 131:
Palmiter, R.D., Behringer, R.R., Quaife, C.J., Maxwell, F., Maxwell, LH., Brinster, R.L.
(1987) Cell lineage ablation in transgeneic mice by cell-specific expression of a toxin gene. Cell 50:435-443 T cells lck promoterChaffin, K.E., Beak, C.R., Wilkie, T.M., Forbush, K.A., Simon, M.L, Perlinutter, R.M.
(1990) EMBO Journal 9:
B cells ImmunoglobulinBorelli, E., Heyman, R., Hsi, M., Evans, R.M. (1988) kappa lightTargeting of an inducible toxic chain phenotype in animal cells.
Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:
Heyman, R.A., Borrelli, E., Lesley, J., Anderson, D., Richmond, D.D., Baird, S.M., Hyman, R., Evans, R.M.
(1989) Thymidine kinase obliteration:
aeation of transgenic mice with controlled immunodeficiencies.
Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:
Schwann Po promoterMessing, A., Behringer, R.R, cells Hammang, J.P. Palmiter, RD, Brinster, RL, Lemke, G. ,PO promoter directs espression of reporter and toxin genes to Schwann cells of transgenic mice. Neuron 8: 507-520 1992 Myelin basicMiskimins, R. Knapp, L., Dewey,MJ, Zhang, X. Cell and protein tissue-specific expression of a heterologous gene under control of the myelin basic protein gene promoter in trangenic mice. Brain Res Dev Brain Res 1992 Vol 65:
SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) WO 00/28011 PCT/US99/257bb spermatidsprotamine Breitman, M.L., Rombola, H., Maxwell, LH., Klintworth, G.K., Bernstein, A. (1990) Genetic ablation in transgenic mice with attenuated diphtheria toxin A gene. Mol. Cell.
Biol. 10: 474-479 hmg Lung surfacantOmitz, D.M., Palmiter, R.D., Haanmer, RE., Brinster, gee R.L., Swift, G.H., MacDonald, R.j. (1985) Specific expression of an elastase-human growth fusion in pancreatic acinar cells of transgeneic mice. Nature 131:
adipocyte Ross, S.R, Braves, RA, Spiegeltnan, P2 BM Targeted expression of a toxin gene to adipose Tissue: transgenic mice resistant to obesity Genes and Dev 7: 1318-24 muscle myosin lightLee, KJ, Ross, RS, Rocku~an, chain HA, Harris, AN, O'Brien, TX, van-Bilsen, M., Shubeita, HE, Kandolf, R., Brem, G., Prices et alJ. BIoI. Chem. 1992 Aug 5, 267: 15875-85 Alpha actinMuscat, GE., Perry, S. , Prentice, H. Kedes, L. The human skeletal alpha-actin gene is regulated by a muscle-specific enhancer that binds three nuclear factors. Gene Expression 2, 111-26, 1992 neurons neurofilamentReeben, M. Halmekyto, M. Alhonen, L. Sinervirta, R.
proteins Saarma, M. Janne,J. Tissue-specific expression of rat light neurofilament promoter-driven reporter gene in transgenic mice. BBRC 1993: 192: 465-70 liver tyrosine aminotransferase, albumin, apolipoproteins SUBSTITUTE SHEET (RULE 26) Target genes As used herein, the term "target gene" refers to a gene, whose transcription is stimulated according to the method of the invention. In one preferred embodiment, the gene is integrated in the chromosomal DNA of a cell. Alternatively, the gene is episomal. A cell comprising a target gene is referred to herein as a "target cell".
In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the target gene is an endogenous gene. As used herein, the term "endogenous gene" refers to a gene which is naturally present in a cell, in its natural environment, i.e., not a gene which has been introduced into the cell by genetic engineering. The endogenous gene can be any gene having a promoter that is recognized by at least one transcription factor. In a preferred embodiment, the promoter or any regulatory element thereof, of the endogenous gene ("endogenous promoter" and "endogenous regulatory element", respectively), is recognized by a known, preferably cloned, DNA binding protein, whether it is a transcription activator or repressor. Alternatively, if no DNA binding protein is known to interact with a target promoter, it is possible to clone such a factor using techniques well known in the art without undue experimentation, such as screening of expression libraries with at least a portion of the target promoter.
Furthermore, the affinity of binding of a DNA binding domain to a target sequence can be improved according to methods known in the art. Such methods comprise, e.g., introducing mutations into the DNA binding domain and screening for mutants having increased DNA binding affinity.
In another embodiment of the invention, the target gene is an endogenous gene, which contains an exogenous target sequence. The exogenous target sequence can be inserted into the endogenous promoter or substitute at least a portion of the endogenous promoter.1n preferred embodiments, the exogenous promoter or regulatory element introduced into the endogenous target promoter is recognized by a DNA binding protein, capable of binding with high affinity and specificity to a target sequence. In a preferred embodiment, the DNA binding protein is human.
However, the DNA binding protein can be from any other species. For example, the DNA
binding protein can be from the yeast GAL4 protein.
In yet another embodiment, the target gene is an exogenous gene. In a preferred embodiment, the exogenous gene is integrated into the chromosomal DNA of a cell.
The exogenous gene can be inserted into the chromosomal DNA, or the exogenous gene can substitute for at least a portion of an endogenous gene. The target gene can be present in a single copy or in multiple copies. In view of the experimental results described herein, it is not necessary that the target gene be present in more than one copy. However, if even higher levels of protein encoded by the target gene is desired, multiple copies of the gene can be used.
In one embodiment, the taget gene construct enables transcription of a target gene to be regulated by a transcription factor in accordance with this invention comprises a DNA molecule which includes a synthetic transcription unit typically consisting of: (1) one copy or multiple copies of a DNA sequence recognized with high-affinity by the DNA binding domain of a fusion protein which includes a transcription activator, or of a protein which recruits the transcription activator; (2) a promoter sequence consisting minimally of a TATA box and initiator sequence but l0 optionally including other transcription factor binding sites; (3) a coding sequence for a desired gene product, including sequences that promote the initiation and termination of translation, if appropriate; (4) an optional sequence consisting of a splice donor, splice acceptor, and intervening intron DNA; and (5) a sequence directing cleavage and polyadenylation of the resulting RNA transcript.
A wide variety of genes can be employed as the target gene, including genes that encode a therapeutic protein, antisense sequence or ribozyme of interest.
The target gene can be any sequence of interest which provides a desired phenotype. It can encode a surface membrane protein, a secreted protein, a cytoplasmic protein, or there can be a plurality of target genes encoding different products. The target gene may be an antisense sequence which can modulate a particular pathway by inhibiting a transcription regulation protein or turn on a particular pathway by inhibiting the translation of an inhibitor of the pathway. The target gene can encode a ribozyme which may modulate a particular pathway by interfering, at the RNA level, with the expression of a relevant transcription regulator or with the expression of an inhibitor of a particular pathway. The proteins which are expressed, singly or in combination, can involve homing, cytotoxicity, proliferation, immune response, inflammatory response, clotting or dissolving of clots, hormonal regulation, etc. The proteins expressed may be naturally-occurring proteins, mutants of naturally-occurring proteins, unique sequences, or combinations thereof.
Various secreted products include hormones, such as insulin, human growth hormone, glucagon, pituitary releasing factor, ACTH, melanotropin, relaxin, etc.;
growth factors, such as EGF, IGF-1, TGF-a or - j3, PDGF, G-CSF, M-CSF, GM-CSF, FGF, erythropoietin, thrombopoietin, megakaryocytic stimulating and growth factors, etc.; interleukins, such as IL-1 to -13; TNF-a and - (3, etc.; and enzymes and other factors, such as tissue plasminogen activator, members of the complement cascade, performs, superoxide dismutase, coagulation factors, antithrombin-III, Factor VIIIc, Factor VIIIvW, Factor IX, a-antitrypsin, protein C, protein S, endorphins, dynorphin, bone morphogenetic protein, etc.
The gene can encode a naturally-occurring surface membrane protein or a protein made so by introduction of an appropriate signal peptide and transmembrane sequence. Various such proteins include homing receptors, e.g. L-selectin (Mel-14), blood-related proteins, particularly having a kringle structure, e.g. Factor VIIIc, Factor VIIIvW, hematopoietic cell markers, e.g. CD3, CD4, CDB, B-cell receptor, TCR
subunits a, (3, ~y, b, CD10, CD19, CD28, CD33, CD38, CD41, etc., receptors, such as the interleukin receptors IL-2R, IL-4R, etc., channel proteins for influx or efflux of ions, e.g. Ca+2, K+, Na+, Cl- and the like; CFTR, tyrosine activation motif, zap-70, etc.
Proteins may be modified for transport to a vesicle for exocytosis. By adding the sequence from a protein which is directed to vesicles, where the sequence is modified proximal to one or the other terminus, or situated in an analogous position to the protein source, the modified protein will be directed to the Golgi apparatus for packaging in a vesicle. This process in conjunction with the presence of the fusion proteins for exocytosis allows for rapid transfer of the proteins to the extracellular medium and a relatively high localized concentration.
Also, intracellular proteins can be of interest, such as proteins in metabolic pathways, regulatory proteins, steroid receptors, transcription factors, etc., depending upon the nature of the host cell. Some of the proteins indicated above can also serve as intracellular proteins.
By way of further illustration, in T-cells, one may wish to introduce genes encoding one or both chains of a T-cell receptor. For B-cells, one could provide the heavy and light chains for an immunoglobulin for secretion. For cutaneous cells, e.g.
keratinocytes, particularly stem cell keratinocytes, one could provide for protection against infection, by secreting -, or -interferon, antichemotactic factors, proteases specific for bacterial cell wall proteins, etc.
1n addition to providing for expression of a gene having therapeutic value, there will be many situations where one may wish to direct a cell to a particular site.
The site can include anatomical sites, such as lymph nodes, mucosal tissue, skin, synovium, lung or other internal organs or functional sites, such as clots, injured sites, sites of surgical manipulation, inflammation, infection, etc. By providing for expression of surface membrane proteins which will direct the host cell to the particular site by providing for binding at the host target site to a naturally-occurring epitope, localized concentrations of a secreted product can be achieved.
Proteins of interest include homing receptors, e.g. L-selectin, GMP140, CLAM-1, etc., or addressins, e.g. ELAM-1, PNAd, LNAd, etc., clot binding proteins, or cell surface proteins that respond to localized gradients of chemotactic factors. There are numerous situations where one would wish to direct cells to a particular site, where release of a therapeutic product could be of great value.
For use in gene therapy, the target gene can encode any gene product that is beneficial to a subject. The gene product can be a secreted protein, a membraneous protein, or a cytoplasmic protein. Preferred secreted proteins include growth factors, differentiation factors, cytokines, interleukins, tPA, and erythropoietin.
Preferred membraneous proteins include receptors, e.g, growth factor or cytokine receptors or proteins mediating apoptosis, e.g., Fas receptor. Other candidate therapeutic genes are disclosed in PCT/US93/01617.
In yet another embodiment, a "gene activation" construct which, by homologous recombination with a genomic DNA, alters the transcription regulatory sequences of an endogenous gene, can be used to introduce recognition elements for a DNA binding activity of one of the subject engineered proteins. A vareity of different formats for the gene activation constructs are available. See, for example, the Transkaryotic Therapies, Inc PCT publications W093/09222, W095/31560, W096/29411, W095/31560 and W094/12650.
Design and assembly of the DNA constructs Constructs may be designed in accordance with the principles, illustrative examples and materials and methods disclosed in the patent documents and scientific literature cited herein, each of which is incorporated herein by reference, with modifications and further exemplification as described herein. Components of the constructs can be prepared in conventional ways, where the coding sequences and regulatory regions may be isolated, as appropriate, ligated, cloned in an appropriate cloning host, analyzed by restriction or sequencing, or other convenient means.
Particularly, using PCR, individual fragments including all or portions of a functional unit may be isolated, where one or more mutations may be introduced using "primer repair", ligation, in vitro mutagenesis, etc. as appropriate. In the case of DNA
constructs encoding fusion proteins, DNA sequences encoding individual domains and sub-domains are joined such that they constitute a single open reading frame encoding a fusion protein capable of being translated in cells or cell lysates into a single polypeptide harboring all component domains. The DNA construct encoding the fusion protein may then be placed into a vector that directs the expression of the protein in the appropriate cell type(s). For biochemical analysis of the encoded fusion protein, it may be desirable to construct plasmids that direct the expression of the protein in bacteria or in reticulocyte-lysate systems. For use in the production of proteins in mammalian cells, the protein-encoding sequence is introduced into an expression vector that directs expression in these cells. Expression vectors suitable for such uses are well known in the art. Various sorts of such vectors are commercially available.
Constructs encoding the fusion proteins and target genes of this invention can be introduced into the cells as one or more DNA molecules or constructs, in many cases in association with one or more markers to allow for selection of host cells which contain the construct(s). The constructs) once completed and demonstrated to have the appropriate sequences may then be introduced into a host cell by any convenient means. The constructs may be incorporated into vectors capable of episomal replication (e.g. BPV or EBV vectors) or into vectors designed for integration into the host cells' chromosomes. The constructs may be integrated and packaged into non replicating, defective viral genomes like Adenovirus, Adeno-associated virus (AAV), or Herpes simplex virus (HSV) or others, including retroviral vectors, for infection or transduction into cells. Viral delivery systems are discussed in greater detail below.
Alternatively, the construct may be introduced by protoplast fusion, electro-poration, biolistics, calcium phosphate transfection, lipofection, microinjection of DNA
or the like. The host cells will in some cases be grown and expanded in culture before introduction of the construct(s), followed by the appropriate treatment for introduction of the constructs) and integration of the construct(s). The cells will then be expanded and screened by virtue of a marker present in the constructs.
Various markers which may be used successfully include hprt, neomycin resistance, thymidine kinase, hygromycin resistance, etc., and various cell-surface markers such as Tac, CDB, CD3, Thyl and the NGF receptor.
In some instances, one may have a target site for homologous recombination, where it is desired that a construct be integrated at a particular locus. For example, one can delete and/or replace an endogenous gene (at the same locus or elsewhere) with a recombinant target construct of this invention. For homologous recombination, one may generally use either S2 or O-vectors. See, for example, Thomas and Capecchi, Cell (1987) 51, 503-512; Mansour, et al., Nature (1988) 336, 348-352; and Joyner, et al., Nature (1989) 338, 153-156.
The constructs may be introduced as a single DNA molecule encoding all of the genes, or different DNA molecules having one or more genes. The constructs may be introduced simultaneously or consecutively, each with the same or different markers.
WO 00/2$011 PCT/US99/Z5766 Vectors containing useful elements such as bacterial or yeast origins of replication, selectable and/or amplifiable markers, promoter/enhancer elements for expression in procaryotes or eucaryotes, and mammalian expression control elements, etc. which may be used to prepare stocks of construct DNAs and for carrying out transfections are well known in the art, and many are commercially available.
Delivery of Nucleic Acid: Ex vivo and in vivo Any means for the introduction of heterologous nucleic acids into host cells, especially eucaryotic cells, an in particular animal cells, preferably human or non-human mammalian cells, may be adapted to the practice of this invention. For the purpose of this discussion, the various nucleic acid constructs described herein may together be referred to as the transgene. Ex vivo approaches for delivery of DNA
include calcium phosphate precipitation, electroporation, lipofection and infection via viral vectors. Two general in vivo gene therapy approaches include (a) the delivery of "naked", lipid-complexed or liposome-formulated or otherwise formulated DNA
and (b) the delivery of the heterologous nucleic acids via viral vectors. In the former approach, prior to formulation of DNA, e.g. with lipid, a plasmid containing a transgene bearing the desired DNA constructs may first be experimentally optimized for expression (e.g., inclusion of an intron in the 5' untranslated region and elimination of unnecessary sequences (Felgner, et al., Ann NY Acad Sci 126-139, 1995).
Formulation of DNA, e.g. with various lipid or liposome materials, may then be effected using known methods and materials and delivered to the recipient mammal.
While various viral vectors may be used in the practice of this invention, retroviral, AAV, and adenovirus-based approaches are of particular interest.
See, for example, Dubensky et al. (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81, 7529-7533;
Kaneda et al., (1989) Science 243,375-378; Hiebert et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA 86, 3594-3598; Hatzoglu et al. (1990) J. Biol. Chem. 265, 17285-17293 and Ferry, et al.
(1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88, 8377-8381. When using viral vectors, the recombinant nucleic acids may be delivered in a single virus, or may be divided into two or more viruses. For example, the fusion protein constructs could be delivered by one virus, while the target gene could be on a second virus. The target gene virus may further comprise an additional transcription regulatory domain construct. The.
following additional guidance on the choice and use of viral vectors may be helpful to the practitioner.
Viral Vectors:
Adenoviral vectors A viral gene delivery system useful in the present invention utilizes adenovirus-derived vectors. Knowledge of the genetic organization of adenovirus, a 36 kB, linear and double-stranded DNA virus, allows substihztion of a large piece of adenoviral DNA with foreign sequences up to 8 kB. In contrast to retrovirus, the infection of adenoviral DNA into host cells does not result in chromosomal integration because adenoviral DNA can replicate in an episomal manner without potential genotoxicity.
Also, adenoviruses are structurally stable, and no genome rearrangement has been detected after extensive amplification. Adenovirus can infect virtually all epithelial cells regardless of their cell cycle stage. So far, adenoviral infection appears to be linked only to mild disease such as acute respiratory disease in the human.
Adenovirus is particularly suitable for use as a gene transfer vector because of its mid-sized genome, ease of manipulation, high titer, wide target-cell range, and high infectivity. Both ends of the viral genome contain 100-200 base pair (bp) inverted terminal repeats (ITR), at the 3' and 5' terminal regions of the adenovirus genome which are cis elements necessary for viral DNA replication and packaging. See, e.g., Gingeras et al. (1982) J. Biol. Chem.257:13475-13491. The early (E) arid late (L) regions of the genome contain different transcription units that are divided by the onset of viral DNA replication. The E1 region (ElA and E1B) encodes proteins responsible for the regulation of transcription of the viral genome and a few cellular genes. The expression of the E2 region (E2A and E2B) results in the synthesis of the proteins for viral DNA replication. These proteins are involved in DNA
replication, late gene expression, and host cell shut off (Renan (1990) Radiotherap. Oncol.
19:197). The products of the late genes, including the majority of the viral capsid proteins, are expressed only after significant processing of a single primary transcript issued by the major late promoter (MLP). The MLP (located at 16.8 m.u.) is particularly efficient during the late phase of infection, and all the mRNAs issued from this promoter possess a 5' tripartite leader (TL) sequence which makes them preferred mRNAs for translation.
The genome of an adenovirus can be manipulated such that it encodes a gene product of interest, but is inactivated in terms of its ability to replicate in a normal lytic viral life cycle (see, for example, Berkner et al., (1988) BioTechniques 6:616;
Rosenfeld et al., (1991) Science 252:431-434; and Rosenfeld et al., (1992) Cell 68:143-155). Suitable adenoviruses derived from the adenovirus strain Ad type 5 d1324 or other strains of adenovirus (e.g., Ad2, Ad3, Ad7 etc.) are well known to those skilled in the art. Recombinant adenoviruses can be advantageous in certain circumstances in that they are not capable of infecting nondividing cells and can be used to infect a wide variety of cell types, including airway epithelium (Rosenfeld et al., (1992) cited supra), endothelial cells (Lemarchand et al., (1992) PNAS USA 89:6482-6486), hepatocytes (Herz and Gerard, (1993) PNAS USA 90:2812-2816) and muscle cells (Quantin et al., (1992) PNAS USA 89:2581-2584).
Adenoviruses have also been used in vaccine development (Grunhaus and Horwitz (1992) Siminar in Virology 3:237; Graham and Prevec (1992) Biotechnology 20:363). Experiments in administering recombinant adenovirus to different tissues include trachea instillation (Rosenfeld et al. (1991) ; Rosenfeld et al.
(1992) Cell 68:143), muscle injection (Ragot et al. (1993) Nature 361:647), peripheral intravenous injection (Herz and Gerard (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90:2812}, and stereotactic inoculation into the brain (Le Gal La Salle et al. (1993) Science 254:988).
Furthermore, the virus particle is relatively stable and amenable to purification and concentration, and as above, can be modified so as to affect the spectrum of infectivity. Additionally, adenovirus is easy to grow and manipulate and exhibits broad host range in vitro and in vivo. This group of viruses can be obtained in high titers, e.g., 109 - 1011 plaque-forming unit (PFU)/ml, and they are highly infective. The life cycle of adenovirus does not require integration into the host cell genome. The foreign genes delivered by adenovirus are episomal, and therefore, have low genotoxicity to host cells. No side effects have been reported in studies of vaccination with wild-type adenovirus (Couch et al., 1963; Top et al., 1971), demonstrating their safety and therapeutic potential as in vivo gene transfer vectors. Moreover, the carrying capacity of the adenoviral genome for foreign DNA is large (up to 8 kilobases) relative to other gene delivery vectors (Berkner et al., supra; Haj-Ahmand and Graham (1986) J. Virol. 57:267).
The invention provides recombinant adenoviruses, pAdO, which have been deleted of adenovirus cis-elements necessary for replication and virion encapsidation and which contains a target gene and/or one or more genes encoding fusion proteins of the invention. Productive viral infection with pAdD requires a helper adenovirus, which alone or with a packaging cell line, supplies sufficient gene sequences necessary for a productive viral infection. Preferred helper viruses are altered in one or more native gene sequences which direct efficient packaging, to thereby produce a helper virus whose packaging function or ability to replicate is "crippled" or disabled. Such recombinant adenoviruses are further described in published PCT application No.
PCT/US95/14017 having publication No. WO 96/13597 by Wilson et al.
Most replication-defective adenoviruses currently in use and favored by the present invention are deleted for all or parts of the viral El and E3 genes but may retain as much as 80% of the adenoviral genetic material (see, e.g., Jones et al., (1979) Cell 16:683; Berkner et al., supra; and Graham et al., in Methods in Molecular Biology, E.J. Murray, Ed. (Humana, Clifton, NJ, 1991) vol. 7. pp. 109-127).
Accordingly, a preferred adenovirus of the invention is an adenovirus in which the E1 and E3 genes have been deleted or mutated, and in which the E1 gene has been replaced with a gene encoding a fusion protein and/or reporter gene of the invention. An E1/E3 deleted adenovirus allows for an insert of up to 8 kb. A preferred viral backbone is d1327 which is deleted in Ela, Elb, and E3. Deletion within adenovirus genes other than El and E3 region genes may also be useful to further reduce viral genome size, allowing thereby the insertion of larger genes of interest. In addition, since replication and viral protein expression in these viruses is reduced or eliminated in vivo, the immune response of the infected host to the virus and viral protein is also reduced.
By decreasing the host immune response, the persistence of expression of the inserted gene is increased. Such vectors are further described in published PCT
application No. PCT/US94/06338 having publication No. WO 94/28938 by Wilson and Engelhardt.
Other than the requirement that the adenovirus be replication defective, or at least conditionally defective, the nature of the adenovirus is not believed to be crucial to the successful practice of the invention. The adenovirus may be of any of the 42 different known serotypes or subgroups A-F. Adenovirus type 5 of subgroup C is the preferred starting material in order to obtain the conditional replication-defective adenovirus for use in the method of the present invention. This is because Adenovirus type 5 is a human adenovirus about which a great deal of biochemical and genetic information is known, and it has historically been used for most constructions employing adenovirus. As stated above, the typical virus according to the present invention is replication defective and will not have an adenovirus E1 region.
Thus, it will be most convenient to introduce the nucleic acid of interest at the position from which the E1 coding sequences have been removed. However, the position of insertion of the nucleic acid of interest in a region within the adenovirus sequences is not critical to the present invention. For example, the nucleic acid of interest may also be inserted in lieu of the deleted E3 region in E3 replacement viruses as described previously by Karlsson et. al. (1986) or in the E4 region where a helper cell line or helper virus complements the E4 defect.
Various adenoviruses have been shown to be of use in the transfer of genes to mammals, including humans. Replication-deficient adenovirus has been used to express marker proteins and CFTR in the pulmonary epithelium. Because of their ability to efficiently infect dividing cells, their tropism for the lung, and the relative ease of generation of high titer stocks, adenoviruses have been the subject of much research in the last few years, and various viruses have been used to deliver genes to the lungs of human subjects (Zabner et al., Cell 75:207-216, 1993; Crystal, et al., Nat Genet. 8:42-51, 1994; Boucher, et al., Hum Gene Ther 5:615-639, 1994). The first generation Ela deleted adenovirus has been improved upon with a second generation that includes a temperature-sensitive E2a viral protein, designed to express less viral protein and thereby make the virally infected cell less of a target for the immune system (Goldman et al., Human Gene Therapy 6:839-851,1995). More recently, a viral vector deleted of all viral open reading frames has been reported (Fisher et al., Virology 217:11-22, 1996). Moreover, it has been shown that expression of viral IL-10 inhibits the immune response to adenoviral antigen (Qin et al., Human Gene Therapy 8:1365-1374, 1997).
Adenoviruses can also be cell type specific, i.e., infect only restricted types of cells and/or express a transgene only in restricted types of cells. For example, the viruses comprise a gene under the transcription control of a transcription initiation region specifically regulated by target host cells, as described e.g., in U.S.
Patent No.
5,698,443, by Henderson and Schuur, issued December 16, 1997. Thus, replication competent adenoviruses can be restricted to certain cells by, e.g., inserting a cell specific response element to regulate a synthesis of a protein necessary for replication, e.g., E1A or E1B.
Techniques for introducing viruses into a variety of cells including hepatocytes, pancreatic and biliary eptithelial cells, endothelial cells and described in the following published PCT applications: PCT/US96/03041 (WO 96/26286) by Wilson et al.
(hepatocytes); PCT/US91/09700 (WO 92/12242) by Mulligan and Wilson (hepatocytes); and PCT/US89/00422 (WO 89/07136) by Wilson and Mulligan (hepatocytes); PCT/US94/05187 (WO 94/26915) by J.M. Wilson (pancreatic cells);
and PCT/US91/08127 (WO 92/07573) by Rafield et aI. and PCT/US88/04383 {WO 89/05345) by Wilson and Mulligan (endothelial cells).
DNA sequences of a number of adenovirus types are available from Genbank.
For example, human adenovirus type 5 has GenBank Accession No.M73260. The adenovirus DNA sequences may be obtained from any of the 42 human adenovirus types currently identified. Various adenovirus strains are available frorr~
the American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, Maryland, or by request from a number of commercial and academic sources. A transgene as described herein may be incorporated into any adenovirus and delivery protocol, by the same methods (restriction digest, linker ligation or filling in of ends, and ligation) used to insert the CFTR or other genes into the vectors.
In another embodiment, the invention provides a virus, e.g, adenovirus, which is a recombinant replication defective virus comprising the DNA of, or corresponding to, at least a portion of the genome of said virus, capable of infecting a mammalian cell, and a first expression sequence comprising a gene of interest operably linked to an expression control sequence, flanked on each side by the cis-acting terminal repeat sequence of a transposon, said expression sequence flanked by the DNA of the virus.
The recombinant virus is capable of infecting a mammalian cell and capable of expressing the gene of interest and tansferring it to the chromatin of said cell in vivo or in vitro in the presence of a transposase. The virus can further comprise a gene encoding a suitable trans-acting transposase operably linked to an expression control sequence. Such a recombinant virus is capable of infecting a mammalian cell and capable of expressing the selected gene and transferring it to the chromatin of the infected cell in vivo or in vitro, when in the presence of a transposase.
These viruses are further described in published PCT application No. WO 97/15679 by Kelley and Wilson.
The viruses of the invention can be administered to a host animal in such a manner that a potential immune reaction to the viruses is reduced. This can be achieved, e.g., by administering together with the virus a selected immune modulator, which substantially reduces the occurrence of neutralizing antibody responses directed against the virus encoded antigens and/or cytolytic T cell elimination of the viral protein containing cell. The immune modulator can be administered simultaneously or prior to administration of the viruses. The immune modulator can be, e.g., selected from the group consisting of a cytokine, an agent capable of depleting or inhibiting CD4+ T cells, and anti-T cell antibody, an agent capable of bloking the interaction between CD40 ligand on a T cell and CD40 on a B cell, an agent capable of bloking the interaction between the CD28 or CTLA4 ligand on a T cell and B7 on a B cell, and cyclphosphamide. This technique is further described in published PCT
application No. WO 96/26285 by Wilson et al.
A preferred helper cell line is 293 (ATCC Accession No. CRL1573). This helper cell line, also termed a "packaging cell line" was developed by Frank Graham (Graham et al. (1987) J. Gen. Virol. 36:59-72 and Graham (1977) J.General Virology 68:937-940) and provides ElA and E1B in traps. However, helper cell lines may also be derived from human cells such as human embryonic kidney cells, muscle cells, hematopoietic cells or other human embryonic mesenchymal or epithelial cells.
Alternatively, the helper cells may be derived from the cells of other mammalian species that are permissive for human adenovirus. Such cells include, e.g., Vero cells or other monkey embryonic mesenchymal or epithelial cells.
Adenovinis producer cell lines can include one or more of the adenoviral genes E1, E2a, and E4 DNA sequence, for packaging adenovirus in which one or more of these genes have been mutated or deleted are described, e.g., in WO 96/18418 by Kadan et al.; WO 95/346671 by Kovesdi et al.; W094/28152 by Imler et al.; WO
95/02697 by Perrocaudet et al., W096/14061 by Wang et al.
AAV
Yet another viral system usehil for delivery of the subject fusion genes is the adeno-associated virus (AAV). Adeno-associated virus is a naturally occurring defective virus that requires another virus, such as an adenovinis or a herpes virus, as a helper virus for efficient replication and a productive life cycle. {For a review, see Muzyczka et al., Curr. Topics in Micro. and Immunol. (1992) 158:97-129).
AAV has not been associated with the cause of any disease. AAV is not a transforming or oncogenic virus. AAV integration into chromosomes of human cell lines does not cause any significant alteration in the growth properties or morphological characteristics of the cells. These properties of AAV also recommend it as a potentially useful human gene therapy vector.
AAV is also one of the few viruses that may integrate its DNA into non dividing cells, e.g., pulmonary epithelial cells, and exhibits a high frequency of stable integration (see for example Flotte et al., (1992) Am. J. Respir. Cell. Mol.
Biol. 7:349 356; Samulski et al., (1989) J. Virol. 63:3822-3828; and McLaughlin et al., (1989) J.
Virol. 62:1963-1973). Vectors containing as little as 300 base pairs of AAV
can be packaged and can integrate. Space for exogenous DNA is limited to about 4.5 kb. An AAV vector such as that described in Tratschin et al., (1985) Mol. Cell. Biol.
5:3251-3260 can be used to introduce DNA into cells. A variety of nucleic acids have been introduced into different cell types using AAV vectors (see for example Hermonat et al., (1984) PNAS USA 81:6466-6470; Tratschin et al., (1985) Mol. Cell. Biol.
4:2072-2081; Wondisford et al., (1988) Mol. Endocrinol. 2:32-39; Tratschin et al., (1984) J.
Virol. 51:611-619; and Flotte et al., (1993) J. Biol. Chem. 268:3781-3790).
The AAV-based expression vector to be used typically includes the 145 nucleotide AAV inverted terminal repeats (ITRs) flanking a restriction site that can be used for subcloning of the transgene, either directly using the restriction site available, or by excision of the transgene with restriction enzymes followed by blunting of the ends, ligation of appropriate DNA linkers, restriction digestion, and ligation into the site between the ITRs. By "adeno-associated virus inverted terminal repeats"
or "AAV
ITRs" is meant the palindromic regions which comprise the terminal repeats at the 3' and 5' ends of the AAV genome. The AAV ITR regions provide sequences for packaging the AAV provirus (i.e., the AAV genome) into the AAV viral capsid.
The ITR regions also form secondary structures which act as self-primers for AAV
replication. Samulski et al. (J. Virol. 63:3822, 1989), for example, describes AAV ITR
sequences and structures. The nucleotide sequences of AAV ITR regions are known.
See, e.g., Kotin, R. M. (1994) Human Gene Therapy 5:793-801; Berns, K. I.
"Parvoviridae and their Replication" in Fundamental Virology, 2nd Edition, (B.
N.
Fields and D. M. Knipe, eds.) for the AAV-2 sequence. As used herein, an "AAV
ITR"
need not have the wild-type nucleotide sequence depicted, but may be altered, e.g., by the insertion, deletion or substitution of nucleotides. Additionally, the AAV
ITR may be derived from any of several AAV serotypes, including without limitation, AAV-1, AAV-2, AAV-3, AAV-4, AAV-5, AAVX7, etc. Furthermore, 5' and 3' ITRs which flank a selected nucleotide sequence in an AAV vector need not necessarily be identical or derived from the same AAV serotype or isolate, so long as they function as intended, i.e., to allow for excision and rescue of the sequence of interest from a host cell genome or vector, and to allow integration of the heterologous sequence into the recipient cell genome when the rep gene is present in the cell (either on the same or on a different vector).
The capacity of AAV vectors is about 4.4 kb. The following proteins have been expressed using various AAV-based vectors, and a variety of promoter/enhancers: neomycin phosphotransferase, chloramphenicol .acetyl transferase, Fanconi's anemia gene, cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator, and granulocyte macrophage colony-stimulating factor (Kotin, R.M., Human Gene Therapy 5:793-801, 1994, Table I). A transgene incorporating the various DNA
constructs of this invention can similarly be included in an AAV-based vector.
As an alternative to inclusion of a constitutive promoter such as CMV to drive expression of the recombinant DNA encoding the fusion protein(s), e.g. fusion proteins comprising an activation domain or DNA-binding domain, an AAV promoter can be used (ITR
itself or AAV p5 (Flotte, et al. J. Biol.Chem. 268:3781-3790, 1993)).
Such a vector can be packaged into AAV virions by reported methods. For example, a human cell line such as 293 can be co-transfected with the AAV-based expression vector and another plasmid containing open reading frames encoding AAV
rep and cap (which are obligatory for replication and packaging of the recombinant viral construct) under the control of endogenous AAV promoters or a heterologous promoter. In the absence of helper virus, the rep proteins Rep68 and Rep78 prevent accumulation of the replicative form, but upon superinfection with adenovirus or herpes virus, these proteins permit replication from the ITRs (present only in the construct containing the transgene) and expression of the viral capsid proteins. This system results in packaging of the transgene DNA into AAV virions (Carter, B.J., Current Opinion in Biotechnology 3:533-539, 1992; Kotin, R.M, Human Gene Therapy 5:793-801, 1994)). Typically, three days after transfection, recombinant AAV
is harvested from the cells along with adenoviurs and the contaminating adenovirus is then inactivated by heat treatment.
Methods to improve the titer of AAV can also be used to express the transgene in an AAV virion. Such strategies include, but are not limited to: stable expression of the ITR-flanked transgene in a cell line followed by transfection with a second plasmid to direct viral packaging; use of a cell line that expresses AAV proteins inducibly, such as temperature-sensitive inducible expression or pharmacologically inducible expression. Alternatively, a cell can be infected with a first AAV including a 5' ITR, a 3' ITR flanking a heterologous gene, and a second AAV vector which includes an inducible origin of replication, e.g., SV40 origin of replication, which is capable of being induced by an agent, such as the SV40 T antigen and which includes DNA
sequences encoding the AAV rep and cap proteins. Upon induction by an agent, the second AAV vector may replicate to a high copy ntunber, and thereby increased numbers of infectious AAV particles may be generated (see, e.g, U.S. Patent No. 5,693,531 by Chiorini et al., issued December 2, 1997. In yet another method for producing large amounts of recombinant AAV, a fusion plasmid is used which incorporate the Epstein Barr Nuclear Antigen (EBNA) gene , the latent origin of replication of Epstein Barr virus (oriP) and an AAV genome. These plasmids are maintained as a multicopy extra-chromosomal elements in cells, such as in 293 cells. Upon addition of wild-type helper functions, these cells will produce high amounts of recombinant AAV
(U.S.
Patent 5,691,176 by Lebkowski et al., issued Nov. 25, 1997). In another system, an AAV packaging plasmid is provided that allows expression of the rep gene, wherein the p5 promoter, which normally controls rep expression, is replaced with a heterologous promoter (U.S. Patent 5,658,776, by Flotte et al., issued Aug.
19, 1997).
Additionally, one may increase the efficiency of AAV transduction by treating the cells with an agent that facilitates the conversion of the single stranded form to the double stranded form, as described in Wilson et al., W096/39530.
AAV stocks can be produced as described in Hermonat and Muzyczka (1984) PNAS 81:6466, modified by using the pAAV/Ad described by Samulski et al.
(1989) J. Virol. 63:3822. Concentration and purification of the virus can be achieved by reported methods such as banding in cesium chloride gradients, as was used for the initial report of AAV expression in vivo (Flotte, et al. J.Biol. Chem.
268:3781-3790, 1993) or chromatographic purification, as described in O'Riordan et al., W097/08298.
Methods for in vitro packaging AAV vectors are also available and have the advantage that there is no size limitation of the DNA packaged into the particles (see, U.S. Patent No. 5,688,676, by Zhou et al., issued Nov. 18, 1997). This procedure involves the preparation of cell free packaging extracts.
For additional detailed guidance on AAV technology which may be useful in the practice of the subject invention, including methods and materials for the incorporation of a transgene, the propagation and purification of the recombinant AAV containing the transgene, and its use in transfecting cells and mammals, see e.g.
Carter et al, US Patent No. 4,797,368 (10 Jan 1989); Muzyczka et al, US Patent No.
5,139,941 (18 Aug 1992); Lebkowski et al, US Patent No. 5,173,414 (22 Dec 1992);
Srivastava, US Patent No. 5,252,479 (12 Oct 1993); Lebkowski et al, US Patent No.
5,354,678 (11 Oct 1994); Shenk et al, US Patent No. 5,436,146(25 July 1995);
Chatterjee et al, US Patent No. 5,454,935 (12 Dec 1995), Carter et al WO
(published 9 Dec 1993), and Natsoulis, U.S. Patent No. 5,622,856 (April 22, 1997).
Further information regarding AAVs and the adenovirus or herpes helper functions required can be found in the following articles.Berns and Bohensky (1987), "Adeno-Associated Viruses: An Update", Advanced in Virus Research, Academic Press, 33:243-306. The genome of AAV is described in Laughlin et al. (1983) "Cloning of infectious adeno-associated virus genomes in bacterial plasmids", Gene, 23:
65-73.
Expression of AAV is described in Beaton et al. (1989) "Expression from the Adeno-associated virus p5 and p19 promoters is negatively regulated in trans by the rep protein', J. Virol., 63:4450-4454. Construction of rAAV is described in a number of publications: Tratschin et al. (1984) "Adeno-associated virus vector for high frequency integration, expression and rescue of genes in mammalian cells", Mol. Cell.
Biol., 4:2072-2081; Hermonat and Muzyczka (1984) "Use of adeno-associated virus as a mammalian DNA cloning vector: Transduction of neomycin resistance into mammalian tissue culture cells", Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6466-6470;
McLaughlin et al. (1988) "Adeno-associated virus general transduction vectors:
Analysis of Proviral Structures", j. Virol., 62:1963-1973; and Samulski et al.
(1989) "Helper-free stocks of recombinant adeno-associated viruses: normal integration does not require viral gene expression", J. Virol., 63:3822-3828. Cell lines that can be infected by rAAV are those described in Lebkowski et al. (1988) "Adeno-associated virus: a vector system for efficient introduction and integration of DNA into a variety of mammalian cell types", Mol. Cell. Biol., 8:3988-3996. "Producer" or "packaging" cell lines used in manufacturing recombinant retroviruses are described in Dougherty et al.
(1989) J. Virol., 63:3209-3212; and Markowitz et al. (1988) J. Virol., 62:1220-1124.
Hybrid Adenovirus-AAV
Hybrid Adenovirus-AAV is represented by an adenovints capsid containing a nucleic acid comprising a portion of an adenovirus, and 5' and 3' ITR
sequences from an AAV which flank a selected transgene under the control of a promoter. See e.g.
Wilson et al, International Patent Application Publication No. WO 96/13598.
This hybrid virus is characterized by high titer transgene delivery to a host cell and the ability to stably integrate the transgene into the host cell chromosome in the presence of the rep gene. This virus is capable of infecting virtually all cell types (conferred by its adenovirus sequences) and stable long term transgene integration into the host cell genome (conferred by its AAV sequences).
The adenovirus nucleic acid sequences employed in the this vector can range from a minimtun sequence amount, which requires the use of a helper virus to produce the hybrid virus particle, to only selected deletions of adenovirus genes, which deleted gene products can be supplied in the hybrid viral process by a packaging cell.
For example, a hybrid virus can comprise the 5' and 3' inverted terminal repeat (ITR) sequences of an adenovinxs (which ftulction as origins of replication). The left terminal sequence (5') sequence of the Ad5 genome that can be used spans by 1 to about 360 of the conventional adenovirus genome (also referred to as map units 0-1) and includes 3o the 5' ITR and the packaging/enhancer domain. The 3' adenovirus sequences of the hybrid virus include the right terminal 3' ITR sequence which is about 580 nucleotides (about by 35,353- end of the adenovirus, referred to as about map units 98.4-100.
The AAV sequences useful in the hybrid vector are viral sequences from which the rep and cap polypeptide encoding sequences are deleted and are usually the cis acting 5' and 3' ITR sequences. Thus, the AAV ITR sequences are flanked by the selected adenovirus sequences and the AAV ITR sequences themselves flank a selected transgene. The preparation of the hybrid vector is further described in detail in published PCT application entitled "Hybrid Adenovirus-AAV Virus and Method of Use Thereof", WO 96/I3598 by Wilson et al.
For additional detailed guidance on adenovirus and hybrid adenovirus-AAV
technology which may be useful in the practice of the subject invention, including methods and materials for the incorporation of a transgene, the propagation and purification of recombinant virus containing the transgene, and its use in transfecting cells and mammals, see also Wilson et al, WO 94/28938, WO 96/13597 and WO
96/26285, and references cited therein.
Retroviruses The retroviruses are a group of single-stranded RNA viruses characterized by an ability to convert their RNA to double-stranded DNA in infected cells by a process of reverse-transcription (Coffin (1990) Retroviridae and their Replication" In Fields, Knipe ed. Virology. New York: Raven Press). The resulting DNA then stably integrates into cellular chromosomes as a provirus and directs synthesis of viral proteins. The integration results in the retention of the viral gene sequences in the recipient cell and its descendants. The retroviral genome contains three genes, gag, pol, and env that code for capsial proteins, polymerase enzyme, and envelope components, respectively. A sequence fotuld upstream from the gag gene, termed psi , functions as a signal for packaging of the genome into virions. Two long terminal repeat (LTR) sequences are present at the 5' and 3' ends of the viral genome. These contain strong promoter and enhancer sequences and are also required for integration in the host cell genome (Coffin (1990), supra).
In order to construct a retroviral vector, a nucleic acid of interest is inserted into the viral genome in the place of certain viral sequences to produce a virus that is replication-defective. In order to produce virions, a packaging cell line containing the gag, pol, and env genes but without the LTR and psi components is constructed (Mann et al. (1983) Cell 33:153). When a recombinant plasmid containing a human cDNA, together with the retroviral LTR and psi sequences is introduced into this cell line (by calcium phosphate precipitation for example), the psi sequence allows the RNA
transcript of the recombinant plasmid to be packaged into viruses, which are then secreted into the culture media (Nicolas and Rubenstein (1988) "Retroviral Vectors", In: Rodriguez and Denhardt ed. Vectors: A Survey of Molecular Cloning Vectors and their Uses. Stoneham:Butterworth; Temin, (1986) "Retrovirus Vectors for Gene Transfer: Efficient Integration into and Exprssion of Exogenous DNA in Vertebrate WO 00/28011 PC'T/US99/25766 Cell Genome", In: Kucherlapati ed. Gene Transfer. New York: Plenum Press; Mann et al., 1983, supra). The media containing the recombinant retroviruses is then collected, optionally concentrated, and used for gene transfer. Retroviruses are able to infect a broad variety of cell types. However, integration and stable expression require the division of host cells (Paskind et al. (1975) Virology 67:242).
A major prerequisite for the use of retroviruses is to ensure the safety of their use, particularly with regard to the possibility of the spread of wild-type virus in the cell population. The development of specialized cell lines (termed "packaging cells") which produce only replication-defective retroviruses has increased the utility of retroviruses for gene therapy, and defective retroviruses are well characterized for use in gene transfer for gene therapy purposes (for a review see Miller, A.D.
(1990) Blood 76:271). Thus, recombinant retrovirus can be constructed in which part of the retroviral coding sequence (gag, pol, env) has been replaced by nucleic acid encoding a fusion protein of the present invention, rendering the retrovirus replication defective.
The replication defective retrovirus is then packaged into virions which can be used to infect a target cell through the use of a helper virus by standard techniques.
Protocols for producing recombinant retroviruses and for infecting cells in vitro or in vivo with such viruses can be found in Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Ausubel, F.M. et al., (eds.) Greene Publishing Associates, (1989), Sections 9.10-9.14 and other standard laboratory manuals. Examples of suitable retroviruses include pLj, pZIP, pWE
and pEM which are well known to those skilled in the art. A preferred retroviral vector is a pSR MSVtkNeo (Muller et al. (1991) Mol. Cell Biol. 11:1785 and pSR MSV(XbaI) (Sawyers et al. (1995) J. Exp. Med. 181:307) and derivatives thereof. For example, the ttruque BamHI sites in both of these vectors can be removed by digesting the vectors with BamHI, filling in with Klenow and religating to produce pSMTN2 and pSMTX2, respectively, as described in PCT/US96/09948 by Clackson et al. Examples of suitable packaging virus lines for preparing both ecotropic and amphotropic retroviral systems include Crip, Cre, 2 and Am.
Retrovirttses have been used to introduce a variety of genes into many different cell types, including neural cells, epithelial cells, endothelial cells, lymphocytes, myoblasts, hepatocytes, bone marrow cells, in vitro and/or in vivo (see for example Eglitis et al., (1985) Science 230:1395-1398; Danos and Mulligan, (1988) PNAS
USA
85:6460-6464; Wilson et al., (1988) PNAS USA 85:3014-3018; Armentano et al., (1990) PNAS USA 87:6141-6145; Httber et al., (1991) PNAS USA 88:8039-8043;
Ferry et al., (1991) PNAS USA 88:8377-8381; Chowdhury et al., (1991) Science 254:1802-1805; van Beusechem et al., (1992) PNAS USA 89:7640-7644; Kay et al., (1992) Human Gene Therapy 3:641-647; Dai et al., (1992) PNAS USA 89:10892-10895; Hwu et al., (1993) J. Immunol. 150:4104-4115; U.S. Patent No.
4,868,116; U.S.
Patent No. 4,980,286; PCT Application WO 89/07136; PCT Application WO
89/02468; PCT Application WO 89/05345; and PCT Application WO 92/07573).
Furthermore, it has been shown that it is possible to limit the infection spectrum of retroviruses and consequently of retroviral-based vectors, by modifying the viral packaging proteins on the surface of the virus (see, for example PCT
publications W093/25234, W094/06920, and W094/11524). For instance, strategies for the modification of the infection spectrum of retroviruses include:
coupling antibodies specific for cell surface antigens to the viral env protein (Roux et al., (1989) PNAS USA 86:9079-9083; Julan et al., (1992) J. Gen Virol 73:3251-3255;
and Goud et al., {1983) Virology 163:251-254); or coupling cell surface ligands to the viral env proteins (Neda et al., (1991) J. Biol. Chem. 266:14143-14146).
Coupling can be in the form of the chemical cross-linking with a protein or other variety (e.g. lactose to convert the env protein to an asialoglycoprotein), as well as by generating f~.ision proteins (e.g. single-chain antibody/env fission proteins). This technique, while useful to limit or otherwise direct the infection to certain tissue types, and can also be used to convert an ecotropic vector in to an amphotropic vector.
Other Viral Systems Other viral systems that may have application in gene therapy have been derived from herpes virus, e.g., Herpes Simplex Virus (U.S. Patent No.
5,631,236 by Woo et al., issued May 20, 1997), vaccinia virus (Ridgeway (1988) Ridgeway, "Mammalian expression vectors," In: Rodriguez R L, Denhardt D T, ed. Vectors:
A
survey of molecular cloning vectors and their uses. Stoneham: Butterworth,;
Baichwal and Sugden (1986) "Vectors for gene transfer derived from animal DNA viruses:
Transient and stable expression of transferred genes," In: Kucherlapati R, ed.
Gene transfer. New York: Plenum Press; Coupar et al. (1988) Gene, 68:1-10), and several RNA viruses. Preferred viruses include an alphavirus, a poxivinis, an arena virus, a vaccinia virus, a polio virus, and the like. In particular, herpes virus may provide a tuuque strategy for persistence of the recombinant gene in cells of the central nervous system and ocular tissue (Pepose et al., (1994) Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci 35:2662-2666). They offer several attractive features for various mammalian cells (Friedmann (2989) Science, 244:1275-1281 ; Ridgeway, 1988, supra; Baichwal and Sugden, 1986, supra; Coupar et al., 1988; Horwich et al.(1990) J.Virol., 64:642-650).
With the recent recognition of defective hepatitis B viruses, new insight was gained into the structure-function relationship of different viral sequences.
In vitro studies showed that the virus could retain the ability for helper-dependent packaging and reverse transcription despite the deletion of up to 80% of its genome (Horwich et al., 1990, sicpra). This suggested that large portions of the genome could be replaced with foreign genetic material. The hepatotropism and persistence (integration) were particularly attractive properties for liver-directed gene transfer. Chang et al. recently introduced the chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT) gene into duck hepatitis B
virus genome in the place of the polymerase, surface, and pre-surface coding sequences. It was cotransfected with wild-type virus into an avian hepatoma cell line.
Culture media containing high titers of the recombinant virus were used to infect primary duckling hepatocytes. Stable CAT gene expression was detected for at least 24 days after transfection (Chang et al. (1991) Hepatology, 14:124A).
Administration of Viral Vectors Generally the viral particles are transferred to a biologically compatible solution or pharmaceutically acceptable delivery vehicle, such as sterile saline, or other aqueous or non-aqueous isotonic sterile injection solutions or suspensions, numerous examples of which are well known in the art, including Ringer's, phosphate buffered saline, or other similar vehicles. Delivery of the recombinant viral vector can be earned out via any of several routes of administration, including intramuscular injection, intravenous administration, subcutaneous injection, intrahepatic administration, catheterization (including cardiac catheterization), intracranial injection, nebuiizaHon/inhalation or by instillation via bronchoscopy.
Preferably, the DNA or recombinant virus is administered in sufficient amounts to transfect cells within the recipient's target cells, including without limitation, muscle cells, liver cells, various airway epithelial cells and smooth muscle cells, neurons, cardiac muscle cells, etc. and provide sufficient levels of transgene expression to provide for observable ligand-responsive secretion of a target protein, preferably at a level providing therapeutic benefit without undue adverse effects.
Optimal dosages of DNA or virus depends on a variety of factors, as discussed previously, and may thus vary somewhat from patient to patient.
Again, therapeutically effective doses of viruses are considered to be in the range of about 20 to about 50 ml of saline solution containing concentrations of from about 1 X
20~ to about 1 X 101° pfu of vinls/ml, e.g. from 1 X 108 to 1 X 109 pfu of vints/ml.
WO 00/28011 PCTNS99/25~66 Host Cells This invention is particularly useful for the engineering of animal cells and in applications involving the use of such engineered animal cells. The animal cells may be insect, worm or mammalian cells. While various mammalian cells may be used, including, by way of example, equine, bovine, ovine, canine, feline, murine, and non-human primate cells, human cells are of particular interest. Among the various species, various types of cells may be used, such as hematopoietic, neural, glial, mesenchymal, cutaneous, mucosal, stromal, muscle (including smooth muscle cells), spleen, reticulo-endothelial, epithelial, endothelial, hepatic, kidney, gastrointestinal, pulmonary, fibroblast, and other cell types. Of particular interest are hematopoietic cells, which may include any of the nucleated cells which may be involved with the erythroid, lymphoid or myelomonocytic lineages, as well as myoblasts and fibroblasts.
Also of interest are stem and progenitor cells, such as hematopoietic, neural, stromal, muscle, hepatic, pulmonary, gastrointestinal and mesenchymal stem cells The cells may be autologous cells, syngeneic cells, allogeneic cells and even in some cases, xenogeneic cells with respect to an intended host organism. The cells may be modified by changing the major histocompatibility complex ("MHC") profile, by inactivating Q2-microglobulin to prevent the formation of functional Class I
MHC
molecules, inactivation of Class II molecules, providing for expression of one or more MHC molecules, enhancing or inactivating cytotoxic capabilities by enhancing or inhibiting the expression of genes associated with the cytotoxic activity, or the like.
In some instances specific clones or oligoclonal cells may be of interest, where the cells have a particular specificity, such as T cells and B cells having a specific antigen specificity or homing target site specificity.
Introduction of Constructs into Animals Cells which have been modified ex vivo with the DNA constructs may be grown in culture under selective conditions and cells which are selected as having the desired constnict(s) may then be expanded and further analyzed, using, for example, the polymerase chain reaction for determining the presence of the construct in the host cells and/or assays for the production of the desired gene product(s). Once modified host cells have been identified, they rnay then be used as planned, e.g. grown in culture or introduced into a host organism.
Depending upon the nature of the cells, the cells may be introduced into a host organism, e.g. a mammal, in a wide variety of ways. Hematopoietic cells may be administered by injection into the vascular system, there being usually at least about 104 cells and generally not more than about 101 cells. The number of cells which are employed will depend upon a number of circumstances, the purpose for the introduction, the lifetime of the cells, the protocol to be used, for example, the number of administrations, the ability of the cells to multiply, the stability of the therapeutic agent, the physiologic need for the therapeutic agent, and the like.
Generally, for myoblasts or fibroblasts for example, the number of cells will be at least about 104 and not more than about 109 and may be applied as a dispersion, generally being injected at or near the site of interest. The cells will usually be in a physiologically acceptable medium.
Cells engineered in accordance with this invention may also be encapsulated, e.g. using conventional biocompatible materials and methods, prior to implantation into the host organism or patient for the production of a therapeutic protein.
See e.g.
Hguyen et al, Tissue Implant Systems and Methods for Sustaining viable High Cell Densities within a Host, US Patent No. 5,314,471 (Baxter International, Inc.);
Uludag and Sefton, 1993, J Biorned. Mater. Res. 27(10):1213-24 (HepG2 cells/hydroxyethyl methacrylate-methyl methacrylate membranes); Chang et al, 1993, Hum Gene Ther 4(4):433-40 (mouse Ltk- cells expressing hGH/immunoprotective perm-selective alginate microcapsules; Reddy et al, 1993, J Infect Dis 168(4):1082-3 (alginate); Tai and Sun, 1993, FASEB J 7(11):1061-9 (mouse fibroblasts expressing hGH/alginate-poly-L-lysine-alginate membrane); Ao et al, 1995, Transplanataion Proc.
27(6):3349, 3350 (alginate); Rajotte et al, 1995, Transplantation Proc. 27(6):3389 (alginate);
Lakey et al, 1995, Transplantation Proc. 27(6):3266 (alginate); Korbutt et al, 1995, Transplantation Proc. 27(6):3212 (alginate); Dorian et al, US Patent No.
5,429,821 (alginate); Emerich et al, 1993, Exp Neurol 122(1):37-47 (polymer-encapsulated cells); Sagen et al, 1993, J Neurosci 13(6):2415-23 (bovine chromaffin cells encapsulated in sernipermeable polymer membrane and implanted into rat spinal subarachnoid space); Aebischer et al, 1994, Exp Neurol 126(2):151-8 (polymer-encapsulated rat PC12 cells implanted into monkeys; see also Aebischer, WO
92/19595); Savelkoul et al, 1994, J Immunol Methods 170(2):185-96 (encapsulated hybridomas producing antibodies; encapsulated transfected cell lines expressing various cytokines); Winn et al, 1994, PNAS USA 91(6):2324-8 {engineered BHK
cells expressing htunan nerve growth factor encapsulated in an immttnoisolation polymeric device and transplanted into rats); Emerich et al, 1994, Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry 18(5}:935-46 (polymer-encapsulated PC12 cells implanted into rats);
Kordower et al, 1994, PNAS USA 91(23):10898-902 (polymer-encapsulated engineered BHK cells expressing hNGF implanted into monkeys} and Butler et al WO
95/04521 (encapsulated device). The cells may then be introduced in encapsulated form into an animal host, preferably a mammal and more preferably a human subject in need thereof. Preferably the encapsulating material is semipermeable, permitting release into the host of secreted proteins pxoduced by the encapsulated cells.
In many embodiments the semipermeable encapsulation renders the encapsulated cells immunologically isolated from the host organism in which the encapsulated cells are introduced. In those embodiments the cells to be encapsulated may express one or more fusion proteins containing component domains derived from proteins of the host species and/or from viral proteins or proteins from species other than the host species. For example in such cases the fusion proteins may contain elements derived from GAL4 and VP16. The cells may be derived from one or more individuals other than the recipient and may be derived from a species other than that of the recipient organism or patient.
Instead of ex vivo modification of the cells, in many situations one may wish to modify cells in vivo. For this purpose, various techniques have been developed for modification of target tissue and cells in vivo. A number of viral vectors have been developed, such as adenovirus, adeno-associated virus, and retroviruses, as discussed above, which allow for transfection and, in some cases, integration of the virus into the host. See, for example, Dubensky et al. (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81, 7533; Kaneda et al., (1989) Science 243,375-378; Hiebert et al. (1989) Proc.
Natl.
Acad. Sci. USA 86, 3594-3598; Hatzoglu et al. (1990) J. Biol. Chem. 265, 17285-and Ferry, et al. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88, 8377-8381. The vector may be administered by injection, e.g. intravascularly or intramuscularly, inhalation, or other parenteral mode. Non-viral delivery methods such as administration of the DNA
via complexes with liposomes or by injection, catheter or biolistics may also be used.
In accordance with in vivo genetic modification, the manner of the modification will depend on the nature of the tissue, the efficiency of cellular modification required, the number of opportunities to modify the particular cells, the accessibility of the tissue to the DNA composition to be introduced, and the like. By employing an attenuated or modified retrovirus carrying a target transcription initiation region, if desired, one can activate the virus using one of the subject transcription factor constructs, so that the virus may be produced and transfect adjacent cells.
The DNA introduction need not result in integration in every case. In some situations, transient maintenance of the DNA introduced may be sufficient. In this way, one could have a short term effect, where cells could be introduced into the host and then turned on after a predetermined time, for example, after the cells have been able to home to a particular site.
Binding properties, Assays FK506 is known to bind to the human protein, FKBP12 and to form a tripartite complex with the serine/threonine phosphatase, caicineurin. FK506 analogs may be characterized and compared to FK506 with respect to their ability to bind to human FKBP12 and/or to form tripartite complexes with fusion proteins containing human FKBP12 and CABs. See, for example, WO 96/41865 (Clackson et al). That application discloses various materials and methods which can be used to quantify the ability of a compound to bind to human FKBP12 or to form a tripartite complex with ( i.e., "heterodimerize") proteins comprising human FKBP12 and the FRB
domain of human FRAP, respectively. Such assays include fluorescence polarization assays to measure binding. Also included are cell based transcription assays in which the ability of a compound to form the tripartite complex is measured indirectly by correlation with the observed level of reporter gene product produced by engineered mammalian cells in the presence of the compound. Corresponding cell-based assays may also be conducted in engineered yeast cells. See e.g. WO 95/33052 (Berlin et al).
It will often be preferred that the ligands of this invention be physiologically acceptable (i.e., lack undue toxicity toward the cell or organism with which it is to be used), can be taken orally by animals (i.e., is orally active in applications in whole animals, including gene therapy), and/or can cross cellular and other membranes, as necessary for a particular application.
In addition, preferred ligands are those which bind preferentially to mutant immunophilins (by way of non-limiting example, a human FKBP in which Phe36 is replaced with a different amino acid, preferably an amino acid with a less bulky R
group such as valine or alanine) over native or naturally-ocurring immunophilins. For example, such compounds may bind preferentially to mutant FKBPs at least an order of magnitude better than they bind to human FKBP12, and in some cases may bind to mutant FKBPs greater than 2 or even 3 or more orders of magnitude better than they do to human FKBP12, as determined by any scientifically valid or art-accepted assay methodology.
Binding affinities of various ligands of this invention with respect to human FKBP12, variants thereof or other immunophilin proteins may be determined by adaptation of known methods used in the case of FKBP. For instance, the practitioner may measure the ability of a compound of this invention to compete with the binding of a known ligand to the protein of interest. See e.g. Sierkierka et al, 1989, Nature 341, 755-757 (test compound competes with binding of labeled FK506 derivative to FKBP).
One set of preferred ligands of this invention which binds, to human FKBP12, to a mutant thereof as discussed above, or to a fusion protein containing such FKBP
domains, with a Kd value below about 200 nM, more preferably below about 50 nM
, even more preferably below about 10 nM, and even more preferably below about 1 nM, as measured by direct binding measurement (e.g. fluorescence quenching), competition binding measurement (e.g. versus FK506), inhibition of FKBP enzyme activity (rotamase), or other assay methodology. In one subset of such compounds, the FKBP domain is one in which phenylalanine at position 36 has been replaced with an amino acid having a less bulky side chain, e.g. alanine, valine, methionine or serine.
A Competitive Binding FP Assay is described in detail in the examples which follow. That assay permits the in vitro measurement of an IC50 value for a given compound which reflects its ability to bind to an FKBP protein in competition with a labeled FKBP ligand, such as, for example, FK506.
One preferred class of compounds of this invention are those ligands which have an IC50 value in the Competitive Binding FP Assay better than 1000 nM, preferably better than 300 nM, more preferably better than 100 nM, and even more preferably better than 10 nM with respect to a given FKBP domain and ligand pair, e.g. human FKBP12 or a variant thereof with up to 10, preferably up to 5 amino acid replacements, with a flouresceinated FK506 standard. In one subset of that class, the FKBP domain has one of the abovementioned modifications at position 36.
The ability of the ligands to multimerize fusion proteins may be measured in cell-based assays by measuring the occurrence of an event triggered by such multimerization. For instance, one may use cells containing and capable of expressing DNA encoding a first fusion protein comprising one or more FKBP- domains and one or more action domains as well as DNA encoding a second fusion protein containing an CAB domain and one or more action domains capable, upon multimerization, of actuating a biological response. We prefer to use cells which further contain a reporter gene under the transcription control of a regulatory element (i.e., promoter) which is responsive to the multimerization of the fusion proteins. The design and preparation of illustrative components and their use in so engineered cells is described in W096/41865 and the other international patent applications referred to in this and the foregoing section. The cells are grown or maintained in culture. A ligand is added to the culture medium and after a suitable incubation period (to permit gene expression and secretion, e.g. several hours or overnight) the presence of the reporter gene product is measured. Positive results, i.e., multimerization, correlates with transcription of the reporter gene as observed by the appearance of the reporter gene product. The reporter gene product may be a conveniently detectable protein (e.g. by ELISA) or may catalyze the production of a conveniently detectable product (e.g.
colored). Materials and methods for producing appropriate cell lines for conducting such assays are disclosed in the international patent applications cited above in this section. Typically used target genes include by way of example SEAP, hGH, beta-galactosidase, Green Fluorescent Protein and iuciferase, for which convenient assays are commercially available.
Another preferred class of compounds of this invention are those which are capable of inducing a detectable signal in a 2-hybrid transcription assay based on fusion proteins containing an FKBP domain. Preferably, the FKBP domain is an FKBP
domain other than wild-type human FKBP12.
Another assay for measuring the ability of the ligands to multimerize fusion proteins, like the FKBP-based transcription assay, is a cell-based assay which measures the occurrence of an event triggered by such multimerization. In this case, one uses cells which constitutively express a detectable product. The cells also contain and are capable of expressing DNAs encoding fusion proteins comprising one or more immunophilin-derived ligand binding domains and one or more action domains, such as the intracellular domain of FAS, capable, upon multimerization, of triggering cell death. The design and preparation of illiistrative components and their use in so engineering cells is described in W095/02684. See also W096/41865.
The cells are maintained or cultured in a culture medium permitting cell growth or continued viability. The cells or medium are assayed for the presence of the constitutive cellular product, and a baseline level of reporter is thus established. One may use cells engineered for constitutive production of hGH or any other conveniently detectable product to serve as the reporter. The compound to be tested is addded to the medium, the cells are incubated, and the cell lysate or medium is tested for the presence of reporter at one or more time points. Decrease in reporter production indicates cell death, an indirect measure of multimerization of the fusion proteins.
Another preferred class of compounds of this invention are those which are capable of inducing a detectable signal in such an FKBP/CAB-based apoptosis assay.
Preferably, the FKBP domain is an FKBP domain other than wild-type human FKBPI2. In some cases, the FKBP domain is modified, as discussed above. Also preferably, the CAB domain is a CAB domain other than wild-type CAB.
Conducting such assays permits the practitioner to select ligands possessing the desired IC50 values and/or binding preference for a mutant FKBP over wild-type htunan FKBP12. The Competitive Binding FP Assay permits one to select monomers or Iigands which possess the desired IC50 values and/or binding preference for a mutant FKBP or wild-type FKBP relative to a control, such as FK506.
Applications The ligands and ligand binding domains can be used as described in W094/18317, W095/02684, W096/20951, W095/41865, e.g. to regulatably 1o activate the transcription of a desired gene, delete a target gene, actuate apoptosis, or trigger other biological events in engineered cells growing in culture or in whole organisms, including in gene therapy applications. The following are non-limiting examples of applications of the subject invention.
1. Regulated gene therapy. In many instances, the ability to switch a therapeutic gene on and off at will or the ability to titrate expression with precision are important for therapeutic efficacy. This invention is particularly well suited for achieving regulated expression of a therapeutic target gene in the context of human gene therapy. One example uses a pair of fusion proteins of this invention (one containing at least one CAB domain, the other containing at least one FKBP
domain), a ligand capable of dimerizing the fusion proteins, and a target gene construct to be expressed. One of the fusion proteins comprises a DNA-binding domain, preferably a composite DNA-binding domain as described in Pomerantz et al, supra, as the heterologous action domain. The second fusion protein comprises a transcription activating domain as the heterologous action domain. The improved ligand is capable of binding to both fusion proteins and thus of effectively cross-linking the fusion proteins. DNA molecules encoding and capable of directing the expression of these fusion proteins are introduced into the cells to be engineered. Also introduced into the cells is a target gene linked to a DNA sequence to which the DNA-binding domain is capable of binding. Contacting the engineered cells or their progeny with the improved ligand (by administering it to the animal or patient) leads to assembly of the transcription factor complex and hence to expression of the target gene. The design and use of similar components is disclosed in PCT/US93/01617 and in WO
96/41865 (Clackson et al). In practice, the level of target gene expression should be a function of the number or concentration of fusion transcription factor complexes, which should in hirn be a function of the concentration of the improved ligand. Dose (of improved ligand)-responsive gene expression is typically observed.
The improved ligand may be administered to the patient as desired to activate transcription of the target gene. Depending upon the binding affinity of the improved ligand, the response desired, the manner of administration, the biological half-life of the ligand and/or target gene mItNA, the number of engineered cells present, various protocols may be employed. The improved ligand may be administered by various routes, including parenterally or orally. The number of administrations will depend upon the factors described above. The improved ligand may be taken orally as a pill, powder, or dispersion; bucally; sublingually; injected intravascularly, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously; by inhalation, or the like. The improved ligand (and monomeric antagonist compound) may be formulated using conventional methods and materials well known in the art for the various routes of administration. The precise dose and particular method of administration will depend upon the above factors and be determined by the attending physician or human or animal healthcare provider. For the most part, the manner of administration will be determined empirically.
In the event that transcription activation by the improved ligand is to be reversed or terminated, a monomeric compound which can compete with the improved ligand may be administered. Thus, in the case of an adverse reaction or the desire to terminate the therapeutic effect, an antagonist to the dimerizing agent can be administered in any convenient way, particularly intravascularly, if a rapid reversal is desired. Alternatively, one may provide for the presence of an inactivation domain (or transcription silencer) with a ligand binding domain. In another approach, cells may be eliminated through apoptosis via signalling through Fas or TNF receptor as described elsewhere. See International Patent Applications PCT/US94/01617 and PCT/US94/08008.
The particular dosage of the improved ligand for any application may be determined in accordance with the procedures used for therapeutic dosage monitoring, where maintenance of a particular level of expression is desired over an extended period of times, for example, greater than about two weeks, or where there is repetitive therapy, with individual or repeated doses of improved ligand over short periods of time, with extended intervals, for example, two weeks or more. A
dose of the improved ligand within a predetermined range would be given and monitored for response, so as to obtain a time-expression level relationship, as well as observing therapeutic response. Depending on the levels observed during the time period and the therapeutic response, one could provide a larger or smaller dose the next time, following the response. This process would be iteratively repeated until one obtained a dosage within the therapeutic range. Where the improved ligand is chronically administered, once the maintenance dosage of the improved ligand is determined, one could then do assays at extended intervals to be assured that the cellular system is providing the appropriate response and level of the expression product.
It should be appreciated that the system is subject to many variables, such as the cellular response to the improved ligand, the efficiency of expression and, as appropriate, the level of secretion, the activity of the expression product, the particular need of the patient, which may vary with time and circumstances, the rate of loss of the cellular activity as a result of loss of cells or expression activity of individual cells, and the like.
2. Production of recombinant proteins and viruses. Production of recombinant therapeutic proteins far commercial and investigational purposes is often achieved through the use of mammalian cell lines engineered to express the protein at high level. The use of mammalian cells, rather than bacteria or yeast, is indicated where the proper ftulction of the protein requires post-translational modifications not generally performed by heterologous cells. Examples of proteins produced commercially this way include erythropoietin, tissue plasminogen activator, clotting factors such as Factor VIII:c, antibodies, etc. The cost of producing proteins in this fashion is directly related to the level of expression achieved in the engineered cells. A
second limitation on the production of such proteins is toxicity to the host cell: Protein expression may prevent cells from growing to high density, sharply reducing production levels. Therefore, the ability to tightly control protein expression, as described for regulated gene therapy, permits cells to be grown to high density in the absence of protein production. Only after an optimum cell density is reached, is expression of the gene activated and the protein product subsequently harvested.
A similar problem is encotuttered in the construction and use of "packaging lines" for the production of recombinant viruses for commercial (e.g., gene therapy) and experimental use. These cell lines are engineered to produce viral proteins required for the assembly of infectious viral particles harboring defective recombinant genomes.
Viral vectors that are dependent on such packaging lines include retrovirus, adenovirus, and adeno-associated virus. In the latter case, the titer of the virus stock 3~ obtained from a packaging line is directly related to the level of production of the viral rep and core proteins. But these proteins are highly toxic to the host cells.
Therefore, it has proven difficult to generate high-titer recombinant AAV viruses. This invention provides a solution to this problem, by allowing the construction of packaging lines in which the rep and core genes are placed under the control of regulatable transcription factors of the design described here. The packaging cell line can be grown to high density, infected with helper virus, and transfected with the recombinant viral genome.
Then, expression of the viral proteins encoded by the packaging cells is induced by the addition of dimerizing agent to allow the production of virus at high titer.
3. Biological research. This invention is applicable to a wide range of biological experiments in which precise control over a target gene is desired. These include: (1) expression of a protein or RNA of interest for biochemical purification; (2) regulated expression of a protein or RNA of interest in tissue culture cells (or in vivo, via engineered cells) for the purposes of evaluating its biological function; (3) regulated expression of a protein or RNA of interest in transgenic animals for the purposes of evaluating its biological function; (4) regulating the expression of a gene encoding another regulatory protein, ribozyme or antisense molecule that acts on an endogenous gene for the purposes of evaluating the biological function of that gene.
Transgenic animal models and other applications in which the components of this invention may be adapted include those disclosed in PCT/US95/10591.
This invention further provides kits useful for the foregoing applications.
Such kits contain DNA constructs encoding and capable of directing the expression of fusion proteins of this invention (and may contain additional domains as discussed above) and, in embodiments involving regulated gene transcription, a target gene construct containing a target gene linked to one or more transcriptioal control elements which are activated by the multimerization of the fusion proteins.
Alternatively, the target gene construct may contain a cloning site for insertion of a desired target gene by the practitioner. Such kits may also contain a sample of a dimerizing agent capable of dimerizing the two recombinant proteins and activating transcription of the target gene.
Formulations, dosage and administration By virtue of its capacity to promote protein-protein interactions, a ligand of this invention may be used in pharmaceutical compositions and methods for promoting formation of complexes of fusion proteins of this invention in a human or non-human mammal containing genetically engineered cells of this invention.
The preferred method of such treatment or prevention is by administering to the mammal an effective amount of the compound to promote measurable formation of such complexes in the engineered cells, or preferably, to promote measurable actuation of the desired biological event triggered by such complexation, e.g.
transcription of a target gene, apoptosis of engineered cells, etc.
Therapeutic/Prophylactic Administration & Pharmaceutical Compositions The ligands can exist in free form or, where appropriate, in salt form.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of many types of compounds and their preparation l0 are well-known to those of skill in the art. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of this invention include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of such compounds which are formed, for example, from inorganic or organic acids of bases.
The compounds of the invention may form hydrates or solvates. It is known to those of skill in the art that charged compounds form hydrated species when lyophilized with water, or form solvated species when concentrated in a solution with an appropriate organic solvent.
This invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a therapeutically (or prophylactically) effective amount of the compound, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and/or other excipients. Carriers include e.g. saline, buffered saline, dextrose, water, glycerol, ethanol, and combinations thereof, and are discussed in greater detail below. The composition, if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents.
The composition can be a liquid solution, suspension, emulsion, tablet, pill, capsule, sustained release formulation, or powder. The composition can be formulated as a suppository, with traditional binders and carriers such as triglycerides. Oral formulation can include standard carriers such as pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc. Formulation may involve mixing, granulating and compressing or dissolving the ingredients as appropriate to the desired preparation.
The pharmaceutical carrier employed may be, for example, either a solid or liquid.
Illustrative solid carrier include lactose, terra alba, sucrose, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, stearic acid and the like. A solid carrier can include one or more substances which may also act as flavoring agents, lubricants, solubilizers, suspending agents, fillers, glidants, compression aids, binders or tablet-disintegrating agents; it can also be an encapsulating material. In powders, the carrier is a finely divided solid which is in admixture with the finely divided active ingredient. In tablets, the active ingredient is mixed with a carrier having the necessary compression properties in suitable proportions ,and compacted in the shape and size desired. The powders and tablets preferably contain up to 99% of the active ingredient. Suitable solid carriers include, for example, calcitun phosphate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugars, lactose, dextrin, starch, gelatin, cellulose, methyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidine, low melting waxes and ion exchange resins.
Illustrative liquid carriers include syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, water, etc.
Liquid carriers are used in preparing solutions, suspensions, emulsions, syrups, elixirs and pressurized compositions. The active ingredient can be dissolved or suspended in a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier such as water, an organic solvent, a mixture of both or pharmaceutically acceptable oils or fats. The liquid carrier can contain other suitable pharmaceutical additives such as solubilizers, emulsifiers, buffers, preservatives, sweeteners, flavoring agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, colors, viscosity regulators, stabilizers or osrno-regulators. Suitable examples of liquid carriers for oral and parenteral administration include water (partially containing additives as above, e.g. cellulose derivatives, preferably sodium carboxymethyl cellulose solution), alcohols (including monohydric alcohols and polyhydric alcohols, e.g. glycols) and their derivatives, and oils (e.g. fractionated coconut oil and arachis oil). For parenteral administration, the carrier can also be an oily ester such as ethyl oleate and isopropyl myristate. Sterile liquid carriers are useful in sterile liquid form compositions for parenteral administration. The liquid carrier for pressurized compositions can be halogenated hydrocarbon or other pharmaceutically acceptable propellant. Liquid pharmaceutical compositions which are sterile solutions or suspensions can be utilized by, for example, intramuscular, intraperitoneal or subcutaneous injection. Sterile solutions can also be administered intravenously. The compound can also be administered orally either in liquid or solid composition form.
The carrier or excipient may include time delay material well known to the art, such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate along or with a wax, ethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, methylmethacrylate and the like.
When formulated for oral administration, 0.01% Tween 80 in PHOSAL PG-50 (phospholipid concentrate with 1,2-propylene glycol, A. Nattermann & Cie.
GmbH) has been recognized as providing an acceptable oral formulation for other compounds, and may be adapted to formulations for various compounds of this invention.
A wide variety of pharmaceutical forms can be employed. If a solid earner is used, the preparation can be tableted, placed in a hard gelatin capsule in powder or pellet form or in the form of a troche or lozenge. The amount of solid carrier will vary widely but preferably will be from about 25 mg to about 1 g. If a liquid carrier is used, the preparation will be in the form of a syrup, emulsion, soft gelatin capsule, sterile injectable solution or suspension in an ampule or vial or nonaqueous liquid suspension.
To obtain a stable water soluble dosage form, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the multimerizer may be dissolved in an aqueous solution of an organic or inorganic acid, such as a 0.3M solution of succinic acid or citric acid.
Alternatively, acidic derivatives can be dissolved in suitable basic solutions. If a soluble salt form is not available, the compound is dissolved in a suitable cosolvent or combinations thereof. Examples of such suitable cosolvents include, but are not limited to, alcohol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol 300, polysorbate 80, glycerin, polyoxyethylated fatty acids, fatty alcohols or glycerin hydroxy tatty acids esters and the like in concentrations ranging from 0-60% of the total vohune.
Various delivery systems are known and can be used to administer the multimerizer, or the various formulations thereof, including tablets, capsules, injectable solutions, encapsulation in liposornes, microparticles, microcapsules, etc.
Methods of introduction include but are not limited to dermal, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, pulmonary, epidural, ocular and {as is usually preferred) oral routes. The compound may be administered by any convenient or otherwise appropriate route, for example by infusion or bolus injection, by absorption through epithelial or mucocutaneous linings {e.g., oral mucosa, rectal and intestinal mucosa, etc.) and may be administered together with other biologically active agents. Administration can be systemic or local. For treatment or prophylaxis of nasal, bronchial or pulmonary conditions, preferred routes of administration are oral, nasal or via a bronchial aerosol or nebulizer.
In certain embodiments, it may be desirable to administer the compound locally to an area in need of treatment; this may be achieved by, for example, and not by way of limitation, local infusion during surgery, topical application, by injection, by means of a catheter, by means of a suppository, or by means of a skin patch or implant, said implant being of a porous, non-porous, or gelatinous material, including membranes, such as sialastic membranes, or fibers.
In a specific embodiment, the composition is formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous WO 00/2$011 PCT/US99/25766 administration to human beings. Typically, compositions for intravenous administration are solutions in sterile isotonic aqueous buffer. Where necessary, the composition may also include a soiubilizing agent and a local anesthetic to ease pain at the side of the injection. Generally, the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent. Where the composition is to be administered by infusion, it can be dispensed with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline. Where the composition is administered by injection, an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to administration.
Administration to an individual of an effective amount of the compound can also be accomplished topically by administering the compounds) directly to the affected area of the skin of the individual. For this purpose, the compound is administered or applied in a composition including a pharmacologically acceptable topical carrier, such as a gel, an ointment, a lotion, or a cream, which includes, without limitation, such carriers as water, glycerol, alcohol, propylene glycol, fatty alcohols, triglycerides, fatty acid esters, or mineral oils.
Other topical carriers include liquid petroleum, isopropyl palmitate, polyethylene glycol, ethanol (95%), polyoxyethyiene monolaurate (5%) in water, or sodium lauryl sulfate (5%) in water. Other materials such as anti-oxidants, humectants, viscosity stabilizers, and similar agents may be added as necessary.
Percutaneous penetration enhancers such as Azone may also be included.
In addition, in certain instances, it is expected that the compound may be disposed within devices placed upon, in, or under the skin. Such devices include patches, implants, and injections which release the compound into the skin, by either passive or active release mechanisms.
Materials and methods for producing the various formulations are well known in the art and may be adapted for practicing the subject invention. See e.g.
US Patent Nos. 5,182,293 and 4,837,311 (tablets, capsules and other oral formulations as well as intravenous formulations) and European Patent Application Publication Nos.
649 659 (published April 26, 1995; illustrative formulation for IV
administration) and 0 648 494 (published April 19, 1995; illustrative formulation for oral administration).
The effective dose of the compound will typically be in the range of about 0.01 to about 50 mg/kgs, preferably about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg of mammalian body weight, administered in single or multiple doses. Generally, the compound may be administered to patients in need of such treatment in a daily dose range of about 1 to about 2000 mg per patient.
The amount of compound which will be effective in the treatment or prevention of a particular disorder or condition will depend in part on the characteristics of the fusion proteins to be multimerized, the characteristics and location of the genetically engineered cells, and on the nature of the disorder or condition, which can be determined by standard clinical techniques. In addition, in vitro or in vivo assays may optionally be employed to help identify optimal dosage ranges. Effective doses may be extrapolated from dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal model test systems. The precise dosage level should be determined by the attending physician or other health care provider and will depend upon well known factors, including route of administration, and the age, body weight, sex and general health of the individual; the nature, severity and clinical stage of the disease; the use (or not) of concomitant therapies; and the nature and extent of genetic engineering of cells in the patient.
The invention also provides a pharmaceutical pack or kit comprising one or more containers containing one or more of the ingredients of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention. Optionally associated with such containers) can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceutical or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration. The notice or package insert may contain instructions for use of an improved ligand of this invention, consistent with the disclosure herein.
Examples Example 1' Construction of human CAB fusion proteins All constricts were made in the pcDNA3/m.jy2 vector which was derived from the pcDNA3 vector by mutation of backbone SaII sites and insertion of a new polylinker region. (B. Stockwell, J. Yang). The plasmid contains an ampicillin resistance gene which allows for selection in E. coli and a cytomegalovirus promoter which allows for high piasmid gene expression. The pcDNA3/m.jy2 plasmid was chosen instead of PBJS, a plasmid used in many of the other dimerization systems, because its restriction digest profile eased the cloning of the calcinetu~in constructs.
Polymerase Chain Reaction Primers were designed for the 3' and 5' ends of all calcineurin constructs used in this project. The primers integrated specific restriction sites into the ends of each gene to facilitate ligation of the gene into the pcDNA3/m.jy2 vector. The primers were synthesized on a Perkin Elmer Applied Biosystems 394 DNA/RNA Synthesizer Machine and purified t~.sing a Perkin Elmer Purification Protocol.
PCR Reactions were carried out on an M5 Research Mini-Cycler. The general PCR protocol included incubation at 95~C for 5 minutes. 30 seconds were then allowed for annealing at 55QC. This was followed by extension for one minute at 72PsC and then a one minute incubation at 95i3C. The annealing, extension and incubation steps were repeated 25-30 times. The resulting reaction mixture was stored at 4L~C until further work up. PCR products were purified using a Qiagen PCR
Purification Kit and the protocol therein.
Qligos for construction of calcineurin A fragments:
CNA sequence is in bold i hCNA 5' PCR Oligo Start at residue 12 Junk Xho1 5' cggg ccc ccc ctc gag tc~ acg acc gac agg gtg gtg aaa gc 3' Note: g->t is a silent mutation that destroys the Sall site.
3 hCNA 5' PCR Oligo Start at residue 340 Tunk Xhol 5' atat aaa tcg ctc gag cca tac tgg ctt cca aat ttc atg g 3' i hCNA 5' PCR Oligo Start at Residue 350 Junk Xho1 5' atat aaa tcg ctc gag ttt act tgg tcc ctt cca ttt gtt ggg g 3' i hCNA 3' PCR Oligo End at Residue 370 Junk See Note , A~aI Junk SaII
5' cca gta ggg tct aga tct ggg ccc acg ata taa gtc gac gtt gag gac att tac cag c 3' Note: tct aga tct = overlapping Xbal and BgIII sites.
i hCNA 3' PCR Oligo End at Residue 394 See Note STP FLAG Peptide alI
5' ttaa tct aga tct tca ctt gtc atc gtc atc ttt ata gtc gac ctc ttt ccg ggc tgc agc tg 3' Note: tct aga tct = overlapping XbaI and BgIII sites.
Oligos Designed for Human calcineurin B:
(Bold portion is CNB sequence) i hCNB 5' PCR Oligo Start at residue 2 Junk XhoI
5' atat aaa tcg ctc gag gga aat gag gca agt tat cct ttg g 3' i hCNB 5' PCR Oligo Start at residue 3 Junk XhoI
5' atat aaa tcg ctc gag aat gag gca agt tat cct ttg g 3' 2a i hCNB 3' PCR Oligo with 3' FLAG peptide and Stop See Note Anal ~P FLAG Peptide 5' ttaa tct aga tct ggg ccc tca ctt gtc atc gtc atc ttt ata SaII
gtc gac cac atc tac cac cat c 3' Note: tct aga tct = overlapping XbaI and BgIII sites.
Oii~~os Designed for Constructing CNA-CNB Linkers~
(Bold portion is CNA sequence) i 3' PCR Primer for hCNA to Generate 24 Amino Acid Template Linker (to residue 370) Junk . ApaI See Note Linker 5' cga ttt atat ggg ccc tct aga tct aga acc aga acc aga acc aga Linker acc aga acc aga acc aga acc aga acc aga acc acc aga acc aga acc acc gtt gag gac att tac cag c 3' Note: tct aga tct = overlapping XhaI and BgIII sites.
i 3' PCR Primer for Randomizing the Length of the CNA-CNB Linker (Register 1 oligo) Tank See Note A,~ Tank alI
5' g aat cgc aaa tct aga tct ggg ccc gtc atc ttt ata gtc gac acc aga acc aga acc 3' Note: tct aga tct = overlapping XI~aI and BgIII sites.
i 3' PCR Primer for Randomizing the Length of the CNA-CNB Linker (Register 2 oligo) lank See Note A~aI Junk lI
5' g aat cgc aaa tct aga tct ggg ccc gtc atc ttt ata gtc gac aga acc aga acc aga 3' Note: tct aga tct = overlapping XhaI and BgIII sites.
PCR Conditions (for all CNA and CN8 fracments):
Step, Temperature (~C) Time (sec) 1. 95 180 2. 37 30 3. 72 60 4. 95 60 5. 37 30 6. 72 60 7. Goto Step 4 9 times 8. 95 60 9. 55 30 10. 72 60 11. Goto Step 8 25 times 12. 72 300 13. 4 PCR Conditions (for randomization of Linker Length):
Ste p TemQerature (~C) Time (sec) 1. 95 180 .
3. 72 60 4. 95 60 5. 45 30 5. 72 60 7. Goto Step 4 9 times 8. 95 60 9. 55 30 10. 72 60 11. Goto step 8 25 times 12. 72 300 Example 2~ Method of Linking C~Icineurin A ~o Calcineurin B
The method of linking calcineurin A to calcineurin B in the CABS falls into two categories. The first method used fragments of the gene encoding calcineurin A
residues 12-370, 12-394, 340-370, 340-394, 350-370, or 350-394) generated by PCR to contain a 5' Xho1 restriction site directly before the codons for residues 12, 340, or 350 and a 3' Sal1 restriction site directly following the codons for residues 370 or 394. The fragments of the gene encoding calcineurin B (residues 2-170 or 3-170) were also generated by PCR to contain a 5' Xhol restriction site directly before the codons for residues 2 or 3 and a 3' Sal1 restriction site directly following the codon for residue 170. Ligation of the two fragments were performed such that the fragment of calcineurin A is 5' to calcineurin B and the site of ligation is the result of a Sall/Xhol fusion (gtcgag). This results in two additional codons encoding a Valine and a Glutamate between the calcineurin A portion of the CABS and the calcineurin B
portion of these CABS.
The second method of linking the CABS was to generate a pool of calcineurin A
fragments with linkers, ranging in size from 6 to 24 amino acids, attached directly after residue 370. These fragments were PCR'ed such that they also contained a 5' Xhol restriction site directly before the codons for residues 12, 340, 350 and a 3' Salt restriction site directly following the codons encoding the flexible linker.
The calcineurin B fragments were the same as those described in the previous paragraph.
The ligation was performed such that the fragment of calcineurin A is 5' to calcineurin B and the site of ligation is the result of a Sall/Xho1 fusion (gtcgag). This results in two additional codons encoding a Valine and a Glutamate between the calcineurin A-linker portion of the CABS and the calcinettrin B portion of these CABS.
Generation of the variously lengthed flexible linkers on calcineurin A was accomplished through a two step PCR procedure developed for this purpose. The following bases were added after the codon for residue 370 of calcineurin A by PCR:
CNA residue 370-GGTGGTTCTGGTTCTGGTGGTTCTGGTTCTGGTTCTGGTTCTGG
TTCTGGTTCTGGTTCTGGTTCTGGTTCT
WO 00/28011 PCTNS99/2576b This encodes for the following flexible longest length linker:
GGSGSGGSGSGSGSGSGSGSGSGS
PCR was then performed on the above template with two primers that contained the following complimentary sequence:
Primer 1:
5' GTC GAC AGA ACC AGA ACC AGA 3' Primer 2:
5' GTC GAC ACC AGA ACC AGA ACC 3' and a Sal 1 restriction site (gtc gac). Upon PCR with both primers that can anneal in many registers of the template calcineurin A, fragments of calcinetu~in A
containing from 7 to 24 amino acids of the flexible linker were generated. Interestingly, all of the fragments contained the amino acids GGSGS followed by the appropriate member of single alternating Glycines and Serines. The predicted PCR products should have two GGSGS repeats, but we recovered only one in all of the clones. Moreover, this strategy also provided fragments that had longer linkers than what we had predicted because the second PCR step allows the linker to grow.
Exam~l~ 3~ Construction of FKBP and AR fu ion proteins All CNA constructs were derived from human calcineurin A (a isoform). All CNB
constructs were derived from hiunan calcineurin B. CNBM contains an N-terminal methionine, while CNBM~ contains both a methionine and a glycine residue.
Residues 1-147 from GAL4 are used for the GAL4 DNA binding domain (GE). Residues 413-490 from VP16 are used as the VP16 transactivation domain (VE). Each VE
constrict contains an N-terminal nuclear localization sequence (NLS) from SV40 large T antigen, while all GE constructs contain an NLS within the GAL4 sequence.
All GE
constructs contain a FLAG epitope tag and all VE constructs contain a FLU
epitope tag. All FKBP constructs contain the entirety of the human coding sequence.
The FRB
construct contains residues 2025-2114 of the human FRAP protein. The UAS-SEAP
reporter gene contains 5 upstream Gal4-binding sites (UAS sites) and a minimal interleukin 2 basic promoter and encodes SEcreted Alkaline Phosphatase, a heat-stable alkaline phosphatase.
The same basic digestion, legation and transformation procedure was used to obtain each construct. Calcineurin A fragments were put into the pcDNA3/m.jy2 vector by digesting the PCR product with XhoI and XbaI and ligating into vector that had been cut with the same enzymes. CNB was legated into the vector using XhoI
and ApaI restriction sites. FKBP3-VE and FKBP3-GE were ligated from PBJ5 into the pcDNA3/m.jy2 vector using the SacII and EcoRI enzymes. These basic parent vectors allowed for the generation of all future constructs since calcineurin A and calcineurin B
fragments could be liberated by digestion with XhoI and SaII or XhoI and ApaI
while VE could be liberated with SaII and ApaI. In addition, GE, CNA or CNB
containing vectors could be created by digestion with SaII and ApaI. Since XhoI and SaII
generate complementary sticky ends, all the calcineurin constructs used in this project could be created from different combinations of the digests described above and from digests of successive generations of constructs.
After vector and insert DNAs were digested with the appropriate restriction enzymes, the products were then run on either a 1% or 2% agarose gel (1% was used for all products greater than 300 basepairs). The desired DNA bands were then isolated using a Qiagen Gel Purification Kit and the protocol therein. Vector and insert bands were ligated from 4 hours to overnight at 16QC in an 11m1 voltune with 1 ml T4 DNA ligase and 1 ml NEB ligation buffer and a 2:1 (or greater) ratio of insert to vector. The ligation reaction was then transformed into subcloning efficiency DHSa bacterial cells obtained from GIBCO BRL according to the protocol supplied with the cells. For certain inefficient ligations, such as SaII/ApaI ligations, maximtun efficiency DHSa cells were used. Positive transformants were selected for using ampicillin. A
few positive colonies from each ligation were chosen for further analysis. The Wizard Mini-Prep Kit and protocol therein were used to isolate plasmid DNA from these positive colonies. The DNA was subjected to restriction digest analysis to screen for false positive clones. DNA from true positive colonies was prepared using a Wizard Midi-Prep Kit and protocol therein. The prepared DNA was quantitated using the relation:
[double stranded DNA] _ (50 mg/ml)*(A260) where A260 equals the absorbance of the DNA sample at 260 nm wavelength Iight.
Example 4: Reporter- based Assav for Activation of Transcription:
The transcription assay that we utilize has been described in W094/18317 and in Rivera et al., 1996 supra. The general assay is as follows.
10 million T-antigen transformed Jurkat T-cells growing in log phase at 37 degrees with 5% C02 in RPMI meditun supplemented with 10% FBS, Penicillin and Streptomycin, and Glutamate are centrifuged for 5 minutes at 1000xg. This pellet is washed with RPMI without phenol-red and re-pelleted by centrihigation at 1000xg for 5 minutes. 200 microliters of phenol-free ItPMI are used to resuspend each 10 million cells. 200 microliters of these cells are then incubated for 10 minutes at room temperature with 1 microgram of the UAS-SEAP reporter, 1 microgram of the DNA
binding domain containing construct, and 5 micrograms of the activation domain containing construct. Electroporation is performed at 250 mV, 129 Ohms on a BTX
electroporator. The cells are allowed to recover at room temperature for another 10 minutes. They are then resuspended in 10 mLs of RPMI w/o phenol red supplemented with 10% FBS, penicillin, streptomycin, arid Glutamate and returned to the 37 degree incubator with 5% C02 for 24 hrs.
After recovery, the cells are pelleted by centrifugation at 1000xg for 5 minutes and resuspended in 5 mLs of 12PMI w/o phenol red supplemented with 10% FBS, penecillin, streptomycin, and Glutamate. 100 microliters of this cell suspension is plated on a 96 well plate. Appropriate dilutions of the dimerizer from an ethanolic solution (2 micromolar to 0.2 nanomolar) are made in the same media that the cells were resuspended in such that the concentration of ethanol is less than 1%.
microliters of these dilutions in media are added to the wells containing cells in the 96 well plate. The cells are again placed in the 37% incubator with 5% C02 for 24-hrs.
After incubation with the dimerizer the 96 well plates containing cells are wrapped in Saran Wrap and heated to 65-75 degrees C for two hours. After heat treatment, the plates are placed at room temperature tultil cool. 100 microliters of each of the wells was transferred to a new plate containing 100 microliters of the following solution.
For each 96 well plate prepare llmLs of 2M diethanolamine pH 10 (with C02) with 132 microliters of a solution of 1 mL 2M diethanolamine pH 10 (with C02) containing 25.6 milligrams of 4-MethylumbuliferylPhosphate (MUP). These plates are then returned to 37 degrees for 1-24 hours and are read on a microplate reader using a standard FITC filter set. The maximal reading should not exceed 1-2000 as this indicates that the substrate is nearly used up.
Example 5' Activation of Transcription using CAB fusion vrotein~
The CABS have been extensively tested in a three-hybrid-like transcription assay as described in Spencer et al, 1993, Science 262:1019-1024, in WO 94/18317, in IZivera et a1.,1996, Nature Medicine 2, 2028-1032 and in WO 96/41865 (Clackson et al). As described above, multimeric CABS, single full length or mini CABS or portions of the CABS have been fused C-terminally to the Gal4-DNA binding domain and placed between an N-terminal NLS and a C-terminal VP16 activation domain.
Three copies of FKBP act as the other dimerization domain and are fused to either the C-terminus of Gal4 or between an N terminal NLS and the VP16 activation domain.
The reporter contains the upstream activating sequence of GAL4 (12 tandem copies) followed by the secreted alkaline phosphatase gene (SEAP). FK506 titration was used to elicit dimerizer dependent transcription activation of SEAP which was detected on a fluorescence plate reader using methyltunbyleriferyl-phosphate (MUP) as a substrate. The vector used for expression is a version of pCDNA3 from Pharmacia Biotech that has had its Xho1 and Sal1 restriction sites destroyed and a new polylinker inserted for ease of cloning. The cells used in these experiments are T
antigen transformed Jurkat T-cells.
The summary of our data in this transcription assay is as follows. The full length CABS (residues 12-394 of calcineurin A fused to residue 2 or to residue 3 of Calcinuerin B) are functional when fused to VP16 or to GAL4. They have an EC50 of 1 nanoMolar.
We identified residues 340-370 of calcineurin A as being sufficient to form a complex with calcineurin B; residues 350-370 fail to complex with calcineurin B. This is also reflected in the fusion proteins using the mini-CABS, which all function to varying degrees with respect to total level of activation but behave almost identically with respect to EC50.
The linker length does seem to be able to modulate the amount of activity elicited by the CABS, but not the EC50s of the CABS, in the following way. The smallest linkers (7 or 8 amino acids) and the longest linkers (16-18 amino acids) tested appear to be the best with a total activation of around 8-10 fold and are comparable to the direct fusion between residues 340-394 of calcineurin A and residues 2 or 3-170 of calcineurin B.
The two versions of calcineurin B differ slightly in two respects. Calcineurin B
from residues 3-370 seems to give a higher overall activation by about 10 %
but also seem to have a slightly higher backgrotuld association with "free" calcineurin B and calcineurin A. Calcineurin B from residues 2-370 has a slightly lower overall activation but seems to interact less with free calcineurin A or "free"
calcineurin B. It should be noted that this interaction with "free" calcineurin A or calcineurin B is extremely minimal. The average EC50 for activation for all of these constructs is between 1 and 3 nanoMolar.
The multimers of minicabs (340-394 of CNA and 3-170 of CNB) have been tested as fusions to VP16. 3, and 4 tandem CABS function identically to the best single CABS mentioned above when recruited to GaI4 fused to 3 FKBPs. 2 tandem CABS
htnction twice as well with regard to total activation (~20 fold) and have an that is shifted to between 0.1 and 0.3 nanoMolar with FK506.
Example 6~ Creation and Te__s_tin~~ of miniCAB Proteins Our analysis suggested that the N-terminal region of the CNA domain of CAB
could be removed and the resulting protein could still be expected to bind FK506-FKBP. Four such minimal CAB proteins were created by PCR and ligation.
Two of the miniCABs contained CNA residues 340-394 fused to either CNBM~ or CNBM (340miniCABs). The other two miruCABs contained CNA residues 350-394 fused to either CNBM~ or CNBM (350miruCABs). Each of these miruCABs was also fused to the VP16 transactivation domain.
Both of the 340miniCAB-VE constructs were able to stimulate SEAP activity when cotransfected with FKBP3 GE in an FK506-dependent manner under standard SEAP
assay conditions. Consistent with the relative activity of CNB~~ and CNBM, 3-lOminiCABM~-VE was able to induce higher SEAP activity than 340miniCABr,I-VE.
In contrast, neither of the 350miruCABs were able to stimulate SEAP activity in similar experiments. These results indicate that residues 340-394 of CNA
represent a minimal domain of CNA that is able to form functional interactions with both CNB
and FKBP-FK506 at the resolution detected by the SEAP assay.
The 340miniCABM~-VE construct also stimulates higher SEAP activity (6.5 0.6 fold) than the corresponding full length CABM~-VE (4.0 0.4 fold). The finding that the miniCABs produce higher SEAP activation than the full CABs might be attributable to the smaller miruCAB proteins being more stable or more efficiently translated or folded than the larger full length CAB proteins. The EC;o of the miruCABs is about 3 nM, an order of magnitude greater than for full length CABM~-VE. This result is understandable given the fact that the full length CAB-VE
is able to make more binding contacts with FK506-FKBP than the 340miniCABs As with the full length CABs, assays were done to study whether the miruCABs were working through an inter- or infra- molecular mechanism. Like the full length CABs, the 340miniCAB-VEs showed only slight interaction with CNA-GE. In addition, both 340miniCAB-VE's showed only slight interaction with CNB-GE. This is in contrast to full CABM~-VE which shows a high level of interaction with CNB-GE. Perhaps the less bulky CNA domain of the 3-lOmiruCAB-VE is less efficient in finding intermolecular binding partners than the larger CNA domain of the full CAB. These are promising results for the use of miniCABs as dimerization domains since they imply that both miruCAB-VE
proteins, unlike full CABM~-VE, do not participate in unwanted intermolecular interactions which could lower the efficiency of the miruCAB proteins or cause them to interfere with the functioning of other proteins. Since the rniniCABs do not seem to participate significantly in intermolecular interactions, this implies that the CNA
and CNB domains of these proteins work together, and not independently in an intramolecular fashion, to form an FK506-FKBP binding site.
The results obtained imply that the 340miniCAB-VEs function as efficient dimerization domains in an intramolecular fashion, as designed. In addition, the 340miniCAB-VEs lack the catalytic domain of the full length CABs and, at 24 kDa, are approximately 35 kDa smaller.
Improving the nziniCAB System by PlacingMnltiple Dimerization Domains in Series In previous dimerization systems, it had been observed that multiple dimerization domains fused to both the GAL4 DNA binding domain and the VP16 transactivation domain could increase the maximal amount of SEAP activity induced by the CID. For example, it was found that three FKBP molecules fused in tandem led to higher SEAP activity than did one, two or four FKBP molecules in series (Belshaw, PJ. et al. "Controlling Protein Association and Subcellular Localization with a Synthetic Ligand that Induces Heterodimerization of Proteins".
PNAS. 1996. 93:4604-4607.) This is why FKBP3 constructs have been used for all the experiments above. The optimal ntunber of dimerization domains in tandem may be different for each domain. Multiple dimerization domains in series in a protein would increase the ntunber of ligand binding sites on that protein. This would increase the effective affinity of a ligand for that protein. Too many dimerization domains in series would add excess bulk to the fusion protein and cause it to have unfavorable steric interactions with its environment. The balance between these factors determines the ideal rntmber of dimerization domains to put in series for a particular construct.
In an effort to improve the miniCAB dimerization system, constructs with one, two, three or four 340miniCABs in series fused to VE were created through ligations of existing constructs (called (340miniCAB)n VE where n = 1,2,3,4). There was a 2 residue linker between each 340miniCAB subunit due to the restriction profile of the miruCAB constructs. The multiple 340miniCAB constructs were only made with CNBM~ containing miruCABs since these gave the best signal in the dimerization assay.
Figure 4 shows that two 340miniCAB domains in series give rise to the highest SEAP activity (9.9 0.4 fold) in the presence of FK506 when cotransfected with FKBP3-GE. One and three 340miruCABs in series result in similar levels of SEAP
activity while four miniCABs give a very low signal. The EC,~ of two and three miniCABs in series is similar with a value of approximately 1.3 nM and is lower than that for one miniCAB. Like 340miniCABM~-VE, (340miniCABMC)2-VE shows little intermolecular association with CNA-GE or CNBM~-GE, thereby implying that the activity of this construct is due to its CNA and CNB domains working together in an intramolecular fashion.
Currently, the (340miniCABM~)2 domain represents the most optimized CAB
dimerization reagent.
Example 7~ Imulementins CAB Mediated Dimerization in Contexts Other than AB-VE
In order to show that CAB truly represents a useful new dimerization domain, it must function in the context of activation domains other than VP16. A simple test of CAB versatility would be to create a new transcription activation system in which CAB-GE could be shown to heterodimerize with FKBP-VE. This is the same as the original CAB-VE system except that the activation domains to which CAB and FKBP are fused have been swapped. To implement the new system, six CAB-GE
constricts were made. Two of these were full length CABs with either CNBM~ or CNBM. The other four were 340miniCABs and 350miruCABs with either form of CNB. In order to test these proteins, an FKBP-VE fusion protein was needed. As with FKBP3-GE, FKBP3 VE was already available in a PBJ5 vector and was easily transferred to the pcDNA3/m.jy2 vector used for all constructs in this project.
We found that the CAB-GE's work similarly to the CAB-VE constructs.
However, the full length CABM~-GE protein only enhance SEAP activity 2.0 fold whereas the full length CABM~-VE protein could enhance it by approximately 4 fold.
Both full CAB-GE and CAB-VE are able to stimulate SEAP activity when J
heterodimerized to FKBP3-GE, demonstrating the versatility of the full CAB
domain.
In addition, they do not stimulate activity in the absence of FK506. This result implies that the presence of an intact phosphatase active site on the full length CABs is not responsible for enhanced SEAP activity, a concern raised initially by the constitutive association experiments between CNA and CN8 described above.
The 340miniCAB-GE constructs enhance SEAP activity to the same level as the 340miniCAB-VE constructs. No difference was seen between 340miruCABM~-GE
and 340miniCABM-GE. Like 340miniCAB-VE, 340miniCABM~-GE does not show significant constitutive activity with CNA or CNB and thus, seems to work through an intramolecular mechanism as opposed to an intermolecular mechanism.
Exam~e 8: Probing the Difference between full length CAB-GE and miniCAB-GE
Further experiments were done to explore why the full length CABM~-GE
construct was not working as well as its 340miniCAB~~-GE cotmterpart (a trend also observed with the VE CAB proteins). The normal SEAP assay protocol calls for transfecting a 1:5 ratio of GE construct DNA to VE construct DNA. This ratio has been empirically determined to give the best results for the FK1012 and rapamycin dimerization systems. Presumably, the ratio of transfected DNA affects the ratio of translated GE and VE containing proteins. A series of SEAP assays were performed with full CAB,~s~-GE in which the ratio of transfected GE DNA to VE DNA was changed from 1:5 (normal) to 1:1 to 5:1 while keeping the total amount of transfected DNA constant. As the amount of full CABM~-GE DNA was increased the enhancement of SEAP activity increased as well.
A similar series of experiments was performed for 340miruCABM~-GE, but changes in the GE DNA to VE DNA transfection ratio did not affect maximum induced SEAP activity as significantly as for the full CABM~-GE construct.
Interestingly, in the 5:1 GE DNA to VE DNA experiment, the maximum amount of SEAP activity induced by full length CABM~-GE was equal to that produced by 340miniCAB~,s~-GE. Even though protein expression levels were never directly examined, these results suggest that greater expression of full CABM~-GE, assuming more transfected DNA leads to higher levels of expression, increases its performance as a dimerization domain up to the level achieved by 340miniCAB~,z~-GE. This finding supports the previously presented suggestion that miniCABs perform better than full CABs because their smaller size makes them more stable or more efficiently translated or folded than the larger full length CAB
proteins.
Example ~: $~rnthesis of C40 bumped FK506 Extraction/Purification of FK506 Powder from PrografTM brand pharmaceutical tacrolimus capsules was suspended in water and FK506 was extracted using 3/7 volume of EtOAc and collected by rotary evaporation. Crude FK506 extract was purified by size exclusion chromatography using a Japan Analytical Industries LC- 908 recycling preparative HPLC equipped with tandem J14 and J119C13 colturuls (herafter referred to as "Sizing JAI"). The identity of this material was confirmed by TLC, FAB-MS, and proton NMR.
Slmthesis of C40-phenyl-FK506 l2mg of purified FK506 was sealed with a stir bar in a flame-dried 20m1 roundbottom flask and the flask purged with argon. 12m1 of CH2Cl2, freshly distilled over CaH2, was injected and stirred briefly to solubilize the FK506.
0.25mL of styrene (150 eq.) was injected, along with 2.2m1 CHCl2 containing 3.6mg (0.3 eq) of the Grubbs catalyst, bis-tricyclohexylphosphine benzylidine ruthenium chloride. The final reaction concentration of FK506 was thus about 1 mM. This reaction mixture was stirred under argon for 24h at room temperature. Products and ttnreacted SM were collected by rotary evaporation, solubilized in ethyl acetate, and filtered through Celite. At this point, fresh solvent, styrene, and catalyst were added in the same proportions andthe reaction repeated for an additional 24h.
Purification of~40 phenyl-FK506 Following rotary evaporation and filtration as described above, the product/SM
mixture was resuspended in CH2C12 and separated by flash chromatography using a stepwise gradient of a) CH2C12, b) 18:1:1 CH2C12: iPrOH:PhH, c) 12:1:1 CH2C12:iPrOH:PhH, and d) 9:2:2 CH2C12:iPrOH:PhH. Column fractions were analyzed by TLC and compared with standards to facilitate pooling into three major fractions which were analyzed by FAB-MS. Fraction I contained styrene and stilbene, fraction II contained FK506 and C40-phenyl-FK506, and fraction III
contained FK1012 (the FK506 self-metathesis product). The components of fraction II were separated by two rounds of HPLC. First, the mixhire was separated by affinity HPLC using a Japan Analytical Industries LC-908 recycling preparative HPLC equipped with two tandem JAIgeI GS310 columns (hereafter referred to as "Affinity JAI"). Crude C40-phenyl-FK506 as well as crude recovered FK506 were obtained in this fashion. Second, each crude fraction from the Affinity JAI
was ptu~ified to homogeneity by Sizing JAI as described above. The identity of each purified compound was confirmed by FAB-MS and proton-NMR analysis.
~~mthesis/Purification of other C40-derivati ~Pri FK506s In each case, the synthetic route to preparing these derivatives is essentially that described above, using the appropriate terminal olefin compound (usually a substituted styrene) instead of styrene itself. For example, p-phenoxystyrene was used in the synthesis of C40-p-phenyoxy-phenyl-FK506, and m-fluorostyrene was using in the synthesis of C40- m-fluorophenyl-FK506. The principal means of following reaction progress was FAB-MS, with emphasis on the appearance of a parent ion peak which corresponds to the desired product. Ihiring purification, FAB-MS was also used to quickly identify the components of JAI fractions. In this case, however, emphasis was placed upon the absence of the parent ion peak corresponding to FK506. This focus is necessary since FK506 is competitive with each product in biological applications, so its absolute absence was considered more important than was maximizing product yields. In some cases, the sequence of JAI
purification steps were reversed (i.e. Sizing JAI first, then Affinity JAI), or more such steps were added, in pursuit of this goal.
Example 10' Construction of CAB/n65 fusion proteins CAB/p65 fusion proteins were prepared in the pBJ5.2X vector, which contains an SV40 origin of replication for high-copy ntunber in mammalian cells transformed with the large tumor antigen. This version of pBJ5 does not contain a selection cassette for mammalian cells and contains the ampicillin-resistance cassette for selection in bacterial cells. This plasmid contains an SRa promoter for high-level expression in mammalian cells. The polylinker sequence of this plasmid consists of the following elements (HA is the hemagglutinin epitope tag):
NotI/SacII-Kozak-ATG-XhoI-SaII-HA-SpeI-TAA
Primers containing restriction sites were prepared in order to amplify two different fragments of calcineurin A, corresponding the the full-length CAB (fCAB) and the minimal CAB (mCAB). These PCR fragments were subcloned directionally into the polylinker to generate the following constructs:
ATG-XhoI- CnA (12-394) -SaII-SpeI-TAA-EcoRI
ATG-XhoI- CnA (340-394) -SaII-SpeI-TAA-EcoRI
Primers containing restriction sites were prepared in order to amplify the fragment of calcineurin B corresponding to residues 3-170 of this protein. These PCR
fragments were subcloned directionally into the constructs already containing calcineurin A
fragments, producing the following CAB constructs (S\X represents a fusion of complementart SaII and XhoI restriction sites which can no longer be cut by either enzyme):
ATG-XhoI-CnA (12-394)-(S\X)-Cn B (3-170)-SaII-HA-SpeI-TAA
ATG-XhoI-CnA (340-394) -(S\X)-Cn B (3-170)-SaII-HA-SpeI-TAA
To study the ability of the CABs to mediate transcriptional activation in the context of FKBP:FK506, a (XhoI/SpeI) fragment containing the transcriptional activation domain of the p65 subunit of NF-kB was inserted into (SaII/SpeI) digested mCAB
constructs. This fusion results in another (SaII/XhoI) fusion which cannot be cut by either enzyme. A similar strategy is possible to generate multimers of the CAB
domain, greatly facilitating the production of these reagents. Since all of the restriction enzymes within the coding region are 6-base cutters, they preserve the reading frame for protein synthesis. The mahire CAB should have the following amino acid sequence:
NH2-Met-Leu-Glu-(CnA frag)-Val-Glu-(CnB frag)-Val-Asp-Thr-Ser-COOH
New mCAB-p65 constructs were verified by sequence analysis.
Example 11: Dernonstration of FK506-derivatives as "bumps" b~ calcineurin inhibition assay To demonstrate that the FK506 derivatives are less effective at binding calcineurin than is FK506 itself, we performed reporter gene assays that are sensitive to the action of FK506 on calcineurin. In particular, we transfected human TAg jurkat T cells with a reporter construct, NFAT-SEAP, which consists of 12 copies of the NFAT response element fused upstream of the gene for secreted alkaline phosphatase (SEAP). Following transfection, the cells were exposed to phorbol myristate acetate (PMA) and ionomycin (IO), which together are able to activate NFAT-SEAP reporter activity. FK506, by inhibiting calcineurin, antagonizes the effect of PMA+IO in a dose-dependent manner. Specifically, ten million Jurkat cells per condition were transfected with 500ng of NEAT-SEAP reporter construct by electroporation (40ms pulse) and aliquoted at 0.3x106/well into a 96-well microtiter plate. PMA (50ng/mL) and IO (1~.M) were added to all cells, and serial dilutions of FK506, FK506 derivative, or vehicle, were added. Cells were incubated 3b hours in a tissue culture incubator, then heat-inactivated for 2 hours at 65°C.
Following heating, 100p.L of cell supernatants were transferred to a replica plate containing 100~,L of assay buffer (120~M 4-methylumbelliferyl phosphate in 2M diethanolamine bicarbonate, pH
l0). Assays were incubated 8 hours before reading on a Fluoroskan plate reader. The results of these experiments are shown in Figure 7.
We asstuned that the reduced ability of the FK506 derivatives (as judged by their higher IC~o in this assay) to antagonize reporter gene activity is due to an impairment in the ability of the FKBP:ligand complex to bind calcineurin.
Other possibilities for the reduced activity of derivatives in this assay are 1) compound insolubility in tissue culture media, 2) inability of compound to penetrate the cell membrane, or 3) inability of compound to bind to FKBP. To rule out these other possibilities, we tested two of the derivatives for their ability to suppress a rapamycin-dependent effect in mink long cells (Paul A Clemons and Brent Stockwell, unpublished observations). As both the phenyl and phenoxyphenyl derivatives were able to suppress the effects of rapamycin in this context, we believe that each is soluble, cell-permeant, and able to bind FKBP.
Example ~2~ Effect of ove~gx~ression of full-length CABs (fCABs) on rg~orter gene activity In contrast to the assay described in the previous section, we wanted to test the ability of the bumped compounds to inhibit the phosphatase activity of the full length CABs (fCABs) upon transient transfection of these constructs. Initial experiments involved the co-transfection of 500-5000ng of fCAB construct DNA
along with 500ng of NFAT-SEAP reporter gene. Figure 8 shows the results of these experiments, in which a high level of fCAB overexpression overcame the ability of FK506 or its derivatives to inhibit reporter gene activity. Also shown is a Western blot corresponding to each concentration of construct DNA transfected.
To tone the phosphatase assay in the context of transiently transfected fCABs, we performed SEAP assays as described above while varying the concentration of fCAB construct DNA between 3.2ng and 320ng. The results of these experiments are shown in Figure 9.
Example 13' Optimization of CAB tran cri i sv sr tem based on mCAB ~,~
constructs.
In order to screen for mutants CABs which can restore binding to FK506 derivatives, we prepared ftisions of the mCAB module to the N-terminus of the activation domain of p65, as described above. Our rationale for the use of this activation domain was that the original transcription construct, ~~ith the mCAB
fused to VP16, gave low signal amplitudes in the transcription assay. We hoped that changing activation domains would improve this signal and give a stable EC~o for transcriptional activation. Both of these are required for effective screening of pools of mutants using the transcription assay.
Briefly, we transfected human TAg Jurkat T cells with a a reporter construct (GRE-SEAP) containing 12 copies of the Gal4 response element upstream of the gene for SEAP, along with Gal4-(FKBP)3 and the mCAB-p65 fusion. FK506, a derivative, or vehicle were added to cells in a 96-well plate as with the NEAT-SEAP assay.
Initial trials gave very promising results, so we undertook to optimize the transcription system by systematic variation of DNA concentrations for each of the three constructs. In three successive experiments, we found the following optimal DNA concentrations for these transfections:
GRE-SEAP reporter gene 500ng Gal4-(FKBP)3 DB fusion 1500ng mCAB-p65 AD fusion 500ng Following optimization of DNA concentrations, we tested FK506 and two derivatives in the transcription assay. The results of this experiment are shown in Figure 10A. The amplitudes of activation in these experiments are sufficient to warrant an attempt to screen pools of CAB mutants for compensatory binding.
To address the stability of the dose response in these cells, we carried out a finer titration of FK506 and phenyl-FK506. These data are shown in Figure lOB, which illustrates this property and indicates that the transcription system comprises a viable assay for screening pools of CAB mutants for compensatory binding.
Example 14: Mutagenesis strategies for CAB "hole" discover As described above, we envision the use of the improved transcription system to screen pools of mutants for compensatory binding to FK506 derivatives.
Put simply, this involves transfection of mixtures of DNA species corresponding to mCAB-p65 mutants, then looking for leftward shifts in the dose-response curves depicted in Figure 10.
To mutagenize the mCAB-p65 constructs, we prepared degenerate, internal primer pairs at each of the amino acid positions to be mutagenized. These primers are fully degenerate at the codon corresponding to their respective amino acid position (the positions are the same six positions outlined in the original document).
Using each primer and the corresponding (antiparallel) primer outside the coding region (in the vector arms), two degenerate, overlapping PCR products were generated. In a secondary PCR reaction, these two fragments were used as template and amplified by overlap extension using the two external primers. These final products were digested and placed back into the pBJ5.2X host vector. It is these libraries that will be screened in the transcription assay for compensatory mutants.
Another strategy for identifying potential compensatory mutants is one involving a yeast three-hybrid system. In such a system, yeast are transformed with a DNA-binding fusion to one dimerization domain and an activation domain fusion to the other dimerization domain, along with an appropriately responsive reporter which drives expression of a nutritional marker gene. Yeast transformants are screened for the recovery of growth at a concentration of FK506 or derivative which does not permit growth of yeast harboring the "wild-type" mCAB-p65 construct.
The advantage of such a system is that many more clones can be screened simultaneously, allowing multiple amino acid positions in the mCAB to be randomized simultaneously. Use of such three-hybrid systems for screening mutagenized libraries of FKBP and FRB domains are described in USSN 5,830,462 and WO 96/41865.
The system used to screen CAB libraries is based on the MatchMaker LexA
Two-Hybrid System from Clonetech (Catalog # K1609-1). It utilizes two vectors, pLex-A and pB42AD, that contain a DNA binding domain from Lex-A and an activation domain (B42), respectively. In addition, the yeast strain EGY48 contains an integrated LEU2 reporter tinder the control of the LexAoP~x6~'Leu2 operator enabling one to directly screen for LexA induced reporter activation on LEU2 dropout plates.
The normal polylinker from pB42AD was removed and replaced with the polylinker described below. I have fused single copies of FKBP and the CABS
C-terminal to both domains.
LexA-miruCAB-E (E = Flag epitope tag) B42AD-FKBP-E (E = Flag epitope tag) l0 Using this system, ~5 million different mutant mCABS can be screened simultaneously on a single petri dish using very small amounts of compounds.
Some or all of the residues that will putatively be in contact with the allyl sidechain, or a substituent on the allyl sidechain, of FK506 can be mutated individually or simultaneously by PCR with the oligonucleotides indicated below. These libraries are 15 then ligated into the Lex-A-miniCAB-E construct and electroporated into DH5-alpha e-coli electrocompetent cells from Gibco BRL. The DNA is amplified in DH5-alphas, purified, and transformed into the yeast strain EGY4$ that are expressing B42AD-FKBP-E. The library will be further amplified in yeast by growth on -HIS-TRP plates with Glucose as the sugar source (for selection of both the 20 LexA-mCAB and B42AD-FKBP constructs) then plated onto -HIS-TRP-LEU
Galactose/Raffinose plates containing 100nM concentrations of each of the bump compounds. Colonies that grow will be checked by plating onto -HIS-TRP-LEU
Galactose/Raffinose plates in the absence of compounds to distinguish between mutants that allow constitutive assocation (ie. False positives) from those that 25 facilitate drug induced association. The colonies that do not grow on the previous control will then be re-plated onto -HIS-TRP-LEU +Galactose/Raffinose with 100 nM of each of the individual bump compounds to be sure that the compounds induce growth. Those that grow will then be compared by plating them onto -HIS-TRP-LEU
+Galactose/Raffinose plates with 3 fold dilutions of the bump compounds. The 30 clones that allow the lowest concentration of drug to induce growth will be further analyzed. The DNA from the best postive clones will be rescued or PCR'd to give template for sequencing of the positive hits. These mutants will then be tested in one or more of the assays (ie. transcription assay with mCABS) that we have developed in cell culhire for verification of the improvement of affinity of the miniCABS for the 35 bump compotuld in the context of FKBP. The shuttling of these mutant miniCABS
into these other systems can be accomplished by a simple ligation since they all contain a 5' Xhol site and a 3' Sal 1 site and a 3' Apal site.
Preparation of the Constructs:
A. pB42AD constructs.
The pB42AD vector was digested with EcoR1 and Xhol, gel purified and ligated to the following polylinker to give pB42AD-PL3. All of the constructs made with PB42AD are in this pB42AD-PL3 vector.
Polylinker Oligos for pB42AD:
The following two oligonucleotides were phosporylated with polynucleotide kinase, annealed, and ligated into pB42AD that had been digested with EcoR1 and Xho 1 to give a new polylinker with the following restriction sites in order.
5' Xhol-Spacer-Sal1-Ncol-BstEII-BspEI-AfIII-ApaI-EcoRl3' 5' tcg acg aat tcg ggc ccc tta agt ccg gag gtc acc cat ggg tcg acg tcg gtc gta gac tcg aga 3' 5' aat ttc tcg agt cta cga ccg acg tcg acc cat ggg tga cct ccg gac tta agg ggc ccg aat tcg 3' The miruCABS and FKBP from previously reported constructs were then digested with Xhol and EcoRl and ligated directly into pB42AD-PL.
B. pLexA constructs.
The following oligos were used with standard PCR conditions to generate an FKBP fragment with a 5' EcoRl and a 3' BamHI. pLexA and this fragment were digested with EcoRl and BamHl, gel purified, and ligated.
FKBP oligos:
1. FKBP Y2HeX 5' (5' oligo for FKBP with EcoR1 and Xhol restriction sites EcoRl Xho1 Met 5' c ggg ccc ccc gaa ttc ctc gag atg ggc gtg cag gtg gag ac 3' 2. FKBP Y2HSb 3' (3' oligo for FKBP with 3'Sal 1 and BamHl restriction sites.
No stop codon) BamHl Sal1 E
5' ggg tct gga tcc gtg gac ttc cag ttt tag aag ctc g 3' Construction of the miniCABS for pLexA:
mCABS were PCR'd with standard PCR conditions off of my original miruCAB template with the followin oligos and digested with NcoI and BamHI.
This gel purified fragment was ligated to gel purified pLexA digested with BamHI
and NcoI.
3. mCAB Y2HeX 5' (5' oligo for mCAB starting at residue 340 of CNA with 5' BamH1 and Xho1 sites.
BamH1 Xhol Pro340 5' a tat aaa tcg gga tc cgt ctc gag cca tac tgg ctt cca aat ttc atg g 3' 4. mCAB Y2HSfan" 3' (3' oligo for mCAB with 3' Sall, Flag, Stop, Apal, Notl, and Ncol) Ncol Notl Apa1 stp ----------Flag----------- Sal1 5' tct ttaa cca tgg cgg ccg c ggg ccc tca ctt gtc atc gtc atc ttt ata gtc gac cac atc tac cac cat c 3' C. Mutageruc Oligos for mCABs. The following are the oligonucleotides used to generate the libraries of mutant mCABS. They were constructed with the codon NN(G/C) (N= G, A, T, or C) at each of the following positions that we mutagenized. The numbering scheme from each of the independent proteins in the mCAB is retained.
For the CNB portion an overlap mutagenesis strategy was employed. An N-terminal fragment without mutations was PCR'd from my original miruCAB
template. This has a region that will anneal with a C-terminal fragment generated by PCR with the indicated oligonucleotides. These two fragments were mixed and subjected to PCR with standard conditions to generate a fragment with an N-terminal Pflml site and a C-terminal Apa1 site. Since this reaction generated a visible fragment of the proper size it was then further amplified with oligo 4. above (mCAB Y2HSfara, 3') and the Pflm1 oligo below to generate a significant amount of product. This was then digested with Pflml and Nco1 and ligated into I5 pLexA-mCAB-E that had been digested with Pflml and Ncol and gel purified.
The CNA portion of the mCABS was mutagenized with the oligos under 2. below by PCR
to generate a small fragment of the mCAB with a 3' Pflin1 site and a 5'Xho site. This was ligated into pLexA-mCABE digested with Pflm1 and Xhol. To generate the 5 position library this can be ligated into pLexA-mCABE library with the 3 positions mutagenized.
1. Overlap extension mutagenesis of the CNB portion of the mCABS.
5' oligo for generation of the N-terminal portion of CNB for overlap.
Pflml 5' ct tgg tcc ctt cca ttt gtt ggg gaa aaa gtg act gag 3' 3' oligo for generation of the N-terminal portion of CNB for overlap.
5' ggg aac aat ctg aaa gat aca cag tta cag c 3' 5' mutagenic oligo for generation of C-terminal portion of CNB for overlap.
Va1119 Met118 Leu115 5' gctg taa ctg tgt atc ttt cag att gtt ccc (g/c)NN (g/c)NN cat ctt (g/c)NN tac ctg gaa gag ttc ccc 3' 3' mutagenic oligo for generation of C-terminal portion of CNB for overlap.
XbaI BgIII ApaI Stp ---------FLAG--------- SaII 170 5' ttaa tct aga tct ggg ccc tca ctt gtc atc gtc atc ttt ata gtc gac cac atc tac cac cat c 3' 2. Mutageruc oligos for the CNA portion of mCABS.
5' Mutageruc oligo with 5' Xho I site.
XhoI 340 5' atat aaa tcg ctc gag cca tac tgg ctt cca aat ttc atg g 3' 3' Mutagenic oligo PflM1 353 352 5' ctc agt cac ttt ttc ccc aac aaa tgg aag (g/c)NN (g/c)NN agt aaa aac atc cat g 3' Example 15' Use of the CAB domain in coml la ex with multiple binding~nartners In order to engineer a cell containing both FKBP/FK506/CAB complexes as well as cyclophilin/cyclosporin/CAB complexes, one would first test the ability of the CAB domain to form cyclophilin/cyclosporin/CAB complexes by replacing FKBP directly with cyclophilin in the transcription assay described in example 4.
Thus, the cell would be transfected with a first fusion protein containing cyclophilin and a DNA binding domain such as GAL4, and a second fusion protein containing a CAB domain fused to a transcription activation domain such as p65. Reporter gene expression would be detected following addition of cyclosporin to the cells.
Such experiments have been described in WO 98/08956, especially in Example 3. Once formation of cyclophilin/cyclosporin/CAB complexes is demonstrated, one would then show that cells containing both cyclophilin and FKBP fusion proteins could form the appropriate complexes upon addition of the correct ligand.
A proof of principle experiment for each of the modes of CAB function illustrated in figures would involve fluorescent proteins. To demonstrate the recruitment of either FRB or CAB to the same (FKBP) dock, we would make fusions of each of these modules to a different fluorescent protein, such as BFP and GFP, then cotransfect these constricts with a nuclear (or membrane-localized) FKBP
construct. Treatment with rapamycin, FK506, or both should result in translocation of either or both of the fluorescence signals to the nucleus (or membrane). To demonstrate the docking of CAB with either FKBP or cyclophilin, we would make fusions of each of these immunophilins to a different localization signal sequence, such as those for nuclear or membrane localization, then cotransfect these constructs with CAB-GFP. Treatment with FK506, cyclosporin, or both, should result in translocation of green fluorescence signal to the appropriate location. These experiments would ideally be backed up immunoprecipitation studies. For example, one could use an antibody to calcineurin or the CAB domain to immunoprecipitate the CAB domain in the presence of FK506 or cyclosporin. One would then run the immunoprecipitates on SDS-page, perform a Western transfer and detect the complex formation by blotting with antibodies to either FKBP or cyclophilin.
A use for this system has been envisioned in the conditional regulation of the protein kinases Akt and PDKl. These kinases are regulated by their proximity to each other and to the membrane in a complex way. Using the first mode of localization discussed above, but replacing each of BFP and GFP with one of these kinases, we could perform order of addition experiments with rapamycin and in which we monitor treated cells for readouts known to be downstream of one or the other of these kinases. Because these kinases impinge, directly or indirectly, on pathways involving the cellular targets of both rapamycin and FK506, one would preferably have "bump-hole" solutions for each of these immunophilin-ligand complexes in order to carry out these experiments.
s s s s The full disclosure of each of the patent documents and scientific papers cited herein is hereby incorporated by reference. Those documents serve to illustrate the state of the art in various aspects of this invention. Numerous modifications and variations of the present invention should be apparent to one of skill in the art. Such modifications and variations, including design choices in selecting a heterologous action domain, improved ligand, fusion protein design, DNA
formulation, viral vector or other DNA delivery means, manner and route of transgene administration, etc. are intended to be encompassed by the scope of the invention and of the appended claims.
Claims (50)
1. A recombinant nucleic acid encoding a CAB domain, comprising a portion of calcineurin A and a portion of calcineurin B, wherein the CAB domain forms a tripartite complex with an FKBP/CAB ligand and an FKBP domain.
2. The recombinant nucleic acid of claim 1 wherein the calcineurin A portion of the CAB domain comprises a peptide sequence selected from any of the following peptide sequences: residues 12-394 of human calcineurin A, residues 12-370 of human calcineurin A or residues 340-394 of human calcineurin A.
3. The recombinant nucleic acid of claim 1 wherein the calcineurin B portion of the CAB domain comprises residues 3-170 of human calcineurin B.
4. The recombinant nucleic acid of claim 1, 2 or 3 comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding a calcineurin A and/or calcineurin B peptide sequence which differs from a naturally occurring calcineurin peptide sequence by up to ten amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions.
5. A recombinant nucleic acid encoding a fusion protein comprising at least one CAB domain of claim 1 and at least one additional domain that is heterologous thereto.
6. The recombinant nucleic acid of claim 5 wherein the heterologous domain is selected from the group comprising a DNA binding domain, a transcription regulatory domain, a cellular localizing domain and a signaling domain.
7. The recombinant nucleic acid of claim 6 wherein the heterologous domain is or is derived from a lexA, GAL4 or composite DNA binding domain.
8. The recombinant nucleic acid of claim 6 wherein the heterologous domain is or is derived from a p65, VP16 or AP domain.
9. The recombinant nucleic acid of claim b wherein the heterologous domain is or is derived from a KRAB domain or a ssn-6/TUP-1 domain.
10. The recombinant nucleic acid of claim 6 wherein the heterologous domain is or is derived from an intracellular domain of a cell surface receptor.
11. A recombinant nucleic acid encoding a fusion protein containing one or more CAB domains which form a tripartite complex with an FKBP domain-containing protein and a non-naturally occurring FKBP/CAB ligand preferentially over FK506.
12. A nucleic acid composition, comprising a first recombinant nucleic acid of any of claims 5-11 and a second recombinant nucleic acid encoding a fusion protein comprising at least one FKBP domain and at least one additional domain that is heterologous thereto.
13. A nucleic acid composition of claim 12 wherein the second nucleic acid encodes a fusion protein containing a heterologous domain that is the same or different from the heterologous domain on the first fusion protein.
14. The nucleic acid composition of claim 13 wherein the first fusion protein comprises a CAB domain and a transcription activation domain and the second fusion protein comprises an FKBP domain and a DNA binding domain.
15. The nucleic acid composition of claim 13 wherein the first fusion protein comprises a CAB domain and a DNA binding domain and the second fusion protein comprises an FKBP domain and a transcription activation domain.
16. A nucleic acid composition of claim 12 wherein the first and second fusion proteins form a ligand dependent complex in the presence of ligand, and wherein the complex initiates a detectable biological signal.
17. The nucleic acid composition of claim 16 wherein the biological signal is selected from the group comprising transcription, cell proliferation, cell differentiation, apoptosis.
18. The nucleic acid composition of claim 12 wherein the composition further comprises a target gene construct.
19. A fusion protein encoded by the recombinant nucleic acid of any of claims 11.
20. A vector comprising a recombinant nucleic acid of any of claims 1-3 or 5-11.
21. A vector comprising a recombinant nucleic acid of claim 4.
22. A vector comprising a nucleic acid composition of claim 12.
23. The vector of claim 20 wherein the vector is a viral vector.
24. The vector of claim 22 wherein the vector is a viral vector.
25. The vector of claim 23 or 24 wherein the viral vector is selected from the group consisting of adenovirus, AAV, herpesvinis, retrovirus, hybrid adenovinis/AAV, poxvirus, lentivirus.
26. A host cell comprising a recombinant nucleic acid of any of claims 1-3 or 11.
27. A host cell comprising a nucleic acid composition of claim 12.
28. A host cell cell of claim 26 which is of human origin.
29. A host cell cell of claim 27 which is of human origin.
30. A host cell of claim 26 which is encapsulated within a biocompatible material.
31. A host cell of claim 27 which is encapsulated within a biocompatible material.
32. A non-human animal containing host cells of claim 26.
33. A non-human animal containing host cells of claim 27.
34. A method for producing genetically engineered host cells comprising introducing into the cells a recombinant nucleic acid of any of claims 1-3 or under conditions permitting DNA uptake by cells.
35. A method for producing genetically engineered host cells comprising introducing into the cells the nucleic acid compositions of any of claims 12-18 under conditions permitting DNA uptake by cells.
36. The method of claim 34 wherein the nucleic acids are introduced ex vivo.
37. The method of claim 35 wherein the nucleic acids are introduced ex vivo.
38. The method of claim 34 wherein the cells are present within an organism.
39. The method of claim 35 wherein the cells are present within an organism.
40. A method for multimerizing fusion proteins in the cell of claim 27 which comprises contacting the cells with an effective amount of a ligand under conditions permitting it to form a complex with the fusion proteins.
41. A method for initiating a detectable biological signal in cells of claim 27 which comprises contacting the cells with a ligand capable of forming a complex with the fusion proteins, in an effective amount permitting gene expression.
42. A method of claim 40 or 41 wherein the cells are grown in a culture medium and the contacting is effected by adding the ligand to the culture medium.
43. A method of claim 40 or 41 wherein the cells are present within a host organism and the contacting is effected by administering the ligand to the host organism.
44. A method of claim 43 wherein the host organism is a mammal and the ligand is administered by oral, bucal, sublingual, transdermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, infra-joint or inhalation administration in an appropriate vehicle therefor.
45. A method for providing animal cells responsive to a ligand which comprises introducing into host animal cells a nucleic acid composition of any of claims 12-18.
46. A kit which comprises the nucleic acid composition of any of claims 12-18 with an appropriate package insert.
47. A kit of claim 46 which further comprises a ligand capable of forming a complex with the fusion proteins.
48. A kit of claim 47 which further comprises a multimerization antagonist.
49. A kit of claim 46 in which one or more of the DNA constructs contains a cloning site in place of a heterologous domain.
50. A kit of claim 46 in which the target gene construct contains a cloning site in place of a target gene.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US10747398P | 1998-11-06 | 1998-11-06 | |
US60/107,473 | 1998-11-06 | ||
PCT/US1999/025766 WO2000028011A2 (en) | 1998-11-06 | 1999-11-05 | Fk506-based regulation of biological events |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2346962A1 true CA2346962A1 (en) | 2000-05-18 |
Family
ID=22316797
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002346962A Abandoned CA2346962A1 (en) | 1998-11-06 | 1999-11-05 | Fk506-based regulation of biological events |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1127140A2 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2002529081A (en) |
AU (1) | AU1603900A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2346962A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2000028011A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CA2449747C (en) | 2001-06-22 | 2010-04-13 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Use of fkbp chaperones as expression tool |
US7094757B2 (en) | 2001-06-22 | 2006-08-22 | Roche Diagnostics Corporation | Complexes comprising a prion protein and a peptidyl prolyl isomerase chaperone, and method for producing and using them |
ATE491947T1 (en) * | 2006-01-27 | 2011-01-15 | Univ Wuerzburg J Maximilians | PEPTIDE FOR INHIBITING CALCINEURIN |
CN105785027A (en) * | 2015-12-30 | 2016-07-20 | 海口奇力制药股份有限公司 | Combined reagent and application thereof, kit containing combined reagent and detecting method |
EP3914599A4 (en) * | 2019-01-23 | 2022-10-19 | The Johns Hopkins University | Non-immunosuppressive fk506 analogs and use thereof |
Family Cites Families (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO1994018317A1 (en) * | 1993-02-12 | 1994-08-18 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Regulated transcription of targeted genes and other biological events |
ZA942206B (en) * | 1993-04-01 | 1994-10-31 | Amgen Inc | Biologically active polypeptide fusion dimers |
US5723436A (en) * | 1994-10-24 | 1998-03-03 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Calcineurin interacting protein compositions and methods |
US5871945A (en) * | 1994-11-23 | 1999-02-16 | Icos Corporation | Modulators of anchoring protein function |
US5978740A (en) * | 1995-08-09 | 1999-11-02 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Molecules comprising a calcineurin-like binding pocket and encoded data storage medium capable of graphically displaying them |
-
1999
- 1999-11-05 CA CA002346962A patent/CA2346962A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1999-11-05 WO PCT/US1999/025766 patent/WO2000028011A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1999-11-05 AU AU16039/00A patent/AU1603900A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1999-11-05 EP EP99958742A patent/EP1127140A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1999-11-05 JP JP2000581178A patent/JP2002529081A/en not_active Withdrawn
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2000028011A2 (en) | 2000-05-18 |
JP2002529081A (en) | 2002-09-10 |
AU1603900A (en) | 2000-05-29 |
WO2000028011A3 (en) | 2000-11-23 |
EP1127140A2 (en) | 2001-08-29 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US6117680A (en) | Compositions and methods for regulation of transcription | |
US6479653B1 (en) | Compositions and method for regulation of transcription | |
US7109317B1 (en) | FK506-based regulation of biological events | |
AU752129B2 (en) | Chimeric transcriptional activators and compositions and uses related thereto | |
AU766513B2 (en) | Novel dimerizing agents, their production and use | |
US6649595B2 (en) | Regulation of biological events using novel compounds | |
US6984635B1 (en) | Dimerizing agents, their production and use | |
JP2002508971A (en) | Regulation of biological events using multimeric chimeric proteins | |
US20010049144A1 (en) | Methods for high level expression of genes in primates | |
IL147803A (en) | 28-epi-rapamycin derivatives, their preparation, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and preparation of compositions for in vitro and pharmaceutical applications | |
US20030143731A1 (en) | Use of heterologous transcription factors in gene therapy | |
US6566073B1 (en) | Materials and methods involving conditional retention domains | |
CA2346962A1 (en) | Fk506-based regulation of biological events | |
IL142137A (en) | Materials and methods involving conditional retention domains | |
WO2000023600A1 (en) | Materials and methods involving conditional aggregation domains | |
AU5618200A (en) | Chimeric oca-b transcription factors | |
EP0833894B1 (en) | Rapamcycin-based regulation of biological events | |
WO2001098507A1 (en) | Chimeric hsf transcription factors |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Discontinued |